2017-2018 Course Catalog

2017-2018 COURSE CATALOG

Table of Contents Academic Calendar

3

Overview

5

Center for Business and Professional Studies

100

accounting

101

Student Life

13

Business Management

102

Athletics

21

Fashion Design

103

Admissions

23

Tuition & Financial Aid

31

Fashion Merchandising

103

Interior Design

104

Social Media Marketing

106

Sports Management

107

Continuing & Professional Studies

43

Academic Policies

53

Center for Allied Health Sciences

66

general Studies

112

67

Human Services

113

law and Justice

114

allied Health Science animal Center Management

68

Dental assisting Certificate

69

Expanded Functions Dental assistant

70

Center for Social Sciences

108

Early Childhood Education

109

Course Descriptions

117

Dental Hygiene

73

Histotechnician

76

Trustees, Administration, Faculty & Staff

168

Advisory Boards

178

Campus Telephone Directory

184

Medical laboratory technology

78

Nursing

80

Phlebotomy technician

83

occupational therapy assistant

84

Directions

186

Physical therapist assistant

88

Index

188

Radiologic technology

94

Veterinary technology

97

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

1

EDItH HatCHER HaRCuM Co-FouNDER oF HaRCuM CollEgE

2

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

2017-18 Academic Calendar (Bryn Mawr Campus only) FALL SEMESTER 2017

SPRING SEMESTER 2018

New student orientation

thursday July 27

all payments due

all payments due

Friday December 22

Friday august 4

New student orientation

Friday January 12

New student orientation

thursday august 17

Resident students report

Sunday January 14

Resident students report

Friday august 25

Classes begin at 8:30 a.m.

Monday august 28

labor Day Holiday (College closed)

Monday September 4

add/Drop period ends Homecoming

Monday September 11 Friday & Sat october 6-7

Pre-registration for Spring last day to withdraw with a “W” open Registration

Mon.-Fri oct. 23-27 tuesday october 31 Monday November 6

MlK Day (College closed)

Monday January 15

Classes begin at 8:30 a.m.

tuesday January 16

Deadline for Incomplete grade change

Friday January 19

add/Drop period ends

Monday January 29

Spring recess

Mon.-Fri. March 19-23

Classes resume at 8:30 a.m.

Monday March 26

Registration for Summer

Mon.-Fri. March 26-april 6

Pre-registration for Fall

Mon.-Fri. March 26-april 6

Fall open House

Saturday November 11

last day to withdraw with a “W”

Friday March 30

thanksgiving recess begins after last class

tuesday November 21

open registration

Monday april 9

Residence halls close

tuesday November 21

Classes resume at 8:30 a.m.

Monday November 27

Residence halls close @ 6:00 p.m. Friday December 15 last day of classes

Saturday December 16

grades due by noon

Monday December 18

Spring open House

Saturday april 14

Residence halls close (non-graduates) @ 6:00p.m.

Friday May 4

last day of classes

Saturday May 5

grades due

Monday May 7

Commencement

Saturday May 12

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

3

HaRCuM CollEgE A N

4

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

O V E R V I E W

Mission and Goals Mission

Philosophy

Harcum College provides its students with an opportunity for outstanding academic, career, and life preparation. We teach, mentor and prepare students for success in their chosen profession in an experiential environment. Harcum’s core values of excellence, civility, empowerment, integrity, community service and respect for diversity assure that every student is valued and supported.

Founded by Edith Hatcher Harcum and octavius Harcum in 1915, the College has empowered generations of students by preparing them for dignified, remunerative, socially useful work. Providing tangible possibilities for individual success remains a central purpose of Harcum – “the College of Possibilities.”

Harcum College’s Strategic Plan builds on Harcum’s best practices and creates a guide for the present and future. the plan helps Harcum recognize its strengths and confront its challenges, while defining an aspirational future for the College and the resources necessary to achieve its goals, set priorities, focus energy and resources, and strengthen operations.

The goals established in the dynamic Strategic Plan 2015–2018 are as follows:

By coupling practical, experiential education with exposure to the liberal arts, Harcum, from its inception, has also sought to enrich its graduates by broadening their intellectual and cultural horizons. For students who are uncertain about career choices, Harcum’s mission is to encourage selfdiscovery and to promote learning for learning’s sake. For those who see the liberal arts and sciences as a springboard to a specialized career, Harcum helps students identify appropriate directions for development.

GOAL A Ensure and communicate standards, practices and services that support student success.

In addition, Harcum is committed to preparing its students for responsible citizenship by fostering a keen sense of social responsibility through service learning, curricular emphasis, and co-curricular programs.

GOAL B offer, evaluate and innovate high quality educational programs which prepare students to enter and advance in "in-demand" careers or transfer to a four year college.

Harcum welcomes men and women of varied ages, nations, cultures, races, and social backgrounds. the College believes that diversity enhances the academic and cocurricular experiences of its undergraduates.

GOAL C Commit to excellence in recruiting and developing faculty, staff and trustees.

as a private residential college, Harcum believes that for many students residential life can be an important part of an education. as a consequence, the College is committed to providing a broad range of programs in its residence halls.

GOAL D achieve best practices in educational delivery through investing in facilities, technology and security.

GOAL E Develop a culture of philanthropy that provides significant support for Harcum’s mission and strategic goals.

already known for its outstanding offerings in the allied Health Sciences, Harcum continues to give equal prominence to other successful programs and to be responsive to new possibilities as they emerge in regional and national labor markets.

GOAL F Create a culture of continuous improvement supported by assessment, collaboration, transparency and communication.

Harcum will continue to provide its graduates with possibilities – to realize their potential by inspiring in them the idea that learning is a lifelong process.

GOAL G Expand enrollment and implement retention strategies for all programs on Bryn Mawr campus and partnership sites.

Civility Statement

GOAL H Provide programs and services that engage students in personal academic success.

Harcum College defines civility as the demonstration of respect for others, basic courtesy, use of non-offensive language, reciprocity (treating others as we wish to be treated), and behavior that creates a positive environment in which to learn and work. all members of the Harcum community work to create a positive environment characterized by considerate and principled conduct.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

5

History of Harcum College In 1913 Edith Hatcher, a talented concert pianist and daughter of prominent Virginia clergyman and educator Reverend William E. Hatcher married octavius Marvin Harcum in New Castle, DE. after the birth of their first child, Edith wrote that “the concert career did not offer a chance for family stability” so the couple chose a venture that would combine “my talents as an educator and artist and his business vision and ability.”

under a nonprofit charter in the fall of 1953 with 79 students. Philip Klein was appointed President. under the 1953 charter, Harcum could operate as a college but without the power to confer degrees. In 1955 the Pennsylvania State Council of Instruction gave Harcum permission to confer the associate of arts and associate of Science degrees. this was the first time in the history of the Commonwealth that a junior college was given this privilege.

they opened the Harcum Post graduate School on october 1, 1915, in Melville Hall in Bryn Mawr which was the family home as well as the academic building. the first class had three students and five pianos.

Mrs. Harcum passed away in 1958 at the age of 80, leaving a legacy of compassionate and dedicated service to students and the community.

Edith Harcum’s goal was to “start a school where the individual talent of each girl would be treated as an integral part of her education.” though her expertise was in the fine arts, Mrs. Harcum was committed to providing a comprehensive academic program.

In its early years, Harcum was a preparatory school, giving students the skills needed for college study. It quickly grew, and added junior college-level courses. Soon, the “lower school” program was eliminated and the junior college program was established. Edith Harcum was head of school and octavius Harcum was responsible for finances.

When he died from injuries sustained in a car accident in 1920 Edith assumed the presidency.

She remained in that post for more than 30 years with the exception of the academic years 1944-47 when Dr. John Barber a distinguished modern painter and faculty member served as President. another leading figure in Harcum’s history was Maud l.

Marren. Marren was appointed Dean of the College in 1920 and was a key administrator and inspiration to students until she retired 43 years later. the College grew steadily through the 1930s and 1940s with a student enrollment of 185 in 1948.

However, Harcum was an independent, for-profit institution and faced financial difficulties as competition grew and its taxes increased. In 1952, it could no longer run as a profitable enterprise; Mrs. Harcum declared bankruptcy.

Harcum’s bankruptcy proceedings were noticed by Philip Klein and officers of the Junto, a non-profit educational corporation founded in 1941 to promote adult education in the Philadelphia region. It had adopted the name of a discussion group originally co-founded by Benjamin Franklin in 1727. In 1952 the Junto purchased the assets of Harcum College for possible use as a residential college for adults but soon decided to continue Edith Harcum’s mission to provide education for women. Harcum was reopened

6

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Extensive building and expansion occurred at Harcum in the 1960’s under the direction of President Michael Duzy, with the addition of the academic Center, Pennswood Hall, and Klein Hall. through expansion in its neighborhood, the Bryn Mawr campus reached a size of 13 acres. Harcum opened a nursery school for teacher training, and in the 1960’s and 1970’s, began programs in medical sciences. over the decades Harcum launched programs in nursing, occupational therapy assistant, physical therapist assistant, interior and residential design, radiologic technology, veterinary technology, medical laboratory technology, interior design, human services, and law and justice.

Since 2007, under the leadership of Dr. Jon Jay Detemple Harcum’s Charles trout library underwent a $1.2 million refurbishment, the historic little theater was completely renovated, new programs were added, and Harcum expanded its academic offerings throughout the region with many Partnership Sites in Philadelphia, Reading and Chester. the Bears men’s basketball team won 32 games in 2013–14 and was the first team from Pennsylvania to reach the National Junior College athletic association (NJCaa) Division I Final Four. In 2015–16, the Bears went to the National tournament for the second time after capturing the NJCaa District 3 (Northeast u.S.) championship. In 201617 the Bears had a 22-9 overall record and were runners-up in the NJCaa Division I Region XV tournament. the lady Bears women’s basketball team has won five NJCaa regional Region XIX championships, advancing to the final eight in 2011, and in 2015, the women’s volleyball team won the NJCaa District l Championship and went on to the national tournament.

Harcum will continue to help students find appropriate directions for their academic and personal development leading to specialized careers, while, as Mrs. Harcum noted “respecting each student as an individual with personal needs, interests, aptitudes and aspirations.”

The Campus the academic Center is the heart of the College, housing the newly-renovated Charles H. trout library, most classrooms and faculty offices, the science labs, academic affairs, the Educational Success Center, Continuing & Professional Studies, Career and transfer Services, the Campus Store, Mail Services, the English language academy, and the Student lounge. It is one of the three campus buildings completed in the mid-1960s. the great lawn of the academic Center, used for Commencement ceremonies, as well as softball, soccer, and other recreational activities, is located on Montgomery avenue, in front of the academic Center.

the President’s House is a stately Victorian structure on Montgomery avenue. Richter Hall, built in 1890, is the site of art and music classes. Music programs are offered through the Harcum Music School. the Veterinary Services Building was built in 1980 and serves the Veterinary technology and animal Management Programs. oMgC is the location of Harcum’s Nursing, Clinical laboratory Science offices, and classrooms. It is located at the corner of Pennswood Road and lancaster avenue, one half-block southeast of the campus. the oMgC gym is used for Harcum men’s and women’s basketball.

Bedford Hall, also known as alumni House, is the home of the Harcum College alumni association and houses the alumni archives and a collection of memorabilia. the offices of alumni Relations, Development and Foundation Relations, collectively known as the office of College advancement are located in Bedford.

Location

the abram and goldie Cohen Dental Programs Center was built in 1970 and renovated in 2013-14. It houses the Dental assisting and Dental Hygiene Programs. the center consists of clinical operations, radiographic rooms, a darkroom, a laboratory, and classrooms. the Philip and Esther Klein Hall houses resident students, the office of Student life, the Counseling Center, the Cafeteria, Dining Services, the office of Campus Safety, the Health Center, the Residence life office, two gymnasiums, and the Fitness Center.

the Main line is a friendly, safe and long-established residential area. It is also a neighborhood with many academic opportunities. Villanova university, Haverford College, Rosemont College and Bryn Mawr College are all nearby.

the Kevin D. Marlo little theatre is Harcum’s multipurpose facility to enhance the student academic experience, and is used for classes, lectures, meetings, arts performances, and art shows.

Melville Hall, built in 1896 and expanded in 1917, is the landmark building on campus. When the college was founded in 1915, Melville Hall housed the school, the Harcum family and resident students. today, Melville Hall’s tall columns and wide portico welcome students to the administrative hub of the campus. Melville Hall houses the President’s office, admissions office, Financial aid, the office of Student Records, the office of Student accounts, Communications and Marketing, Vice-President for Finance and operations, government and Community Relations, athletics offices (the Bear’s Den), Facilities, and Human Resources.

Pennswood Hall, Harcum’s main residence hall, can house up to 300 students and is the home of the KinderCare child care center.

Harcum College is located in the heart of Bryn Mawr, Pennsylvania, about 12 miles west of Philadelphia, in an area known as the Main line, so named after the original Main line of the Pennsylvania Railroad that ran through its communities.

Bryn Mawr and nearby ardmore offer many restaurants, shops, theaters, music venues and places for students to meet and socialize. ardmore’s popular Suburban Square, one of the nation’s first planned suburban shopping centers is a short bicycle, car or train ride away and has national and local boutiques, a farmer’s market, an apple Store, a trader Joe’s and many specialty shops. the King of Prussia Plaza and Court, one of the nation’s largest retail centers is about twenty minutes from Harcum by car.

Students at Harcum also have easy access to all the excitement of the City of Philadelphia, a city rich in educational, historic and cultural resources. Shopping, theaters, sports events, restaurants, museums and historical sites await visitors to the city, which can be accessed in twenty minutes via a commuter train that stops next to the campus. local educators visit to lecture and regularly participate in Harcum’s academic programs. Many business, medical and scientific research establishments in the region provide sites for Harcum students’ clinical and practicum experiences.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

7

The Associate Degree

Partnership Sites

In 1955, the Pennsylvania State Council of Education authorized Harcum College to confer degrees of associate in arts and associate in science.

In 2005, Harcum College, in collaboration with I-lEaD, Inc. a community based non-profit that works to improve local quality of life by helping to strengthen citizens as effective community leaders launched the first accelerated associate’s degree program. Since then, additional majors and locations have been added in southeastern Pennsylvania. the growth of the accelerated degree programs is largely due to a unique initiative between Harcum College, I-lEaD, Inc. and local community based organizations. these organizations are located throughout the region, bringing the opportunity of higher education to residents of some of the Commonwealth's most challenged communities. In North Philadelphia, Harcum College and I-lEaD, Inc. have partnered with Congreso de latinos unidos. Congreso is a nationally recognized community based non-profit organization that primarily serves the neighborhoods of eastern North Philadelphia.

When a Harcum graduate receives an associate’s degree in arts or science, he or she is prepared to assume a position of responsibility in the business or professional world or may continue on to pursue a baccalaureate degree at a four-year institution.

Programs of Study Center for Allied Health allied Health Science animal Center Management Dental assisting Dental Hygiene Expanded Functions Dental assisting (EFDa) Histotechnician Medical laboratory technology Nursing occupational therapy assistant – Friday track or Saturday track Phlebotomy assistant (certificate) Physical therapist assistant – Day, Evening

the programs offer affordable tuition, an accelerated format, and convenient evening courses, which meet twice a week. the programs are fully accredited by the Middle States Commission on Higher Education through Harcum College. Students participating in the programs are fullymatriculated students of Harcum College and their degree is awarded by Harcum College. the programs encompass the key elements necessary for success, enabling the graduate to address the complexities of today’s workforce.

Radiologic technology

Degree Programs offered at Partnership Sites

Veterinary technology

• Business Management

Center for Business and Professional Studies

• Early Childhood Education

accounting

• Human Services

Business Management

• law & Justice

Social Media Marketing

For questions about specific locations, or to apply for admission, call 610-526-6100 or email cs@harcum.edu.

Sports Management Fashion Merchandising Fashion Design Interior Design

Center for Social Sciences Early Childhood Education Human Services law and Justice general Studies

8

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

9

Academic Calendar for Partnership Sites FALL I SEMESTER 2017

SPRING I SEMESTER 2018

New student orientation

Saturday august 19

New student orientation

Saturday January 13

Classes begin at 5:30 p.m.

Monday august 28

MlK Day (College closed)

Monday January 15

labor Day Holiday-no classes Monday September 4

Classes begin at 5:30 p.m.

tuesday January 16

add/Drop period ends

Monday September 11

add/Drop period ends

Monday January 29

last day to withdraw with a “W”

Friday September 22

last day to withdraw with a “W”

Friday February 9

Homecoming

Friday & Sat. october 6-7

last day of classes

thursday March 5

last day of Classes

Monday october 16

grades due by noon

tuesday March 6

grades due by noon

tuesday october 17

Fall Break begins

tues.-Fri. october 17-20

FALL II SEMESTER 2017

SPRING II SEMESTER 2018 Classes resume at 5:30 p.m.

tuesday March 6

add/Drop period ends

Monday March 19

Classes resume

Monday october 23

Spring recess (No classes)

tues.-Fri. March 20-23

Pre-registration for Spring

Mon.-Fri oct. 23-27

Pre-registration for Fall

Mon.-Fri. March 26-april 6

add/Drop period ends

Friday November 3

Friday april 6

open Registration

Monday November 6

last day to withdraw with a “W”

last day to withdraw with a “W”

Friday November 17

open registration

Monday april 9

last day of classes

thursday april 26

grades due by noon

Monday april 30

Commencement

Saturday May 12

thanksgiving recess November 20-24 -no classes

Mon.-Fri.

Classes resume at 5:30 p.m. Monday November 27 last day of classes

thursday December 14

grades due by noon December 18

10

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Monday

Accreditation

Equal Opportunity

Harcum College is fully accredited by the Middle States Commission on Higher Education: 3624 Market Street 2nd Floor West Philadelphia, Pa 19104 267-284-5000

Harcum College is an equal opportunity institution and as such, does not discriminate in its educational and employment practices with regard to race, color, religion, gender, national origin, ancestry, age, disability, sexual orientation, applicable veteran status or any other legally protected classification.

In addition, Harcum’s allied Health programs are accredited on an individual basis by the following organizations:

the College also complies with all federal and state nondiscrimination, equal opportunity and affirmative action laws, orders and regulations. For more information, contact the office of Human Resources, Melville Hall, 750 Montgomery avenue, Bryn Mawr, Pa 19010, 610-5266012.

• the accreditation Council for occupational therapy Education (aCotE) of the american occupational therapy association (aota).

• american Dental association Commission on Dental accreditation • american Veterinary Medical association, Committee on Veterinary technician Education and activities • Commission on accreditation in Physical therapy Education of the american Physical therapy association (CaPtE) • Joint Review Commission on Education in Radiologic technology • National accrediting agency for Clinical laboratory Sciences • Commission on accreditation of allied Health Education Programs

Visas and Loans Harcum College is permitted by the united States Immigration and Naturalization Service to accept foreign students (F-1 Visa). the College is approved for National Direct Education act Student loans.

Right to Modify Changes are necessary from time to time in both academic and financial matters. No statements in this Catalog are to be considered an irrevocable contract between Harcum College and users of this catalog. Harcum College reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at any time during the period that this Catalog is effective.

• National association for the Education of Young Children (NaEYC)

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

11

StuDENt lIFE A T

12

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

H A R C U M

Student Profile Harcum’s enrollment consists of approximately 1,600 coeducational students. Most students are from Pennsylvania and neighboring states, but many other regions are represented. International students, some of whom enroll in the English language academy, are welcome members of the Harcum community. Harcum’s student population ranges greatly in age, from the traditional student fresh from high school to the adult student changing careers or attending college for the first time.

Residential life at Harcum College is designed to extend the possibilities for learning outside the traditional classroom. the residence life staff provides an environment that promotes living and learning opportunities for individual growth and development, a strong sense of community spirit and responsibility for self and others in the residence hall.

Student Life

Residential students are expected to carry a full course load of at least 12 credit hours per semester. they must verify with Financial aid and Student accounts that they have sufficient funds to cover living in Harcum’s residence halls and make a $200 deposit. to remain in residence as a part time student, special permission must be obtained from the office of Student life. Residence life may be contacted at 610-526-6092.

the office of Student life embraces the mission of the College by empowering students to reach the goal of participative citizenship and a fulfilling life by providing services, programs, and resources in support of academic, professional and personal growth. Student life staff strive to work collaboratively with all departments to foster an inclusive community which develops students holistically through reinforcing civility, integrity and respect for diversity. In collaboration with the entire College community, Student life commits to this mission by: • Empowering students to develop morally, socially, and academically by providing an atmosphere of accountability.

• Encouraging students to advocate for themselves and others, as we advocate for them, with respect to diversity and the promotion of civility in their current lives as well as their future communities.

• Serving as a resource to the college community about students, their development, and their needs.

• Challenging ourselves to consistently evaluate divisional effectiveness by implementation of routine assessment to identify student needs and satisfaction with program and service offerings. the Student life staff challenges and encourages each student to explore and discover personal values and to use that knowledge to establish and meet academic, career and life goals.

Residence Life the residential experience offers a climate that stimulates, nurtures and challenges the individual. Students are encouraged to participate actively in building a community of faculty, staff and peers.

Students interested in living on campus must submit a separate Residence life application and exhibit the maturity to live independently.

Dining Services the dining hall in Klein Hall is open to the entire Harcum community. Resident students must present their valid student I.D. at all meals. Commuter students and guests must pay for each meal or purchase a meal card. Dining Services may be contacted at 610-526-6262. all resident students must participate in the college’s resident student meal plan which consists of 19 meals per week. Refunds are not given for missed meals. Special diets may be accommodated if requested by the Director of the Dining Services. For information go to www.harcumdining.com

Campus Safety the office of Campus Safety Department strives to provide a safe and secure environment for all students, faculty and staff comprising the Harcum community. this goal is accomplished through a collaborative and integrated safety and security program intended for the benefit of all as they live, study, work and play on our campus. Campus Safety is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week at 610-526-6099.

Holiday Closing the College’s buildings and residence halls are closed during all break periods. Resident students must plan to vacate the residence hall during the thanksgiving, midsemester, winter and spring breaks. For dates consult the calendar at www.harcum.edu/calendar, or call Campus Safety at 610-526-6099.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

13

Campus Activities

Student Clubs and Organizations

the office of Campus activities (oCa) is committed to the development and growth of our students by exposing them to a wide variety of experiences through entertainment and educational programming. It is also designed to complement the academic mission of Harcum College by providing opportunities to meet the diverse developmental and educational needs of our students. oCa implements programs and services that serve the Harcum College community through entertainment, clubs and organizations, leadership development, and educational programming. a variety of cultural events – plays, trips, concerts, lectures – immerse the student in cultural diversity.

the office of Campus activities formally recognizes more than 20 different student organizations.

Educational, community service and social events are also an important part of the Harcum experience. Students play an integral role in the selection of fall and spring events.

In conjunction with the office of Residence life, the office of Campus activities is responsible for providing student leadership opportunities. these opportunities allow students to develop a range of skills they can use as they assume leadership positions in their chosen professions and in their communities. the office of Campus activities is located in Room 207 Klein Hall, or contact the office via email at campusactivities@harcum.edu.

organizations such as the Physical therapist assistants’ Club, the Student american Dental Hygiene association (SaDHa) and the Dental assisting Club help students to learn more about their chosen profession and future career options.

For more information, contact the office of Campus activities at 610-526-6038.

Student Government Association the Student government association (Sga) responds to the needs of all Harcum students. Harcum recognizes the importance of developing responsible citizens and encourages each student to participate in the Sga. through the Sga, students join with members of the faculty, staff and administration to offer solutions to academic and social concerns. It is the Sga’s mission to establish and maintain high standards of spirit, honor, integrity and loyalty. Sga members who serve on College committees represent the student body and respond to students’ interests and concerns. For more information, go to www.harcum.edu/sga.

Honor Society

Commuting Students

Phi Theta Kappa

Harcum’s programs and location attract many commuting students from the tri-state area. Commuting students are encouraged to participate in the Student government association, clubs, organizations and all College-sponsored functions. the Student lounge, located next to the Campus Store in the lower level of the academic Center, is available to all students for quiet socializing or studying.

Commuting students are encouraged to use the dining facilities of the College and may purchase meal tickets in the Dining Hall or pay the per meal price upon entry.

Harcum College inducts eligible students into the Iota Kappa chapter of Phi theta Kappa honor society. Selection for membership to Phi theta Kappa is considered one of the highest honors a Harcum student can receive. Students are chosen for Phi theta Kappa based on their academic achievement.

Phi theta Kappa (PtK) is the International Honor Society of two-Year Colleges. the mission of PtK is to recognize and encourage scholarship and community service among two-year college students. to be considered for membership, students must have earned a minimum cumulative grade point average of 3.5 and have completed at least 15 hours of college level classes at Harcum College.

14

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Service Learning

Disability Support Services

Every Harcum student is encouraged to participate in the many community service and service learning experiences available at Harcum College. Service learning provides students with the opportunity to make the important connection between academic coursework and service in the community. Service learning projects can be initiated in schools or local community organizations; they can also be tailored to the students’ interests and curriculum objectives. these opportunities for volunteerism can be arranged for individuals or groups of students.

the office of Disability Services is dedicated to providing equal opportunity and participation for qualified students who have documented physical, learning, psychological, or other disabilities.

TRIO Upward Bound Program the Harcum College tRIo upward Bound Program is a federally funded educational program, supported through a grant from the u.S. Department of Education Higher Education act. the mission of upward Bound is to provide academic assistance, counseling and/or cultural enrichment activities to motivate low income or first generation collegebound high school students to graduate from high school, matriculate at a post-secondary institution and successfully complete a program of post-secondary education. the upward Bound Program at Harcum College includes two major components. the first component is the academic session, which includes student participation in weekly tutoring and counseling and Saturday programs that provide exposure to a variety of personal, cultural and historical experiences. the second component is the summer session, a six-week residential program during which students are housed at Harcum College and continue to receive tutoring and exposure to new social and cultural experiences. Harcum College tRIo upward Bound participants attend John Bartram High School, William Sayre High School and overbrook High School in Philadelphia, Pa. Students are exposed to various activities and educational programs and gain confidence to develop and share their natural talents.

Harcum College students are encouraged to volunteer their time and services to the upward Bound Program. For more information, please contact the upward Bound staff at 610-526-6151.

In accordance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation act of 1973 and the americans with Disabilities act of 1992, Harcum College will provide appropriate and reasonable accommodations, which allow equal access to its educational programs. For documentation of a disability so the student can be qualified to receive appropriate accommodations as required by law, it is essential that a licensed professional has diagnosed the disability and that the reports are dated within three years of acceptance to Harcum College. the documentation will assist and guide in providing the most effective and appropriate strategies and accommodations for the student. guidelines for documentation can be obtained from the Director of Disability Services. the student must declare and document his or her disability to the College to receive accommodations or special services. By law, the College is not responsible for making special accommodations for a student who has not declared and documented his or her disability. It is recommended that current and appropriate documentation be sent after College acceptance but in advance of matriculation. the student is responsible for arranging an appointment with the Director of Disability Services to initiate the services. Disclosure of a disability is confidential unless the student provides the Director of Disability Services with written authorization to release information. this process is also required for placement testing and field site accommodations.

Services for students with disabilities can include, but are not limited to extended time, testing in a quiet area distraction-free location, reader/scribe for tests, volunteer classroom note taker, use of a calculator, and recorded books. accommodations are based on documentation of disability and college/student collaborative determination of eligibility. Documentation of disability should be sent to the Director of Disability Services, Harcum College, 750 Montgomery avenue, Bryn Mawr, Pa 19010-3476.

Disability Support Services can be reached at 610-5266036.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

15

Disability Services Section 504 Grievance Procedures Introduction the purpose of these procedures is to settle any and all grievances which may be raised by a disabled student. a student is an individual accepted into a college program.these procedures are designed to meet the requirements for grievance procedures as set forth in the Rehabilitation act of 1973, as amended.

Informal Settlement of Grievance It is the goal of Harcum College to settle any and all grievance matters with disabled students in an informal way. upon receipt of a written grievance by any disabled student with a grievance involving a disability issue, the grievance will be submitted for review to the Director of Disability Services. this person will then meet with the student complaining (hereinafter “grievant”) at a time, date and place convenient to both parties. the person hearing the grievance must always be someone other than the person who took the action resulting in the grievance. Both parties shall present any and all evidence and statements pertaining to the current grievance. all statements and evidence shall be held in strictest confidence by both parties. after the meeting for informal settlement, Director of Disability Services will issue a decision within 10 working days in writing.

Within the written decision of the informal settlement, the grievant will also be advised that he/she may request a commencement of formal grievance proceeding upon request.

Procedures to Commence a Formal Grievance Hearing If the informal procedures fail to satisfy the dispute, the formal hearing process becomes available to all disabled students who have a grievance concerning a disability issue that may also be the subject of a complaint under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation act of 1973, as amended. the following are the steps to be followed under the formal grievance procedure: 1. Request for a Hearing: Within thirty (30) days of receipt of the results of the informal settlement, the student seeking relief from Harcum College may file a written grievance. the letter should state the nature of the grievance and the action or relief sought. Written requests should be submitted by email to the Vice President of academic affairs with a copy to the Director of Disability Services.

16

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

2. Failure to Request a Hearing: anyone who is covered under this policy waives his or her right to a hearing if he/she has not requested a hearing within the noted time frames in #1. other rights to file a complaint under the relief granted by the terms of the 1988 amendments of Fair Housing act or Section 504 of the Rehabilitation act of 1973, as amended, are not waived.

3. Hearing Prerequisite: In order to qualify for a formal 504 grievance Hearing, the grievant must waive an informal hearing or have participated in the informal settlement procedure outlined above. If the grievant can show just cause why he/she did not participate or request informal settlement under the provisions above, then the Director of Disability Services may waive this requirement.

4. location and time of Hearing: the location and time of the hearing shall be jointly agreed upon by all parties involved. Every effort shall be made to locate the hearing in a fully accessible location.

If the grievant seeking relief under this policy needs signers or special accommodations, such services will be provided free of charge by the College upon ten (10) days prior notice.

5. the availability and use of this grievance procedure does not prevent a person from filing a complaint of discrimination on the basis of disability with the u.S. Department of Health and Human Services, office for Civil Rights.

Harcum College will make appropriate arrangements to ensure that disabled persons are provided other accommodations, if needed, to participate in this grievance process.

Such arrangements may include, but are not limited to, providing interpreters for the deaf, providing taped cassettes of material for the blind, or assuring a barrier-free location for the proceedings. the Director of Disability Services will be responsible for such arrangements.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

17

Counseling Services the Counseling office provides students and the Harcum community with mental, emotional and behavioral health services and resources that support their needs.

appointments are not necessary. all students are treated under the direction of the College physician.

Individual counseling sessions are provided and are confidential. groups and workshops can also be provided according to students’ needs. these issues include, but are not limited to the following.

Students wishing to reside in the residence halls while attending Harcum College must submit two weeks prior to move-in day a record of up to date meningitis vaccine documentation. any questions, please contact the Health Center at 610-526-6090.

• Relationships (family, roommate, faculty, partners, friends, etc.).

Career and Transfer Services

• Self-esteem and self-worth.

the mission of the office of Career & transfer Services is to equip all Harcum students and alumni with the skills necessary to have a competitive edge in their academic and career arenas. We also seek to empower, educate, and train students to proactively engage in the career and transfer process as well as chart their path toward life-long career achievement.

• Culture shock (environment, ethnicity, race, class).

• Dealing with failure or success.

• grief and loss (death, loss of a relationship, loss of a way of life).

• anxiety/frustration/loneliness.

• trauma/post-traumatic stress/abuse, assault.

• Dealing with anger.

• College transition/homesickness.

• academic concerns (student /faculty mediation).

Referrals can be made by students, staff, faculty and families, if applicable. the Counseling office works closely with departments within the Harcum community to assist students with their social, emotional and academic needs. Referrals are made to community resources when appropriate. a counselor is available on call 24/7 to address any issues that may arise after office hours. Contact the Counseling office at 610526-6045 to schedule an appointment, or for any questions or concerns.

Health Services the Health Center is located on the first floor of Klein Hall. Its mission is to service the health and wellness needs of all Harcum students by providing quality health care, health education, and preventative services in a caring and convenient manner at minimal cost. the Health Center provides evaluation and treatment of illness and injury and is a valuable resource for health-related learning.

Information or assistance related to a particular health problem, or lifestyle changes to maximize one’s health are confidentially discussed. Information on various health topics is provided at workshops throughout the academic year.

the office of Career & transfer Services provides the career and technical training necessary to help Harcum students actualize their career goals. Such activities include: career assessments, workshops, resume writing, and interviewing skills. guidance and resources are also provided to students as they are considering transferring to a four-year college or university. It is the office's goal to provide life skills for professional development, academic, and career success.

Career Services assists students and alumni with their career development. group workshops and individual counseling focus on career exploration, learning about careers, gaining experience and job search strategies. Job postings for part time and full time positions are available at: www.harcum.edu/jobboard. the Career and transfer Department has a wide variety of resources including information on careers and résumé writing. More information to assist students with career planning and job search is available at www.harcum.edu/careerservices. transfer Services offers assistance to students who are interested in transferring to a four-year institution after completion of an associate’s degree at Harcum. Counseling is available to assist students in the college selection process, application procedures and college essay writing. the Career and transfer Department also houses a variety of resources for students, including catalogs and applications, as well as a multimedia computer. transfer Services also sponsors the annual College transfer Expo’s. For more information about transfer services please go to www.harcum.edu/transferservices.

Career and transfer Services is located in the academic Center on the first floor, Room 110. the departmental email address is careertransfer@harcum.edu. the Career and transfer team can also be reached at 610-526-6070.

18

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Office of College Advancement

Harcum Campus Store

Harcum College’s office of College advancement includes alumni relations, annual giving, major gifts, foundation and grants and planned giving.

the Harcum Campus Store is located on Harcum’s Bryn Mawr Campus, in the lower level of the academic Center. the Store provides the college community with a means to order textbooks via an online partner. the Store also sells Harcum merchandise, school supplies and other novelties. there is a coffee bar, tV lounge and Internet accessible computers.

College advancement helps alumni, students, trustees, staff and friends stay connected to Harcum, and offers students and alumni opportunities for networking and engagement prior to and following graduation.

Alumni Relations Harcum College graduates join a network of over 11,000 alumni, and enjoy a variety of benefits and programs, including: • Subscription to Patches alumni magazine and Bear Essentials, Harcum’s e-newsletter • access to the office of Career and transfer Services • Invitations to Homecoming, Class and Program reunions, networking events, Continuing Education Programs, and the Kevin D. Marlo golf and tennis Classic.

We offer Harcum alumni numerous volunteer opportunities including: • the Harcum College alumni association (HCaa) , an appointed board of alumni who work to advance the mission of Harcum College, engage and energize the alumni community and support current students.

• Class agents / Class Chair opportunities and the Mentorship Program

Fundraising College advancement leads and directs Harcum’s development efforts. thanks to the generosity of alumni, trustees and friends, Harcum keeps tuition increases to a minimum. gifts and grants fund improvements to facilities, programs, and support student financial aid. the Harcum Fund is the College’s annual fundraising campaign. the Harcum Fund directly support students by providing funding for the areas of greatest need

the hours of operation are Monday through thursday, 9:00 a.m. – 5:30 p.m. and Friday 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. acceptable methods of payment include cash, DISCoVER, MasterCard, VISa and american Express. Checks are not accepted. the Campus Store can be reached at 610-526-6041.

Post Office/Student Mailboxes all residential students have the option to use a mailbox.

Incoming and campus mail is placed in student mailboxes.

Students should check their mailboxes regularly.

When a package is received, a note will be placed in the student’s mailbox. letters may be mailed from the Post office window; and stamps may be purchased at the Campus Store. all parcels must be mailed from the Bryn Mawr Post office. Registered or certified mail must be picked up at the Bryn Mawr Post office. the Campus Post office is located on the ground level of the academic Center, near the College Store and is open Monday through Friday, 9:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m. For u.S. postal information, contact the Bryn Mawr Post office at 610-525-2374. a limited number of mailboxes are available for commuting students. Commuters who desire a mailbox should contact the office of Residence life at 610-526-6092.

KinderCare at Harcum College Child care for full time and part time students, faculty and staff is available. It is operated by KinderCare learning Centers and conveniently located in Pennswood Hall.

It accepts applications for children between the ages of six weeks to five years. Hours of operation are Monday through Friday, 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. For rates and availability information, call KinderCare at 610-526-9244.

College advancement also seeks support for Harcum Programs and Initiatives by way of legacy gifts through wills and estates, honor and memorial gifts via our Honor and Memorial Programs and corporate and foundation gifts through corporate sponsorships and grants.

Security Reports

For more information, please contact the office of College advancement at 610.526.6060 or advancement@harcum.edu. alumni and friends are welcome to visit our offices in Bedford Hall on Harcum’s Bryn Mawr Campus.

Harcum’s annual reports on campus security are available through the office of Campus Safety, located in Klein Hall, or on the Harcum College website at www.harcum.edu/crimestats. For more information, contact the office of Campus Safety at 610-526-6099.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

19

atHlEtICS A T

20

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

H A R C U M

Harcum Athletic Teams Harcum College currently offers eleven intercollegiate sports which compete in Region 19 (Eastern Pennsylvania, New Jersey and Delaware) of the National Junior College athletic association. Men’s basketball, men’s and women’s soccer, men’s and women’s cross country, men’s and women’s indoor track & field and men’s and women’s outdoor track & field compete at the Division I level.

Women’s basketball and volleyball compete at the Division II level. athletes are eligible to compete and receive athletic aid for two seasons while at Harcum College. Students who participate in varsity athletics for two seasons are not required to take additional physical education classes for credit. academic eligibility requirements are stipulated by the NJCaa. For information, please contact the athletic Director, or go to www.harcum.edu/athletics.

Athletic Facts • Colors: Purple and White.

• Mascot: Hatcher the Bear.

• Sports: Basketball (Men & Women), Cross Country (Men & Women), Indoor track & Field (Men & Women), outdoor track & Field (Men & Women), Soccer (Men & Women), Volleyball (Women).

• Contact: Drew Kelly, athletic Director, 610-526-6669 dkelly@harcum.edu.

Title IX Statement Pursuant to the requirement of title IX of the education amendments of 1972, the College does not discriminate on the basis of gender in any educational program or activity or in admissions or employment.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

21

aDMISSIoNS A T

22

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

H A R C U M

Admission to Harcum College

Submitting Your Application

Harcum College seeks to provide many possibilities by offering a quality education for career-oriented students. In keeping with the College’s mission, enrollment counselors treat students holistically and respectfully, valuing the uniqueness of each student’s learning style and background.

all applicants to Harcum College should submit the following:

Each applicant’s ability to benefit from a Harcum degree program is carefully considered; students whose academic and/or work history indicates a high probability of success will be the strongest candidates. applicants are encouraged to schedule a visit to the College, tour the campus and learn more about programs of interest with an enrollment counselor. the visit is a critical part of the admissions process, as it helps to determine the best course of action for the prospective student to achieve his or her goals.

With a few key exceptions, programs at Harcum College operate under a rolling admissions policy, which means that the admissions Committee reviews each application file as soon as it is complete. the exceptions are Dental Hygiene, occupational therapy assistant, Physical therapist assistant, Nursing and Radiologic technology. Deadlines for these programs can be found on Harcum’s website, www.harcum.edu or by calling the office of admissions at 610-526-6050.

• a completed Harcum College application form. the online application can be completed by going to www.harcum.edu and clicking on “apply Now” in the navigation bar of the home page.

• application Fee • High school transcript and/or gED transcript. this requirement is waived for applicants who have completed a bachelor’s degree, unless specifically requested.

• Current high school seniors must submit final high school transcript no later than thirty (30) days following graduation.

• official college transcripts from all regionally accredited colleges attended, if applicable.

• a typed personal essay. this essay should include why you are choosing your desired major.

• letter(s) of recommendation from an employer, teacher, guidance counselor, etc. two (2) letters of recommendation are required for the Nursing Program.

• official Sat or aCt scores, if taken. (old) Critical Reading and Math Scores, (New) Evidence-based Reading/Writing & Math or aCt Composite score.

Rolling Admission

• Resume (Nursing only).

applicants will be notified within 10 working days – usually sooner – of a decision and of any conditions necessary for entry. Prospective students are advised to apply as early as possible to ensure admission to the program of choice.

• test of English as a Foreign language (toEFl) or IEltS scores for all students for whom English is a second language.

Harcum College accepts students from a wide range of schools in the united States and abroad. the College is open to qualified applicants of all races, religions and ethnic backgrounds.

English Language Proficiency and Exemptions Harcum College accepts either the toEFl (test of English as a Foreign language) or IEltS (International English language testing System) as proof of English proficiency.

Students whose native language is not English must present an acceptable test score or meet one of the exemptions before they are accepted into any degree program.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

23

Required TOEFL and/or IELTS Scores for Allied Health Programs (except for Nursing - please TOEFL policy for Nursing Program for details): Internet-based test: 79 Computer-based test: 213 Paper-based test: 550 IEltS: 6.5 band score

Required TOEFL and/or IELTS Scores for Non-Allied Health Programs:

TOEFL Policy for Nursing Program all applicants who not born in the united States will be required to take the toEFl or IEltS test.

• Internet based test of English as a Foreign language with an overall score of at least 87 and individual section scores as follows: Reading: 21, listening: 22, Speaking: 23 and Writing: 21.

• International English language testing System with an overall score of at least 6.5 and individual sections scores as follows: listening: 6.5, Reading: 6.5, Writing: 6 and Speaking: 7.

Internet-based test: 61 Computer-based test: 173 Paper-based test: 500 IEltS: 5.5 band score

Exemptions: • Earned a high school diploma from a High School in the united States • Earned a B or higher in English 101 and English 102 in a u.S. college or university along with a minimum of 2.0 gPa in all college coursework • a minimum Sat or aCt score: Minimum aCt English score of 20 or minimum Sat Critical Reading score of 500 (old), or minimum Sat Reading score of 560 (new) • Earned a aa, aS or bachelor's degree or higher from an accredited u.S. college or university • Successful completion of Harcum College’s Ela program • Students from the following countries are exempt from the toEFl or IEltS Exam: antigua & Barbuda, australia, Bahamas, Belize, Bermuda, Canada (except Quebec), Fiji, grenada, guyana, Ireland, Jamaica, Kiribati, Marshall Islands, Mauritania, Micronesia, New Zealand, St. Kitts & Nevis, St. lucia, St. Vincent & the grenadines, Solomon Islands, trinidad & tobago, united Kingdom Please note: Some majors may have additional application requirements, additional standards and/or prerequisite classes needed for admission, as well as the grades which students should have completed in those classes. Please refer to the descriptions of individual programs in this catalog for more information.

24

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Please Note: Harcum College has the right to refuse admission or readmission for any student at its discretion.

Harcum College is an equal opportunity institution and as such does not discriminate in its educational and employment practices with regard to race, color, religion, gender, national origin, ancestry, age, disability, sexual orientation, applicable veteran status or any other legally protected classification. the College also complies with all federal and state nondiscrimination, equal opportunity and affirmative action laws, orders and regulations.

Accuplacer Exam accuplacer is a placement measure that most Harcum students complete at some point, sometimes before admission to the College. accuplacer covers math, reading and English proficiency and helps the College make decisions regarding the proper class level for admitted students and the applicants’ ability to benefit from specific programs.

Students who have already completed a college level math or English course with a “C” or better from a regionally accredited institution would be waived from taking the accuplacer exam.

Criminal Background Disclosure Statement Please be advised that results of a criminal background check may exclude a student from participating in a clinical, internship and/or field work component of their program. this may also preclude a student from meeting degree requirements needed for graduation and/or ability to take certification/licensure exams. If accepted, it is the student’s responsibility to report changes in the status of their criminal background to their program director.

Transfer Student Policy If you have invested time and money in previous coursework at other accredited colleges, you'll want to receive the credit you deserve.

Every year, Harcum College admits a large number of transfer students. We are flexible in our transfer credit policy, but important standards do apply: • all applicants seeking transfer credit are required to submit official transcripts from all colleges attended.

• In order to be accepted for transfer, a course must be directly relevant to the student’s program of study, and have been completed with a grade of “C” or better.

Additional Information for CLEP, AP Exams and CDA Credential Harcum College recognizes and awards credits for College level Examination Program (ClEP), advancePlacement Exam (aP), and Child Development associate Credential (CDa).

College Level Examination Program - CLEP Students may receive transfer credits if they have successfully completed a ClEP exam. Students who havecompleted a ClEP exam must have the original College grade Report sent from the College Board to Harcum College. ClEP exams with a score of 50 or higher for equivalent courses and are relevant to thestudent’s program of study may be accepted for transfer.

• Required math, science, and computer courses taken within the last 10 years may be accepted for transfer credit. all other courses do not have expiration for transfer.

Advance Placement Exam - AP

• For most programs, a maximum of 30 credits may be transferred into Harcum College through official college transcripts, ClEP transcripts, aP transcripts, and aCE transcripts. Questions regarding these credits should be directed to Harcum College’s associate Registrar.

High school students who have taken college level courses and the advanced examinations need to submittheir aP exam scores to Harcum College. Students who have achieved a score of three (3) or higher areeligible for consideration for transfer credit.

• Comparable core curriculum courses may be transferred into Harcum College and will help narrow down the range of core courses the student must take toward completion of the associate’s degree. Program specific courses will be evaluated and granted credit at the discretion of the program director.

• Questions about the application process and about specific Harcum degree programs should be addressed to an enrollment counselor. Questions about Credit for life and Career Experience should be addressed to the appropriate program director.

• Students who have taken 15 or more credit hours at an accredited post-secondary institution with a grade point average of 2.5 or better are exempt from the core curriculum requirement of IDS 101 Harcum 101.

Child Development Associate Credential – CDA Six (6) credits may be granted to Early Childhood Education students who submit a current CDa certificate.

How It Works Simply submit official transcripts from all previous coursework as part of the admissions process. once you are ready to matriculate into a Harcum College degree program, your transcripts will be evaluated for applicable transfer credit. You will receive a copy of the official transcript evaluation in the mail. all application packets and transcripts should be sent to: Harcum College attn: admissions office 750 Montgomery avenue Bryn Mawr, Pa 19010

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

25

Transfer Appeal Policy and Procedure Appeal Procedures: academic transcripts are evaluated based upon the procedures established in the transfer Student Policy. It is possible that errors in the transfer of credits can occur. In the event a student believes that this has occurred, the appeal procedure is as follows: I. Student should first contact the associate Registrar in the office of Student Records to discuss the transfer evaluation results and provide any additional documentation needed to assist with the review (for example an updated transcript or college catalog, syllabus, or other documentation from the sending institution). appeals to the associate Registrar must be submitted no later than 30 days after the completion of the initial evaluation.

II. If the issue is not resolved, the student may request further review from the Registrar. after conferring with the student, the Registrar will present the student’s claim along with any additional documentation to the appropriate program director, for consideration and will communicate the decision to the student in writing within 15 working days during the academic Fall and Spring semesters. the decision of the Registrar and/or program director is final.

III. appeals to the associate Registrar under item II above must be submitted no later than 90 days after the completion of the initial evaluation.

Permission to Complete a Course at Another Institution After Matriculation Harcum College expects all degree seeking matriculated students to complete all of their courses at Harcum College unless permission is granted by their program director and the appropriate paperwork is completed. Students who are approved to take a course at another institution must have the Matriculated Student Request form completed before enrolling in the course in order to be eligible for the transfer credit(s). also, it is the student’s responsibility to have an official transcript forwarded to the office of Student Records upon completion of the requested course(s).

Matriculated students will not receive transfer credit for courses taken at another institution if the Matriculated Student Request form is not completed PRIOR to the start of the non-Harcum course.

Readmission Policy If you were previously enrolled at Harcum and have not been in attendance for 2 years or more and left the college in good standing, you are required to submit a new admissions application. Students applying for readmission who have attended other colleges and/or universities since their most recent enrollment at Harcum must submit an official transcript from each regionally accredited college or university attended to the admissions office before a readmission decision can be made. Students who have been out of attendance from Harcum for more than 7 years may need to submit all new documentation, as the original documents may no longer be on file. However, Harcum College coursework history and grades earned are kept permanently. Students must be in good academic and financial standing in order to be considered for readmission to Harcum.

If readmitted, you will fall under the program requirements and transfer credit policies as outlined in the Harcum catalog at the time of your readmission. this may mean that the courses needed to complete your program have changed, which may require you to take additional courses in order to graduate. also, depending on the length of time the student has been out, repetition of courses may be required by the department or program. the College reserves the right to limit readmissions on the basis of projected enrollment figures and the availability of space.

26

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Non-Matriculated Student Policy Changing Programs/Majors Current students planning to change from one degree program to another degree program must receive approval by their current advisor, advisor of the new proposed major, and VP of academic affairs. If approval is granted by all parties, a Change of Program form must be completed and submitted to the office of Student Records. once this form is processed a new evaluation of transfer credits, if applicable will be completed and a new academic Plan will be assigned. Please note, changing degree programs (major) may impact the length of time to graduation and financial standing. Students are also advised to meet with their financial aid counselor to discuss any potential impact to their financial aid and tuition payments as a result of the change of major.

Important Note: Current students who wish to change their program (major) to one of the following programs must reapply by submitting a new admissions application by the appropriate deadline. admission to these programs is competitive and acceptance and/or change of program is not guaranteed. once a decision is made, the college will notify you in writing of your admission decision. If accepted, a Change of Program form must be completed and submitted to the office of Student Records. once this form is processed a new evaluation of transfer credits, if applicable will be completed and a new academic Plan will be assigned.

• Dental Hygiene

this status is reserved for students who are not seeking a degree or certificate at the time of admission, are not interested in receiving federal or institutional financial aid, and who wish to waive placement testing and academic advisement which would normally determine the appropriateness of their courses for degree fulfillment or transfer credit. Because of these conditions, enrolling for classes under this status is simplified. Non-matriculated students do not follow the traditional admission requirements of matriculated students. the nonmatriculated student status is designed to allow any interested individual to attend college credit courses without declaring a major or seeking a degree. admission to non-matriculated status does not constitute admission to a degree program and does not guarantee enrollment in a particular course, as some of the courses at Harcum College are restricted to degree students and/or require specific prerequisites.

Non-matriculated students are limited to a total of 15 credits in this status and must complete the NonMatriculated Status application before registering. If a student wishes to continue courses at the College, they will need to apply for matriculated status through the appropriate admissions process.

Important Registration Note: Registration for course(s) means you accept responsibility for paying all tuition and fees associated with your registration, unless you drop the course(s) by the published deadlines.

• Nursing • Physical therapist assistant • occupational therapy assistant • Radiologic technology • Veterinary technology

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

27

International Students

Permanent Resident Students

International students applying for admission to Harcum College must complete all admissions requirements and also submit the following:

Permanent resident students applying for admission to Harcum College must complete all admissions requirements and also submit the following:

• an official evaluation, by a NaCES approved agency, certifying that the secondary school transcripts have the equivalency to a u.S. high school diploma.

• Copy of Permanent Resident Card: Documents below are required if secondary and/or post-secondary coursework was completed outside the united States:

• a course-by-course credential evaluation completed by an NaCES approved agency for all post-secondary coursework completed outside the uS.

• an official evaluation, by a NaCES approved agency, certifying that the secondary school transcripts have the equivalency to a u.S. high school diploma.

• test of English as a Foreign language (toEFl) or IEltS scores for all students for whom English is a second language. Harcum’s institutional code number is 2287.

Students who are unable to demonstrate English proficiency will still be considered for acceptance, but may need to enroll in English language academy courses.

• a course-by-course credential evaluation completed by an NaCES certified organization for all post- secondary coursework completed outside the uS.

• Financial documentation in the form of an official bank letter (on letterhead) stating the amount of funds in the account, and a letter of support from the sponsor are required before the Form I-20 for the F-1 student visa can be issued.

• Harcum entrance examinations demonstrating English proficiency.

For immigration and financial aid information, please see the Center for International Programs section (or call the Center at 610-526-6118). See your program director for requirements specific to your program.

28

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

• test of English as a Foreign language (toEFl) or IEltS scores for all students for whom English is a second language.

Articulation with Four-Year Institutions an articulation agreement is a formal agreement that allows credits earned in specific Harcum College programs to be accepted at another college or university.

Students planning to transfer to four-year institutions after graduation from Harcum College are urged to familiarize themselves with the transfer process and to select one or more institutions early in their second year to which they may wish to apply. For information on Harcum’s four-year educational partners, go to www.harcum.edu/articulations.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 18

29

tuItIoN aND FINaNCIal aID A T

30

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

H A R C U M

Tuition, Fee and Refund Policy Tuition for the 2017-2018 Academic Year TUITION

MISCELLANEOUS FEES AND DEPOSITS

Full time tuition (12-18 credits) $11,750 /semester-$23,500/year (does not include books/fees)

Application Fee

Part time tuition (less than 11 credits) $745/credit (does not include books/fees) Continuing and Professional Studies Please call 610-526-1860 for pricing.

Tuition Deposit

$200 (non-refundable)

Housing Deposit

$200 (non-refundable)

General Fee Audit Fee Returned Check Charge Parking Fee

$4,800/semester or $9,600/year

Single (if available)

$5,600/semester or $11,200/year (Includes room occupancy and meal plan)

Damage Deposit $200 (Refundable after final semester damage report) Room Reservation Deposit

$100 (returning resident)

Total Cost for Full Time Enrollment & Double Room/Board $33,100/year (plus fees)

SUMMER SESSIONS Summer Sessions – Room & Board

$85 /semester $745/credit $45/check

Late Registration Fee

ROOM AND BOARD Double

$50 (non-refundable)

$375/week $2,625/7 weeks $3,750/10 weeks

$100 $45/semester $25 summer $10 each additional

Senior Citizen (65 years and older) $150/credit Non-matriculated/ based on space availability Students enrolled at the Bryn Mawr campus opting to take more than 18 credits per semester are charged an overload fee of $745 per credit. this does not apply to students who are required to take more than 18 credits in a semester by their program's course sequence. Students enrolled at a Partnership site opting to take more than 14 credits per semester are charged an overload fee of $745 per credit. the College does not provide health insurance coverage to students. Students are responsible for providing their own health insurance, whether by parent/guardian’s health coverage or by their own election into a plan.

Fees subject to change

ALLIED HEALTH PROGRAMS (part time tuition) Veterinary technology, Radiologic technology, occupational therapy assistant, Physical therapist assistant, Dental Hygiene, Nursing Part time tuition $975/credit (excludes Pta part-time evening) (does not included books and fees)

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

31

TUITION BILLING & PAYMENTS

ROOM & BOARD

the office of Student accounts handles all billing and billing related inquiries for tuition, room and board, and any related fees for the College. tuition bills are posted electronically to Self-Service and are generated on a per semester basis. Bills for the fall semester are posted in July and bills for the spring are posted in November. Bills may also be obtained by visiting the Student accounts office.

Bills will continue to be posted on a monthly basis for those students carrying a balance. Failure to view or obtain a bill does not exclude students from paying their tuition balance.

New Residential Students

Payments can be made through Self-Service using a credit/debit card or bank account. all payments made through Self-Service will immediately post to the student’s account. additionally, payments can be made by visiting the office of Student accounts or by mailing a check or money order. there is a non-refundable convenience fee of 2.75% applied when making a credit/debit card payment through Self-Service. Students who do not wish to pay with a credit card may use a checking or savings account to make payments online or can pay in person by visiting the office of Student accounts. to help manage tuition payments, the College offers an installment plan. to enroll in the installment payment plan students should log-into Self-Service and click the enroll link.

Delinquent Accounts Harcum College reserves the right to transfer delinquent accounts to a contracted collection agency, attorney, and/or credit bureau. at which time the student is responsible for all costs and fees associated with collection and litigation at a minimum of 33 1/3% in addition to the principal balance.

32

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

all new residential students must complete a new student housing/dining application and are required to make a non-refundable $200 deposit. this deposit will ensure the student a space in the residence hall and is credited toward the student’s room and board charges. If the new student decides not to move into the residence halls, $100 of this deposit is forfeited and the remaining $100 will be credited to the student’s tuition bill. If the new student decides not to attend Harcum, $100 of this deposit is forfeited and the remaining $100 will be returned to the student.

New residential students will also be charged a one-time $200 Damage Deposit on their tuition account, which is refunded to the student minus any unpaid individual or public area damages bills assessed when the student permanently moves out of the residence halls.

Returning Residential Students all returning students should complete a housing and dining renewal form and forward a $100 room reservation fee. this fee will be credited to the student’s housing and dining bill in the upcoming semester. this fee is forfeited if the student does not return to housing.

Parking Permit Students who wish to park a vehicle on campus must purchase a Parking Permit. Parking Permits may be purchased online or in the Student accounts office, located in Melville Hall.

Health Insurance the College does not provide health insurance coverage to students. Students are responsible for providing their own health insurance, whether by parent’s/guardian’s health insurance coverage or by their own election into a plan.

Refunds for Books & Supplies Effective July 1, 2011, all students who have satisfied the following eligibility requirements by the tenth day prior to the beginning of each semester are entitled to a book voucher by the seventh day after the semester has begun to cover the costs of books and supplies, based on the amount estimated by the financial aid office for the relevant academic year: 1. Student is Pell grant eligible.

2. Student is eligible to receive a refund from title IV funds (Pell grant, SEog, Direct Stafford and PluS).

3. all documentation has been submitted and/or completed including tax returns, verification worksheets, master promissory notes and entrance counseling.

Refund Policy If a student must withdraw from the College, or is dismissed, the basic refund formula is as follows: Fall/Spring Date of Withdrawal add/Drop Period

Percent of tuition Refunded 100%

1st week after add/Drop

80%

2nd week after add/Drop

40%

after 2nd Week Summer add/Drop Period after add/Drop

No Refund 100% No Refund

this policy applies only to students who withdraw from all coursework. there is no penalty during the add/Drop period if the student remains enrolled in other courses.

Return of Title IV Funds Policy Recipients of title IV funding, (Federal grants and loans such as Pell grant, SEog, Perkins and Stafford loans) who withdraw from the college may be required to have all, or a portion of their title IV funds awarded returned to the respective financial aid programs. up through the 60% point in each semester, a prorata schedule is used to determine the amount of title IV funds the student has earned at the time of withdrawal. the amount to be returned is dependent upon the number of days the student attended, the cost of the program, and the aid received. after the 60% point in the term, a student has earned 100% of the title IV funds he or she was scheduled to receive during the period. a student is considered to have withdrawn from a semester if the student does not complete all the days in the semester that the student was scheduled to complete. When a student withdraws during a semester, the amount of title IV program assistance that the student has earned up to that point is determined by a specific formula.

If the student received (or the school or parent received on the student’s behalf ) less assistance than the amount that the student earned, the student may be able to receive those additional funds.

If the student received more assistance than he/she earned, the excess funds must be returned by the school and/or by the student.

For example, if the student completed 30% of a semester, the student earns 30% of the assistance the student was originally scheduled to receive.

If the student did not receive all of the funds that he/she earned, the student may be due a post-withdrawal disbursement.

If the student’s post-withdrawal disbursement includes loan funds, the College must get your permission before it can disburse them. You may choose to decline some or all of the loan funds so that you don’t incur additional debt. the College may automatically use all or a portion of your post-withdrawal disbursement of grant funds for tuition, fees and room and board charges (as contracted with the College). the College needs your permission to use the post-withdrawal grant disbursement for all other charges. If you do not give your permission, you will be offered the funds. However, it may be in your best interest to allow the College to keep the funds to reduce your debt.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

33

If the student receives (or we or the parent receives on the student’s behalf ) excess title IV program funds that must be returned, we must return a portion of the excess equal to the lesser of: 1. Your institutional charges multiplied by the unearned percentage of your funds, or 2. the entire amount of excess funds. the College must return this amount even if it did not keep this amount of the student’s title IV program funds.

If the College is not required to return all of the excess funds, the student must return the remaining amount. any loan funds that the student must return, the student (or the parent for a PluS loan) must repay in accordance with the terms of the promissory note. that is, the student (or parent) must make scheduled payments to the holder of the loan over a period of time.

If the College is required to return unearned title IV funds based on the withdrawal calculation, they will be returned in the following order: 1. unsubsidized FFEl/Direct loan 2. Subsidized FFEl/Direct loan 3. Perkins loan 4. FFEl/Direct PluS 5. Pell grant 6. SEog If the student is required to return unearned title IV grant funds based on the withdrawal calculation, they will be returned in the following order: 1. Pell grant 2. SEog

34

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

If the student is eligible to receive a Post Withdrawal Disbursement credited to his/her account, the funds will be credited in the following order: 1. Pell grant 2. SEog 3. Perkins loan 4. Subsidized FFEl/Direct loan 5. unsubsidized FFEl/Direct loan 6. FFEl/Direct PluS any amount of unearned grant funds that the student must return is called an overpayment. the maximum amount of a grant overpayment that the student must repay is half of the grant funds the student received or was scheduled to receive. the student does not have to repay a grant overpayment if the original amount of the overpayment is $50 or less. the student must make arrangements with the College or the Department of Education to return the unearned grant funds. the requirements for title IV program funds when you withdraw are separate from the College’s refund policy indicated previously. therefore, you may still owe funds to the College to cover unpaid institutional charges. We may also charge you for any title IV program funds that it was required to return.

Late Registration/ Payment Fee Students registering after the start of classes or making final payment after the due date will be assessed a fee of $100.

Financial Planning the Financial aid office at Harcum College is available to help students with financial planning and the process of applying for financial aid. the Financial aid office is located in Melville Hall. Students are encouraged to visit the office if they need assistance or to call 610-526-6098.

Financial Planning sessions are also held throughout the year at various campus events. topics covered include Commitment and Responsibility of the Student and Parent, Expectations of the College and the Student, understanding the Cost of College and Debt Management and its Consequences.

During these sessions, participants may discuss ways to finance a college education with financial aid professionals.

Participants will also learn more about Harcum scholarships that are available and Harcum’s financial aid packages, which may include a combination of grants, loans and employment opportunities.

Student Responsibilities It is the student’s responsibility to finance his/her education. the student should be aware of the cost of tuition, books and room and board. the student is responsible for paying the tuition bill or making satisfactory payment arrangements with Student accounts prior to the start of classes.

It is the responsibility of the student to complete the Free application for Federal Student aid (FaFSa) and to submit all required paperwork requested by the Financial aid office. also, if applying for private scholarships, it is the student’s responsibility to submit the scholarship criteria and essays on time. the student must also keep the Financial aid office informed of any changes in his/her address, telephone number, enrollment status or other relevant information.

Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) for Federal Student Aid Programs Standards Effective July 1, 2011, Harcum College has established revised standards for Satisfactory academic Progress. the material that follows describes credit and gPa requirements to retain eligibility, duration of eligibility and the restoration of eligibility if lost during enrollment.

Harcum’s office of Financial aid is required by federal regulations to monitor student progress toward completion of degree and certificate programs at the undergraduate level. this Satisfactory academic Progress Standard includes a quantitative and qualitative measure of progress. the quantitative measure requires that a specific number of completed credits are necessary each academic year to remain eligible for financial aid. the qualitative measure requires maintaining a grade Point average (gPa) that meets the minimum standard necessary to maintain academic good Standing according to Harcum College policy.

Student Aid Programs Impacted by the Standard all Federal title IV programs including Federal Pell grants, Federal Supplemental Educational opportunity grants, Federal Work-Study, Federal Perkins loans, Federal Stafford loans, and Federal Parent loans (PluS) are impacted by this standard.

College Responsibilities the Financial aid office will notify students in writing about their financial aid eligibility. the College is responsible for notifying students of tuition increases and changes in their financial aid packages.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

35

Eligibility

Maximum Time Frame to Complete Program

gPa: a step-up system is used to permit a student’s gradual progress to meet the 2.0 gPa requirements for graduation.

Harcum College uses a graduated gPa requirement, allowing a student’s gPa to be lower earlier in the student’s academic career. all students must have a cumulative gPa that falls within the following categories:

Satisfactory academic progress also establishes a maximum time frame in which students must complete their program of study in order to remain eligible for title IV funds. the maximum time frame for degree completion at Harcum College cannot exceed 150% of the published program’s credit length. Determining if the student has met the required pace of completion is accomplished by dividing the cumulative number of hours the student has successfully completed by the cumulative number of hours the student has attempted. (Remedial coursework may be excluded from this determination, but transfer credits accepted by the institution towards the student’s program are included).

College Credits attempted

Minimum gPa Required

1 - 15

1.00

16 - 30

1.50

31 - 45

1.75

46 and above

2.00

this standard does not apply to: tuition remission for dependents of Harcum College employees, athletic grants, some outside scholarships and state grants (i.e. PHEaa State grants); state agencies awarding state grants establish their own academic standards.

Pace of Completion: In addition to maintaining a gPa that meets the College minimum requirements for satisfactory academic progress, students are to successfully complete 67% of the cumulative credits attempted. Measurement for Satisfactory academic Progress for students is reviewed at the end of each spring semester to determine academic progress and future student aid eligibility. Hence, all terms of enrollment at Harcum College, including summer, are included in the measurement.

For example, in a program requiring 64 credits to complete, the maximum number of credits that a student is permitted to attempt is 96. If 64 is divided by 96 the result is a pace of 67%. If a student earns 67% of the credits attempted in each term, the student should complete the program within the maximum time frame.

For example, if the student takes 12 credits in fall term and earns 12 credits, the student has earned 100% of the credits attempted.

In the spring, the student enrolls for 18 credits and earns 15. He/she has a cumulative total of 27 credits. the cumulative total of attempted credits is 30. So 27 divided by 30 is a pace of 90% exceeding the 67% pace that is required.

Conditions all students must receive a passing grade in at least 67% of all credits attempted. Passing grades are a, B, C, D, or P. grades of au (audit), I (Incomplete), W (Withdrawal), WP (Withdrawal Passing), WF (Withdrawal Failing), as well as F (Failure), are NoN-passing, unsatisfactory grades and count towards credits attempted. attempted Credits = all credits for which a student registers and receives a grade (including a, B, C, D, P, F, I, W, WP, WF). Repeated courses will be included in credits attempted. Credits by Examination will be counted as credits attempted and completed satisfactorily. In addition, transfer credits will reduce the maximum attempted credits allowed. Courses with grades of au will not be counted as credits attempted or completed. Change of major is permitted only twice.

36

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Unsatisfactory Progress Students who fall below the required pace of completion and/or the required gPa are considered to be not making satisfactory progress and are ineligible for title IV financial aid. Regaining eligibility can occur for future semesters once the required number of deficient credits has been successfully achieved and/or the gPa has risen to the required level. Students who have withdrawn (for any reason) from the College, will be ineligible for further assistance until satisfactory academic progress has been regained.

Appeals all students have the right to file a written appeal and submitting it to the Financial aid office. the Director of Financial aid will review cases on an individual basis to determine if mitigating circumstances are responsible for poor progress. Mitigating circumstances may include, but are not limited to:

Satisfactory Academic Progress for PHEAA State Grant Program Policy of Pennsylvania State Grant Program (PHEAA) Students must successfully complete at least 12 credits for each full time semester and at least six credits for each part time semester in which PHEaa grants were received. this policy is subject to revision by PHEaa and was last revised in June 1997. Progress will be checked after the spring semester of each academic year. appeals must be made in writing directly to PHEaa. Full time eligibility is limited to four semesters for two-year programs. Part time eligibility is limited to eight semesters in two-year programs. Remedial or developmental credits in some instances do not count toward the credit required for progress. Contact the Financial aid office if you have questions.

a) Illness or injury of the student b) Death of a close family member.

In addition, a student will be required to submit, as part of the appeal, information regarding why the student failed to make SaP, and what has changed in the student’s situation that would allow the student to demonstrate satisfactory academic progress at the next evaluation. If the appeal is approved, students will be placed on probationary status for one semester, and will be permitted to receive additional title IV aid. Satisfactory academic progress will then be reevaluated at the end of the next semester to determine if the student has met the requirements. all circumstances must be documented. Students will be informed of the appeal outcome. Notification letters or emails will be sent to students who are not making satisfactory progress after grades are reported for the spring semester.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

37

aCaDEMIC aFFaIRS A T

38

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

H A R C U M

Faculty

Disability Services

the faculty at Harcum College are dedicated to the teaching-learning process. as such, they embrace active, student-centered teaching strategies and regularly perform classroom assessment techniques to improve student learning. they are content experts who encourage excellence in their students. Many present their educational research at national and international conferences and are leaders of their professional organizations and communities.

Harcum students seeking any academic accommodation services should first contact the Director of Disability Services at 610-526-6036. the ESC in collaboration with Disability Services provides assistive technology for students with documented disabilities that include the Kurzweil 3000, recording devices and specialized software.

Office of Educational Support Services the office of Educational Support Services (ESS) is supported by the Federal tRIo grant Program-Student Support Services (SSS). located in the academic Center, the ESS Department provides academic counseling, educational workshops, academic grant aid, tutorial support and accommodation services for all Harcum students. ESS promotes the mission of Harcum College and encourages independent lifelong learners. ESS allows students to actively participate in their academic progress and to acknowledge when they need academic support. tutoring is one venue that students use to gain clarity about academic concepts presented in the classroom and to develop skills to become more effective learners.

Tutoring and Computer Services ESS supports the Educational Success Center (ESC) where professional and peer tutors provide one-on-one and small group tutoring. the ESC’s mission is to assist Harcum students in developing the skills necessary to achieve their academic and career goals through peer and professional tutoring, academic computer use, software and workshops. all services are free to Harcum students. For more information, visit the ESC website at www.harcum.edu/esc.

Center for International Programs the Center for International Programs (CIP) is designed to foster the cultural adjustment of international students and encourage their academic success. the International Program’s staff members are advocates for international students and are sensitive to their needs and concerns. the CIP has two components: the English language academy (Ela) that offers credit and non-credit English as a second language courses; and the International Student advising component, that includes immigration advising and cultural activities.

International students are defined as those students on F-1 student visas. International students are required to comply with the regulations governing their immigration status as determined by the Department of Homeland Security.

Individual advising sessions and on-going communication keep students well-informed of the regulations. CIP staff members assist international students with other areas of concern, such as: housing, health care, banking, social security cards, employment, driver’s licensing, transfer credit and assimilation into the College and community.

International students are welcome to participate in all College activities and are encouraged to present information about their culture to their classmates, faculty and staff. Participation in College activities provides opportunities for students to develop leadership skills and to adapt to the american education system. the Center may be reached by email at elaharcum@harcum.edu or by telephone at 610-526-6118.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

39

English Language Academy

The Charles H. Trout Library

the English language academy offers full time and part time instruction in English as a second language (ESl).

Classes are held in writing, reading, grammar, oral communication, and toEFl (test of English as a Foreign language) preparation.

the Charles H. trout library provides research instruction and assistance to students, faculty, and staff. the mission is twofold: (1) to build strengthen and provide access to a collection, both print and online, that supports the College’s academic programs, as well as the information and classroom technology needs of all at the College, and (2) to instruct in the use of this collection, especially by providing instruction in Information literacy and to promote the library resources and services so that all students develop the necessary research strategies and skills to foster lifelong learning.

Students at any level of English proficiency may be accepted into the program to study English language and american culture. Classes are small and can accommodate all levels of English proficiency, from beginner to advanced.

Students take the English language placement test at the beginning of each semester to determine their language needs. Instructors are professional and thoroughly experienced in teaching English as a second language.

Cultural excursions, guest lecturers, and in-class videos supplement classroom instruction. Full time students are required to attend classes for 20.5 hours per week, while part time students may choose courses for a total of 3-17 hours per week. English language academy students may participate in all facets of the College, including extracurricular activities and student clubs and organizations.

English language academy students may also use the library and computer labs, and receive tutoring in the Educational Success Center. to contact the English language academy, please email elaharcum@harcum.edu or call 610-526-6118.

Please see a description of the courses offered in the English language academy under “Course Descriptions” in the back of this Catalog. these courses can be taken for credit or as non-credit courses.

40

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

the library staff consists of five degreed librarians and two staff members. For reference/research assistance, please contact the Reference librarian at 610-526-6084 or jstrickland@harcum.edu.the online catalog, EDItH, is available from the library’s website and lists all materials (books and DVDs) available in the library collection. the library provides access to fourteen online research databases including academic Search Elite, CINaHl with Full-text, Dentistry & oral Sciences Source, Credo Reference, ScienceDirect, SIRS Issues Researcher, National Newspapers Premier, and Criminal Justice. Current students, faculty, and staff can access the databases from the library’s web page and through the Harcum Hatch. to access the databases off-campus, please contact the library for a password list. the library’s website also contains useful research guides that provide access to print and online resources for all academic programs.

the library is a strong proponent of information literacy and lifelong research skills. the Reference librarian works with individual students and provides instruction to entire classes on how to search the online catalog and research databases as well as understand how to evaluate and cite sources effectively. the library participates in the College’s effort to develop, support and instruct in the use of technology in teaching and learning. the Media Services Coordinator is available to provide technical assistance with software and online services in the classroom and across the College. In addition, Interlibrary loan service provides students and faculty with borrowing access to books and journal articles from libraries all over the united States. the Charles H. trout library is open seven days a week during the regular semesters. the library is located in the academic Center building. the library’s regular hours are: Monday-thursday

8:00 a.m. – 9:00 p.m.

Friday

8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m.

Saturday

10:00 a.m. – 4:00 p.m.

Sunday

2:00 p.m. – 8:00 p.m.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 18

41

CoNtINuINg & PRoFESSIoNal StuDIES A T

42

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

H A R C U M

Continuing and Professional Studies the mission of Continuing and Professional Studies is to offer meaningful professional development and educational opportunities consistent with current college programming to working professionals, non-matriculated students and/or members of the community.

Certificates for Professionals (Accredited Agencies) Medical Billing Certificate Program For those interested in a health care career, here’s a great way to get started. the field of medical billing provides skilled professionals with exciting career opportunities working in physicians’ offices, hospitals, insurance companies and government facilities. the curriculum includes medical terminology, health informatics, the principles of medical billing and the analysis of coded data used for claims reimbursement.

Mission Statement the mission of the Medical Billing Certificate is to prepare individuals, from diverse backgrounds for employment as knowledgeable and technically skilled billing specialists.

Program Learning Outcomes • Document billing information using correct medical terminology.

Essential Functions for students in the Medical Billing Certificate Program Essential Functions represent the essential non-academic requirements of the program that students must master to participate successfully in the program and become employable. the following is a list of the technical abilities and skills applicants for admission into Medical Billing courses must possess: • Manual Dexterity: ability to use hands or prosthetic devices with coordination to type.

• Fine Motor: ability to manipulate small objects with fingertip or adaptive devices.

• Mobility: ability to maneuver in the office or hospital setting.

• Vision: ability to accurately read small print.

• Hearing: ability to adapt with assistive devices (i.e., phone receivers, hearing aid, etc.).

• Speech: ability to effectively communicate verbally in English.

• Writing: ability to communicate effectively in written form in English.

• Reading: ability to read, understand and follow directions printed in English.

Educational and Certification Requirements

• understand the legal regulatory issues involved with health care reimbursement and collections.

High School diploma or equivalent is required for entrance.

• list the different types of health insurance carriers and know the rules and regulations of their reimbursement systems.

About the Program

• Explain the process of a physician based insurance claim; including obtaining patient data, how to complete the claim form, insurance carrier processing and reimbursement.

the Medical Billing Certificate Program requires completion of the four courses (over two semesters; two courses each semester).

• Demonstrate the ability to use the following manuals: CPt, ICD-10, HCPCS level II. • Explain the follow up process with insurance companies and patients regarding denials and unpaid bills.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 18

43

Semester One:

Semester Two:

AHS 102- Comprehensive Medical Terminology In this course students will become familiar with and correctly utilize terminology that is used in all allied health professions. Students will correctly analyze, define, and apply medical terminology. Students will be able to label diagrams and to divide words into component parts, use the correct pronunciation of each word, and identify the terms that describe positions, directions and planes of the body.

AHS 107- Medical Office Management this course is structured for various administrative Healthcare Professions and introduces students to the administrative procedures commonly performed in a health care setting.

Emphasis on medical ethics and legal considerations, a history of medicine, communication skills, managing accounts payable and receivable, electronic health records, receptionist responsibility, operational functions and workplace dynamics will help prepare the student for entrylevel office management. Coursework will be presented and completed in both manual and computerized formats, so that the student will have a more comprehensive understanding of an administrative health care facility and its procedures.

AHS 106- Medical Coding Concepts for Allied Health this course is designed to teach students the general principles of ICD-10-CM (International Classification of Disease) and CPt-4 (Current Procedural terminology) coding. Students will learn to translate medical terminology and descriptions into code numbers. In this course will focus on coding for both inpatient and outpatient procedures and diagnoses. Emphasis will be placed on accuracy of coding in a variety of settings.

AHS 108- Medical Billing this course is designed to teach students the general principles of medical billing.

Students will learn to complete and use insurance claims forms and insurance related forms (referrals, preauthorizations, registration forms). the textbook, class-work and homework activities, lectures and online assignments will provide students with hands-on experiences with a variety of insurance plans and related situations. Reimbursement systems including fee-for-service payments and capitation payments will be covered in detail. upon successful completion of the previous courses, the student will be eligible for their certification examination through the american Medical Billing association (aMBa). the exam is given as part of this course. the Certified Medical Reimbursement Specialist (CMRS) designation is awarded upon successful completion of the exam.

Instructor: Donna Firn, CMRS, CPC, CRCS-I, CMa (aaMa)

Course Fees, Application, Payment and Cancellation Policy Tuition: Non-Credit Certificate

*$4,205 - $100 deposit, $2,075 per semester

Credit Certificate

*$7,000- $100 deposit, $3,405 per semester

• *textbooks included • *american Medical Billing association (aMBa) package included (membership, study materials and examination ($225 value).

Registration: online: harcum.edu/medbillingapp

44

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Working Dog Certificate Program VEt222 and VEt223 represent a certificate program offered jointly by the Veterinary technology Program of Harcum College and the university of Pennsylvania's Penn Vet Working Dog Center. this 10-credit program provides a strong foundation of knowledge about our canine friends, and the opportunity to work with the dogs and trainers of the PennVet Working Dog Center.

About the Working Dog Center Established in 2007, the PennVet Working Dog Center, is part of the university of Pennsylvania’s School of Veterinary Medicine and serves as a national research and development center for detection dogs. With the united States national security under constant threat from attacks, detection dogs are still the best tool that we have to detect and mitigate potential threats. Search dogs are also critical for the detection of victims of natural and man-made disasters.the goal of the Working Dog Center is to increase collaborative research, scientific assessment, and shared knowledge and application of the newest scientific findings and veterinary expertise to optimize production of valuable detection dogs.

More about this Certificate Program this certificate is ideal for adults with a serious interest in working dogs, who may or may not have prior college-level instruction in veterinary technology. VEt222 presents an opportunity to gain the knowledge to apply for a practical hands-on experience (VEt223), which covers all aspects of training detection dogs for law enforcement, search and rescue, and medical detection while helping the Center achieve their mission of developing a detection dog breeding/training program.

VET222 – Canine Care and Training (online) 4 credits Description: the 4-credit online component provides the individuals with an understanding of basic canine anatomy and physiology, general health care and first aid, terminology used in both veterinary medicine and canine training, fundamentals of dog law, canine nutrition, the human-animal bond, and also deals with the issue of pet loss and grief.

Note: (Completion of the 4-credit online component does not guarantee acceptance to the 6-credit clinical experience offered at the PennVet Working Dog Center. Students must apply directly to the Working Dog Center for acceptance into the practicum.)

Tuition: $725/credit

VET223 - Canine Care and Training Practicum 6 credits 360 contact hours Description: the Canine Care and training Practicum provides the student with hands-on basic canine handling skills including training commands, basic elements of obedience, puppy development, marker training, operant conditioning training methods, basic components of canine fitness program, impact of training on the human animal bond, canine behavior, and body language.

Prerequisites: Successful completion of Canine Care & training, VEt222 at Harcum College Application Process • Successfully complete Vet 222, Canine Care & training with 73 or better at Harcum College • Penn Vet Working Dog Center: transcript of VEt222 from Harcum College, cover letter, resume, 1 letter of Recommendation, interview Penn Vet Working Dog Center, tour & orientation of WDC – all of which need to be completed before Harcum’s course ends; limited enrollment – 15; provisional acceptance available within first 4 weeks of Harcum’s course VEt222; accepted students must register through Harcum College.

Students responsible for: • Healthcare coverage • tetanus Shot • Housing • transportation Tuition: $725/credit For more information contact Alicia Preston at 610.526.6122 or apreston@harcum.edu

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

45

Expanded Functions Dental Assisting Courses for Current Dental Assistants to Become Certified in Pennsylvania the demand for Expanded Functions Dental assistants (EFDa’s) continues to grow. In the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania an EFDa can perform additional duties in a dental office such as placing and contouring restorations, coronal polishing, sealants and fluoride application. During the program, students will also learn the dental law and the rules and regulations of the State Board of Dentistry. upon successful completion of both courses, participants will be eligible to apply for EFDa Certification from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

Saturday classes make it easy for working dental assistants to attend. the prerequisites for the course are: • Student must be a currently certified dental assistant or pass a dental assisting assessment test, and have a minimum of one year of work experience as a full time dental assistant.

• Student must pass a dental anatomy entrance exam.

• Student must be currently CPR certified and Radiology certified in Pennsylvania. oR • Student must be a licensed dental hygienist and currently CPR certified. a child abuse history and/or criminal record may exclude the student from being granted EFDa certification in the State of Pennsylvania.

46

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Course Sequence DA 260 – Expanded Function I this course is designed as an intensive introduction to the basics of restorative dentistry for the dental auxiliary, including rubber dam applications; placing, carving and finishing amalgam restorations; light-cured composite restorations; coronal polishing, fluoride application, sealants and crown and bridge temporary restorations. Skills are attained through both lecture and hands-on technical laboratory sessions.

Students must earn a grade of B- (80 percent) or higher.

DA 261 – Expanded Functions II this course is designed to gain clinical experience in all of the skills learned in Da 260. Students will be required to complete a minimum of 120 hours of clinical EFDa work during this course.

Da 260 and Da 261 must be taken in consecutive semesters. Students must earn a grade of B- (80 percent) or higher.

For further information contact: Joanne Villante Coordinator of EFDa Continuing Education Phone: 610-526-6146 jvillante@harcum.edu

Phlebotomy Technician Certificate Phlebotomy training prepares the individual to function as a phlebotomist (one who draws blood) in a variety of health care settings. as a member of the clinical laboratory team, the phlebotomist has an important role in specimen collection and processing to provide information involving total patient care. Employment opportunities include hospitals, clinics, physician’s offices, laboratories and blood banks. Positions are available on day, evening and night shifts, seven days a week.

• Students will demonstrate proper technique in use of specimen collection equipment when performing capillary and venipuncture procedures.

Phlebotomy Technician Certificate Program

• Immunity to german measles, measles, chicken pox, mumps.

Course work includes basic skills in venipuncture techniques, an overall understanding of anatomy and physiology, medical terminology and an overview of laboratory operations. Students will learn: • Equipment used for phlebotomy • Safety practices and universal precautions • Venipuncture and capillary blood draws • Role of the phlebotomist in laboratory testing

Professional Certification for Phlebotomy Technician through lectures, assigned readings, hands-on class participation and practical internship, the students will demonstrate competencies enabling them to sit for the Board of Certification exam in Phlebotomy sponsored by the american Society of Clinical Pathologists. this certification is given by the nationally recognized american Society of Clinical Pathology in Chicago, Il.

Program Outcomes • Students will demonstrate knowledge of the role of the phlebotomist in healthcare, the organizational structure of the clinical laboratory and current legal issues in the healthcare system.

• Students will apply knowledge of infection control, safety precautions and quality assurance in performing phlebotomy procedures.

• Students will demonstrate professional behaviors and effective communication with patients and colleagues.

• Students will apply knowledge of anatomy, physiology and medical terminology to results of clinical testing in order to understand pathologic conditions.

• Students will demonstrate proper use of test requisitions for specimen collection, transport and processing of clinical specimens. equipment when performing

• Students will recognize the need for special precautions, explain interfering substances and determine the protocol for preventing and correcting phlebotomy errors.

Medical Requirements (for practicum) • Medical history and questionnaire forms.

• Hepatitis vaccine.

• tuberculin skin tests (PPD).

• Background clearances.

Phlebotomy Curriculum PBT 201 Phlebotomy Practicum - the Phlebotomy Practicum will reinforce the student’s knowledge of Phlebotomy theory and enhance the student’s proficiency in Phlebotomy technique. this practicum will provide the required number of hours and venipunctures necessary to qualify for the Board Certification Exam in Phlebotomy.

Prerequisite: PBt 210 PBT 202 Certification Exam Prep Seminar - PBt 202 will provide the student with the tools to prepare for success on the aSCP-PBt Board of Certification Exam. the student will access tests in all areas of phlebotomy and will receive personal instruction to overcome areas of weakness.

PBT 210 Phlebotomy Lecture - this course will prepare students with the ability to function as a competent Phlebotomist by presenting a background in human physiology along with practical Phlebotomy skills, safety practices, and a general overview of the working environment in the present healthcare setting. this course is essential for the student who wishes to complete the clinical Practicum and earn Phlebotomy certification through the american Society of Clinical Pathologists (aSCP).

Prerequisites: High School diploma For information contact: theresa groody, Director of Continuing & Professional Studies 610-526-1860 tgroody@harcum.edu

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

47

Courses for Exam Review (Non-Credit) Dental Offerings Dental Radiology Review this 10-hour course provides an overview on theory and principles on radiation health and safety, exposure techniques, patient and operator safety and film processing.

It is offered to students who wish to pass the DaNB radiation and health safety examination as well as a refresher course for employees returning to clinical practice.

For further information contact: Joanne Villante Coordinator of EFDa Continuing Education Phone: 610-526-6146 jvillante@harcum.edu

Histotechnician Board Certification Prep Seminar this 15 week certification prep seminar is designed for the individual planning to take the american Society of Clinical Pathology, Board of Certification Ht Exam (aSCP-BoC Ht). the course runs each Fall and Spring semester. Participants are responsible for determining their eligibility to take this exam. the CS105 course is an internet course. Participants will receive personal instruction through online forums, practice tests, and assignments which cover the content areas of the BoC exam.

Students who successfully complete the CS105 course with a ’Pass’ will receive a certificate of completion from Harcum College; this is a non-credit course, as they average around three hours a week in class.

To register, call the Continuing Studies office at 610-526-1860.

Medical Laboratory Science Board Certification Prep Seminar this certification prep seminar is designed for the person who plans to take the american Society of Clinical Pathology Board of Certification Mlt Exam (aSCP-BoC Mlt). the course runs for seven weeks each Fall and Spring semester. Participants are responsible for determining their eligibility to take this exam. the CS 230 course is offered exclusively through the internet and covers the content areas of the BoC exam. to prepare for success on the aSCP Mlt Board of Certification Exam, the participant will access pre and post tests in all content areas of the exam and receive personalized instruction to overcome areas of weakness, as they average around three hours a week in the class.

Students who successfully complete the CS 230 course with a ’Pass’ will receive a certificate of completion from Harcum College. this is a non-credit course.

To register, call the Continuing Studies office at 610-526-1860 with questions regarding registration.

Prep Course for Veterinary Technician National Exam Course Description this review course is designed to assist those preparing to sit for the Veterinary technician National Examination. the course content reflects the new blueprint for the VtNE, and emphasis is given to each of the nine domains of the exam. Course is offered in June.

Recommended Text: Materials will be provided.

Students must bring a calculator to each class. all registrants will receive written confirmation of enrollment in this course. For information and to register call 610-526-1860.

48

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Noncredit Courses for Personal Enrichment Animal Assisted Therapy

Residential Design

animal assisted therapy is a 10-week certificate program in which the student completes 30 hours online and additional hours of clinical observation. this course is an introduction to the human-animal bond and its therapeutic applications. It is designed both for professionals with a wide range of disciplines and for volunteers, students and newcomers who wish to further their knowledge and explore career opportunities in this emerging, multidisciplinary field.

Harcum College now offers the Main line’s first Residential Design Certificate Program, offering men and women the fundamental principles of designing and decorating residential interior spaces.

Students will examine how contact with animals can enhance human well-being when incorporated into health care, social services, psychology and other related fields. the distance learning format allows students to learn at their own pace. the 10- week series of reading and writing assignments can be completed at the student’s convenience. there are opportunities for students to comment at online discussion forums. Students are required to make two clinical observations at a site in their own community to observe aat programs in action. topics covered include: • Introduction to HCaB and its therapeutic applications • History of the HCaB and aat/aaa • Key concepts in aat/aa and HCaB that effect our relationships and therapeutic interactions with animals • aat/aaa opportunities, challenges, and contraindications in a variety of facilities • How to become an aat/aaa Specialist; career opportunities • Selecting animals for aat/aaa; protecting the welfare of therapy and assistance animals • How to conduct an aat/aaa visit • How to organize an aat/aaa program • aat/aaa in youth and residential center programs

About the Program good interior design solutions make people feel positive in their surroundings. our homes are the refuge from the elements and pressures of everyday life. Ideally, it’s a place where we are nurtured, fed, rest, sleep, entertain and relax. our goal, as designers, is to provide positive energy and support in our living environment, where our finest values are embraced and fostered. Courses in the Certificate program provide the knowledge, skill set and critical thinking needed to design living spaces that enhance peoples’ lives. through this program, students will be able to design rooms from conception to completion. Discovery of personal taste and style evolve as students progress. using creative problem solving, they will learn how to transform a room into a welcoming environment that is both functional and aesthetically pleasing. Students will learn how to read and draw floor plans, select fabrics, finishes, furniture, lighting, paint and accessories.

Small classes allow for individualized instruction. Students will participate in field trips to local businesses, furniture stores, showrooms, and design firms. Courses are conveniently offered in the evenings and on Saturdays. the certificate can be completed in two to four semesters or at one’s leisure.

Requirements for completion of the Residential Design Certificate Program: successfully complete six (6) Residential Design Courses. Courses do not have to be taken in sequence.

Residential design courses are also open to non-certificate students for personal enrichment.

• Risk and Disease management in aat/aaa

Instructors: Instructor the developer and instructor for the 10-week course is Phil arkow, an internationally acclaimed author, trainer, and authority in aat/aaa. Mr. arkow has conducted over 2,000 aat/aaa sessions since 1973.

all courses are taught by professionals and educators working in the field of interior design, architecture and art.

For information and to register call 610-526-1860.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

49

Course Registration/Payment and Cancellation Policy Registration: Compete the registration form and return along with payment. Remember, registration is not considered complete until the full payment has been made.

Classes will be offered on a first-paid, first-serve basis.

Students may register by: Online: www.harcum.edu/residentialdesign Payment: Payments are due no later than the first day of class. this requirement applies to all students. to ensure maximum results for each student, class size is limited. For further information call 610-526-6087.

Cancellation Policy Harcum College reserves the right to add or drop a course/program according to enrollment. If you wish to withdraw from a course, cancellation must be received in writing five (5) business days before the class is scheduled to begin or a refund will not be granted. Refunds are subject to a $25 administrative fee.

Course Descriptions: INTRODUCTION TO RESIDENTIAL DESIGN: How do you begin to plan interior spaces? using the principles and elements of design – scale, proportion, balance, emphasis, rhythm and harmony, you’ll learn to create engaging spaces that enhance people’s lives. You’ll explore space planning, materials selections and the methods used to solve interior design problems. Create a complete interior design project, from beginning concept through finished visual and verbal presentation.

FURNITURE STYLES & APPLICATION: Explore important elements of furniture styles, the history of furniture (from Egyptian to Contemporary), and the relevance of style in today's interiors. Become familiar with scale, proportion, balance, and harmony as they relate to the selection and application of furniture for a space.

FABRICS & FINISHES FOR INTERIORS: this course provides an overview and understanding of the selection of fabrics and finishes used in interiors on furniture, walls, floors, window treatments, and more. Particular attention is paid to the selection of materials that provide better indoor air quality and help to create a "greener" planet.

INTERIOR LIGHTING: Students will focus on the basics of lighting to enhance the impact of their designs. they will learn the fundamentals of task, ambient, and direct lighting. Projects will address designing and solving lighting challenges in any given space.

INTERIOR ACCESSORIZING: this course focuses on the art of accessorizing. Homes should be visually pleasing and emotionally satisfying. in this course, you will explore ideas for creative accessorizing by using designer sources, and will learn how much art impacts the living environment.

BUSINESS PRACTICES FOR DESIGNERS: this course will cover the various aspects of business practices for the Interior Design professional, including business formation and structure, legal terminology, business forms, billing, ordering, contracts, and liabilities. topics will include ethics, trade relations, and client- contractordesigner relations as well as today's marketing tools for interior designers. guest speakers will include professional designers who own, operate, and manage design practices.

50

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Refund Policy NEW! SKETCHUP FOR DESIGNERS: Come build the Sketchup skills you need! a must for any design professional, this free program creates immersive 3D walkthroughs of your design ideas. Create compelling presentations that give your client a real sense of presence.

You’ll learn to create, animate and display your concepts with confidence in this course.

For certificate programs, Continuing Studies reserves the right to add/drop a course according to enrollment. to withdraw, cancellation must be received in writing five (5) business days before the class is scheduled to begin or a refund will not be granted. Refunds are subject to a $25 return fee.

KITCHENS & BATHS: Renovating your kitchen or bath is one of the best home improvement investments that you can make! this course will present the fundamentals of kitchen and bath design. though lectures, field trips, assignments, and projects, you will learn to apply space planning to a kitchen or bath project - providing storage solutions and creating a refreshing and nurturing environment. technical issues such as plumbing, electric, appliances, material options, and specifications will also be covered. Prerequisite: Design 1 NEW! WINDOW TREATMENTS FOR THE HOME: Beautiful and well designed window treatments are the jewelry of the home. learn how to design and specify custom window treatments for residential and commercial settings. Explore the aesthetic, financial, environmental, and functional needs of window coverings. learn how to select appropriate fabrics and materials for the project, how to place orders for window treatments, how to work with a custom window treatment workroom, and how to determine the best design for any space.

For more information please contact: Julian Crooks assistant Program Director for Fashion Programs academic Center, 316 Phone: 610-526-6087 jcrooks@harcum.edu or Heidi Techner, IDEC, Allied ASID Program Director for Interior Design academic Center, Suite 225 Phone: 610-526-6095 Fax: 610-526-6082 htechner@harcum.edu

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

51

aCaDEMIC PolICIES A T

52

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

H A R C U M

Academic Policies

Dropping and Adding Courses

Harcum’s academic policies maintain the highest possible academic standards. all Harcum students are encouraged to strive for excellence in their chosen field of study. Regular class attendance and performance, in addition to fulfillment of all academic responsibilities, are essential for a successful college career.

Courses can be added or dropped during the drop/add period following registration each semester.

Classification of Students the class standing of a student is determined as follows: • Junior 0 - 24 credits completed.

• Senior: 25 and above credits completed.

• Full time: a full time student is one who has satisfied all entrance requirements and is taking a minimum of twelve (12) semester hours. Such a student is subject to all financial obligations required of students in regular attendance.

• Part time: a part time student is one who has satisfied all entrance requirements and is taking fewer than twelve (12) semester hours of credit.

• auditor: an auditor is a student who is permitted to attend certain courses without taking examinations or receiving credit.

Course Load Five academic subjects constitute a normal semester.

Students who require developmental coursework may be restricted to 13 credits, including developmental courses.

the drop/add period for each semester is listed in the academic Calendar. If a student drops a course before the end of the drop/add period, the course will not appear on the student’s academic transcript, and the student will not be charged for that course. a student wishing to drop a course must provide written notification to his/her program director/academic advisor.

Students need to remember that by dropping a course, their financial aid may be affected; therefore, students should contact the Financial aid office before any decisions are made. No requests will be considered after that time.

Administrative Drop If a student does not attend a course during the entire drop/add period, the student will administratively be dropped from that course, and the student will not be charged.

Course Withdrawal Students may withdraw from a course at any time in the semester prior to the last class meeting. Permission to withdraw from a course must be obtained in writing from the program director. a student who withdraws from a course prior to the midterm date automatically receives a grade of “W.”

Students who are on academic Probation and limited load must take a reduced credit load (13 or fewer credits) unless special permission to take additional credits is granted by the program director and the Vice-President for academic affairs and legal affairs (VPaa).

a student who withdraws from a course after the midterm date receives a grade of “WP” if he/she is passing the course at the time of withdrawal, or a grade of “WF” if he/she is failing the course at the time of withdrawal. grades of W, WP, or WF are not computed in the student’s grade point average. Failure to attend class does not constitute a withdrawal; the student will fail the course unless a withdrawal form is completed and signed. Students who have withdrawn from a course two times may not retake that course.

a student must be enrolled for a minimum of 12 credits to be considered full time status for financial aid.

any change in course load may affect a student’s financial aid; contact the Financial aid office for information.

an overload fee is charged for more than 18 credits taken in any semester unless required by the student’s curriculum. the Catalog prescribes the number of semester hours in each curriculum.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

53

Administrative Withdrawal

Grading System

Students who present a danger to themselves or others may be administratively withdrawn from a course or the College upon written recommendation by the course instructor(s) and approval of the College President.

a report on a student’s progress is provided to the student at the end of each semester. grades sent at the end of the semester are final, represent the official grades assigned in the course taken and make up a student’s official cumulative record. grades are based upon class work, assignments, papers and examinations. Instructors may report unsatisfactory progress in a course to a student orally or in writing at any time. No grades are released unless all financial obligations to the College have been met.

Withdrawal from Harcum College When a student withdraws from the College, written notice to this effect must be submitted to the VPaa by the student, or student’s parent or guardian and the Withdrawal from Harcum form must be completed. the date when student requests to withdraw in writing to the VPaa or the program director is the official date of withdrawal. the official date of withdrawal will determine the refund amount a student may be qualified to receive (see the Refund Policy). the last date of attendance will determine financial aid liability.

a letter grading system with grade points is used to indicate the quality of a student’s work. this quality is represented by a student’s grade point average, which ranges from 0.00 to 4.0. grades of C- and lower are usually not transferable to another institution. For program-specific grade requirements, refer to the relevant section in this catalog. letter grade

Numerical grade

grade Point

a

95-100

4.0

a-

90-94

3.7

B+

87-89

3.3

B

83-86

3.0

B-

80-82

2.7

C+

77-79

2.3

Students must also complete an exit interview with a member of the Student Development counseling staff. No verbal statement made to any official of the College administration is acceptable as a notice of withdrawal.

54

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

C

73-76

2.0

C-

70-72

1.7

D+

67-69

1.3

D

63-66

1.0

D-

60-62

0.7

F

Below 60

0.0

W

Withdrawal grade assigned when a student withdraws from a course prior to the midterm date.

WP

Withdrawal Passing grade assigned when a student withdraws from a course after the midterm date and is passing the course at the time of course withdrawal.

WF

Withdrawal Failing grade assigned when a student withdraws from a course after the midterm date and is failing the course at the time of course withdrawal.

I

Incomplete grade assigned only in situations where the student shows the potential to pass the course but has unfinished work because of illness or other unavoidable circumstance. to qualify for an incomplete in a course, the student must meet with the instructor and complete a “Request for an Incomplete grade Form”. this form must be signed by the student, approved by the course instructor and the student’s program director. an action plan for completion must be submitted. the completed form is sent to the VPaa and the registrar.

If the request for an incomplete is approved, the incomplete work must be completed and submitted by 5 p.m. the Friday of the sixth complete week after the end of the course in which the “I” was given, or the “I” grade is changed to a grade of “F”. If the student is subsequently enrolled in a course where the “I” course is a prerequisite, the student must complete and incomplete coursework within the drop/add period of the next semester (or six weeks after the end of the course in which the “I” was given, whichever is first), or the student will be dropped from the enrolled course.

P

Pass assigned in certain courses designated as graded on a pass/fail basis.

NP

Not Passed assigned in certain courses designated as graded on a pass/fail basis.

AU

Audit grade assigned to students who audit a course (no examinations are taken and no credit is awarded).

a student who does not achieve the minimum passing grade of “D-” receives no credit for the course. If the course is required for graduation, it must be repeated. If credit is not obtained for an elective course, substitution of another elective is recommended. a student who receives either two “F’s” or two “WF’s” or one “F” and one “WF” in a course cannot retake that course.

Developmental Courses as Prerequisites all students must fulfill basic skill requirements in English and mathematics.

English: Students must demonstrate proficiency in the reading and writing skills required for English 101.

Students can demonstrate proficiency on the aCCuPlaCER, a departmental pre-test or final, or by earning a grade of C or higher in Introduction to academic Discourse II (IaD 100).

Mathematics: Students must demonstrate proficiency in the mathematical skills necessary for either MtH 113 or MtH 115 as determined by the students’ program of study. Students can demonstrate proficiency on the aCCuPlaCER, a departmental pre-test or final, or by earning a grade of C or higher in MtH 073 or MtH 075.

Credits for Developmental courses are not transferable, but affect a student's gPa.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

55

Independent Study

Auditing Courses

Independent study allows students with particularly inquiring minds to delve into a topic that deeply interests them. It combines the fundamental characteristics of all good teaching – guidance by a qualified, conscientious instructor and flexibility – independent of regular classroom attendance.

Community members may enroll in academic courses as auditors for one-third the cost of the course. auditing students are expected to attend class regularly and contribute to class discussion; every effort should be made to purchase the required books and complete assigned reading.

Students authorized to pursue independent study are required to complete all course requirements as specified by the instructor. the instructor may require periodic meetings or discussion seminars relative to course materials or student progress.

taking examinations and submitting term papers is not necessary, and auditors receive no course grades for academic credit.

a student qualifies for this study after completing one semester at the College, gaining a gPa of 2.5 or higher and with the approval of the VPaa.

the form should be filled out in full and should indicate the course for which the student wishes to register, plus one or two alternatives. Registration for audit courses is on a space-available basis.

Portfolio Credit a portfolio credit is defined as a reflection of the knowledge that the student has mastered as it relates to the objectives and requirements of a particular course. the portfolio should contain a combination of documents and information that provides evidence of mastery of specific course requirements. Some examples of materials used for the portfolio are licenses, completion of training programs, a resume, and a paper. the portfolio should then be assessed by a faculty member with expertise in the subject matter. that person will then determine the grade and amount of credit to be awarded, if any.

Directed Study Students may register for an existing Harcum course as Directed Study. Similar to an Independent Study, a student receives a specific course syllabus, is assigned a faculty member and has regularly scheduled meetings. this option is available only to students who must complete a course that is not offered in the semester at hand.

56

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

audit registration forms for Ela students can be found on Harcum’s website.

If space in the first-choice course is no longer available, the student will be registered for an alternative course of his/her choosing in which there is still room.

Completed registration forms with payment may be sent to: office of Student Records Harcum College 750 Montgomery avenue Bryn Mawr, Pa 19010 Credit card payments only may be faxed to: 610- 526-1649.

Matriculated Harcum students who wish to audit a course should contact their program director to arrange to audit the course. Courses that are audited are not eligible for financial aid coverage.

Academic Standing academic standing may take one of several forms depending upon the individual situation. an evaluation of student achievement is made at the end of each semester.

Warning an official warning letter is given to full time students who have not successfully completed a minimum of 12 semester hours of academic credit for the semester.

Probation Satisfactory progress will be determined by the grade point average (gPa). a step-up system is used to permit a student’s gradual progress to meet the 2.0 gPa requirement for graduation.

Credits attempted

gPa Required

1-15

1.5

16-30

1.75

31 and above

2.0

any student whose gPa does not meet the above scale (based on their term gPa or their cumulative gPa) will be put on academic probation. Students on probation may not take more than 13 credits in the next semester.

Dismissal Dismissal includes forced withdrawal from courses and residence. academic Dismissal from the College applies to the following students: • any student who is on academic probation for two consecutive semesters.

• any student who receives a grade of “F” in three courses or all courses attempted in a single semester. a student who is academically dismissed may appeal in writing to the program director who then forwards the appeal, together with the recommendation of the program director, to the VPaa for a final decision. an appeal must include evidence of likelihood of academic success in future semesters. Requirements for dismissal from individual programs of study my differ from this policy.

In addition to maintaining good academic standing, each financial aid recipient must make academic progress according to financial aid guidelines.

Copies of these standards are available in the Financial aid office, are outlined in this catalog and are mailed to each financial aid recipient.

Limited Load any full time student whose cumulative gPa is less than 2.0, or any student who is on academic probation, is restricted to a limited load of 13 or fewer credits and may be required to take special coursework. any part time student whose cumulative gPa is less than 2.0 is restricted to a limited load of 6 or fewer credits and may be required to take special coursework.

Suspension Suspension involves forced withdrawal from courses and residence with the privilege of returning at the discretion of the VPaa and the Dean of Student life.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

57

Academic Honors attaining a cumulative grade point average of 3.50 or higher entitles the graduating student at Commencement to the distinction of graduation with Honors.

Students are entitled to the following academic honors based upon their semester grade point average: President’s List all full time students who have earned letter grades with quality point equivalents and a gPa of 4.0 are eligible for the President’s list.

Dean’s List all full time students who have earned 12 credits, letter grades with quality point equivalents and a gPa of 3.50-3.99 are eligible for the Dean’s list.

Honor’s List part time and Continuing Education students who have earned 12 credits, are currently taking 6 to 11 credits, have earned letter grades with quality point equivalents and a gPa of 3.50 – 4.00 are eligible for the Honor’s list.

Academic Appeal Grade Appeal a student may appeal grading by a faculty member up to within two weeks of the semester following the assignment of the grade. the student must document in writing the reasons he or she considers the grade to be unfair and present the documentation to the faculty member who will respond within ten business days. the student must present supporting evidence such as tests and papers. If the faculty member denies the appeal, the student may appeal to the program director in writing within ten days.

If this appeal is denied, the student may appeal to the VPaa in writing who will respond within ten business days.

58

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Other Academic Grievances If a student has a cause for grievance in academic matters, the student is requested to meet with the faculty member involved. If an agreeable decision is not reached, the student should then request a meeting with the program director to discuss the matter. If further steps are necessary, the VPaa should be consulted.

Class Attendance Students are expected to attend regularly all scheduled classes and laboratories. a student shall not be permitted to miss more than the equivalent of one week of class in a course during a semester. the student should refer to his/her specific program policies and the individual course syllabus for policies specific to attendance. Consequences for missing classes are defined as per program policy and/or individual course syllabi.

Students should notify their instructors of the classes they will miss prior to the absence(s) if possible. Students are responsible for all work missed due to absence from class.

Each professor will determine his or her own penalty for violation of this attendance policy and publish it in the course syllabus at the beginning of each semester. When a student fails to comply with the policy, the professor has the right to assign a grade consistent with his or her policy as stated in the syllabus. the policy for missed tests or examinations is also determined by the individual instructor.

Class Cancellations the College will, in extreme circumstances, delay or cancel classes and administrative office operations due to inclement weather or other emergency conditions.

In the event that the College must cancel or delay the start of morning classes and administrative operations, the President will make that decision before 5:30 a.m. on the day in question.

If the decision is made to delay opening, there will be either a one hour delay or a two-hour delay.

• If there is a one hour delay, classes will begin and offices will open at 10 a.m.

• If there is a two hour delay, classes will begin and offices will open at 11 a.m.

• Notification to the local radio and television stations, Harcum’s phone, website, student-staff email and via e2Campus, the College emergency notification system, will be made as quickly as possible.

• announcements on local radio and television will note the change (see list below). the decision to cancel evening classes will be made by the President prior to 3:00 p.m. on the day in question. If offices are to close before the end of the workday because of weather conditions, the President will make the decision, and offices will be notified by automated voice messages on all active campus telephone extensions, via e2Campus, and via email.

Radio and television stations that are requested to carry Harcum closing information are: • KYW-aM (1060) • KYW-tV (CBS3) • WtXF-tV (Fox 29) • WCau-tV (NBC10

Accelerated Progress/ Course Exemption Transfer Credit Please refer to the transfer Student Policy (admissions Section)

Advanced Placement Program Harcum College participates in the advanced Placement Program of the College Board. at the time of entrance, credit and advanced placement is awarded to students with scores of at least 3 on the advanced Placement tests in a variety of disciplines. Inquiries about the advanced Placement Program should be directed to the admissions office (610-526-6050).

International Baccalaureate Harcum College recognizes the International Baccalaureate (IB) Program and awards special consideration to students presenting IB credentials on an individual basis.

Students requiring additional information about the IB should contact the Director of International Programs (610-526-6118).

Online Education Harcum College has offered online courses since 2002. online courses provide the flexibility, convenience and anytime/anywhere access that many of today’s learners require to suit busy family, work and school schedules. online course are offered through Web Study, a web-based learning Management System that offers 24/7, 365 access to online courses and technical support. Harcum’s online courses are designed, developed and taught according to best practices in online education and feature dynamic interactive learning environments. all instructors are trained and supervised according to best practices with the focus on instructor facilitation of student-centered learning in individual and group assignments, projects and activities.

Harcum College’s online courses adhere to the same academic standards as their face-to-face counterparts on campus: all academic policies and procedures on campus and course goals and objectives apply to online courses. at the present time, Harcum has two programs that are offered online: Medical laboratory technician and Histotechnology.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

59

Benefits

Readiness

online courses provide an opportunity for self-directed, dedicated students to take classes outside of the traditional classroom. there are many reasons why a student would choose to take an online course. online courses can:

Before registering for an online course, it is highly recommended that you take a readiness assessment that has been designed to help you to determine if you are adequately prepared to be successful in an online course.

• eliminate commuting saving you time and money.

one such assessment can be found at: https://pennstate.qualtrics.com/SE/?SID=SV_7QCNuPsy H9f012B

• give you the option of completing your assignments when you have the time.

• create flexibility in your schedule allowing you to take two courses that might be offered at the same time.

• enable you to work around family or work obligations while taking a course.

• allow you to experience learning in a less structured environment such as you will experience in your job or other areas of life.

• help you to develop a level of personal responsibility and time management that may not be possible in a traditional classroom.

• improve your computer skills that can maximize your career opportunities.

Requirements online courses are not for everyone. there is a high level of social interaction in an online course, but it is not the same as being in a classroom on campus. although they are more convenient and flexible, online courses are not easier than traditional courses.

In an online course, the student must be an active participant and must be willing to communicate frequently with the instructor and with other students in order to succeed. online courses, like traditional courses can involve reading articles, writing papers, class discussions, taking tests, solving problems, watching videos, listening to podcasts, and researching data. online students must be able to stay on task without direct supervision and should possess the following skills: selfmotivation and determination, computer literacy, good reading comprehension, good communication and writing skills, the ability to follow directions, and the willingness to meet deadlines.

60

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

In addition to technical skills, there are other requirements that must be met. the student must have reliable and consistent access to a computer with Internet access, an email account, and the appropriate computer software (please note that tablets such as iPads will not provide full access and functionality to an online course). a high-speed Internet connection is best, but it is not absolutely necessary. online students must have a backup plan in the event their computer or Internet service fails. Computer malfunction is not accepted as an excuse for late work. all course work should be saved on the student’s computer and on a separate disk or flash drive. online students must be able to devote 8-12 hours (online and offline) per week to the course.

Graduate Requirements the following requirements must be met to obtain a degree from the College: 1. an associate Degree student must have earned a minimum of 62 credit hours. Some programs require more than this minimum. the exact requirements for each program are indicated in the current Catalog.

2. For all degrees, a minimum grade point average of 2.0 is required. Basic Skills Standards (as outlined in the current Catalog) must also be fulfilled.

3. Credits for developmental courses do not count toward graduation.

4. all financial obligations to the College must be paid in full before a student may participate in the graduation exercises.

5. the diploma and transcript of grades also will be withheld until the student meets his/her financial obligations.

Commencement

Student Records

Commencement exercises are held annually in May. Candidates for graduation must complete a graduation application and submit it to the office of Student Records during the semester preceding the one of expected graduation. applications for graduation will be available from the student’s advisor, the office of Student Records, or online. May graduation applications are due by December 1st. august and December graduation applications are due by May 1st.

Students have a right to assurance that their academic and personal records will be recorded accurately and held in confidence. access to and release of information placed on the records shall conform to the requirements set forth in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy act of 1974, as amended. For details, contact the office of Student Records.

a student enrolled in a practicum or program which will be completed in June, as the final requirement for the program, may participate in the May graduation ceremony and receive his/her diploma upon completion of the curriculum. the graduation date on the diploma will be august 31st. all other exceptions must have written approval of the President. all students who complete the requirements for graduation in august or December may participate the following May in the graduation ceremony.

Transcripts an official transcript of a student’s Harcum College record may be sent to an authorized person or agency upon receipt of the student’s written authorization. there is a fee associated with this request. only unofficial transcripts can be faxed. transcript requests should be directed to the office of Student Records.

No transcript or student record will be sent to any person or agency without the student’s written authorization with the exception of the following: • authorized representatives of the Comptroller general of the united States, the Secretary of Education, an administrative head of an education agency (defined by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy act of 1974), or state education authorities.

• organizations conducting studies for or on behalf of educational agencies or institutions for the purpose of developing, validating, or administering predictive tests, administering student aid programs and improving instruction and other documents.

• accrediting organizations.

• Parents of dependent students as defined in Section 152 of the Internal Revenue Code (Parents who claim students as dependents on their income tax return have a right to inspect the educational records of the student without prior written consent of the student. For details, contact the office of Student Records).

Graduation Rate Information Information concerning graduation rates for full time, firsttime students is available at the office of Student Records at www.harcum.edu/gradrates.

Student Rights and Responsibilities to maintain an atmosphere conducive to learning, each member of the Harcum community acquires both rights and responsibilities. the students’ rights and responsibilities are described in the Student Handbook. the Handbook can be found on the Harcum website at www.harcum.edu/studenthandbook.

Academic Conduct and Violations Personal integrity is a goal that Harcum fosters. Students should be guided by the fundamental ideals of honor and integrity in the personal conduct of their lives. the Harcum degree represents not only the fulfillment of academic requirements but also the development of character and personal conduct. a student who is dishonest in any assignment, test or examination receives a grade of “F” and the incident is reported to the VPaa. the penalties for such violations are cumulative. a second violation will result in failure of the course; the third expulsion from the college.

Right to Return for Additional Study Harcum College reserves the right to invite only those students whose progress and conduct have been satisfactory to return for a consecutive semester of study.

Filing Grievances to Accrediting Bodies and Pennsylvania State Please refer to the list of accrediting bodies on page ….. to contact the Pennsylvania Department of Education, call 717-783-8228.

• By judicial order.

• For financial aid reasons.

No transcript or grade reports are sent unless all financial obligations to Harcum College have been met.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

61

PRogRaMS oF StuDY A T

62

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

H A R C U M

Programs of Study

Core Curriculum

Harcum College offers an educational program which recognizes that career opportunities for its graduates are expanding rapidly. the entire curriculum is directed toward the growth and development of each student as an individual and as a responsible member of society.

the purpose of Harcum’s core curriculum is to provide students with a body of knowledge and a set of skills that will lead to the growth of independent and lifelong learning. as Harcum students become immersed in a particular associate’s degree program to acquire the knowledge and professional experience necessary for a successful career, the core curriculum provides the wellrounded education that the College considers essential.

Seeking to meet the needs of its students, Harcum offers a wide range of programs. Many programs closely parallel those offered in four-year institutions.

Certain programs such as Early Childhood Education, Fashion Design and Retail Merchandising are designed to lead directly to a career while, at the same time, to prepare the student for transfer after graduation to baccalaureate degree programs. Many programs allow students to follow a more flexible and individualized curricula leading to the associate’s degree.

the core curriculum is designed to develop the following general education student learning outcomes:

Majors

• Demonstrate comprehension of basic principles of science.

Harcum’s majors fall under three academic centers: Center for allied Health Science, Center for Business and Professional Studies, and Center for Social Sciences.

Many Harcum majors feature a practicum or internship as an important part of the curriculum. In the practicum or internship, qualified students spend a period of time gaining valuable experience in a workplace where they apply knowledge acquired in the classroom.

Course and Curriculum Changes Harcum College reserves the right to drop a course for insufficient enrollment and substitute courses in any curriculum.

• Employ effective oral and written communication skills in a variety of contexts (e.g., research paper, personal letter).

• utilize methods of research and information technology.

• apply critical thinking and mathematical reasoning to problem-solving.

• Display an appreciation of human achievement and aesthetic values.

• Express an understanding of human behavior, individually and collectively.

• Demonstrate the ability to participate responsibly in a complex global community. the outcome of a general education through engagement with the liberal arts and sciences core curriculum is more than a body of knowledge gleaned from individual courses.

It is an intellectual outlook that fosters respect for human achievement, regard for and sensitivity to creativity and aesthetic values, confidence in one’s ability to solve problems and make responsible choices, a sense of individual and social responsibility, and a lifelong commitment to learning and the development of one’s potential.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

63

Core Curriculum Requirements all degree students are required to complete a minimum of 21 core curriculum credits. these requirements include the following minimum number of credits in each of six core curricular areas: English Composition – 6 Credits ENg 101 English Composition I ENg 102 English Composition II Mathematics – 3 Credits College-level Mathematics course as required by program of study.

Science Elective – 3 or 4 Credits BIo 101 general Biology I BIo 103 Human anatomy and Physiology I BIo 104 Human anatomy and Physiology II BIo 108 Introduction to Human anatomy BIo 204 Nutrition BIo 205 Microbiology BIo 210 Nutritional Biochemistry CHE 102 Principles of Chemistry CHE 103 Introduction to Chemistry gSC 105 Science and our World

64

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Arts/Humanities Elective – 3 Credits aRt 110 Basic Drawing aRt 111 Introduction to Visual Storytelling aRt 112 Figure Drawing aRt 114 Painting aRt 116 Design I: two Dimensional aRt 118 Design II: three Dimensional aRt 213 Fashion Illustration DES 103 History of Furniture ENg 103 Public Speaking ENg 201 Introduction to Short Fiction ENg 202 Introduction to Poetry HuM 101 Introduction to Humanities: Human liberty HuM 121 the Humanistic tradition HuM 122 Music appreciation HuM 201 Ethical Issues in Professional life HuM 202 Health Care law and Ethics HuM 212 the art of the Film MuS 104IS Instrumental Music lessons on Percussion *MuS 105IS Instrumental Music lessons on Piano *MuS 106IS Voice lessons *MuS 107IS Instrumental Music lessons on Woodwinds *MuS 108IS Instrumental Music lessons on Brass *MuS 109IS Instrumental Music lessons on guitar *MuS 110IS Instrumental Music lessons on Electric Bass PHt 103 Digital Photography REt 115 Fashion History (*Note that each of the music performance courses award 1 credit.)

Basic Skills Standards Social Science Elective – 3 Credits gSt 101 Introduction to gender Studies PSY 111 Introductory Psychology PSY 112 Psychology of Personality and adjustment PSY 113 the Inclusive Classroom PSY 154 Child DevelopmentPSY 156 Human Development PSY 158 Psychology of Disabilities PSY 212 group Dynamics PSY 213 Educational Psychology PSY 220 Introduction to Research Methods PSY 253 abnormal Psychology PSY 260 Introduction to Clinical Psychology SoC 109 Principles of Sociology SoC 110 Social Problems SoC 115 Diversity in Society SoC 117 animals in Society SoC 122 occupational Roles and tasks through the life Span SoC 203 geriatric Sociology SoC 211 Minority groups SoC 275 Marriage and the Family

English Students must demonstrate proficiency in the reading and writing skills required for English 101. Students can demonstrate proficiency on the aCCuPlaCER, a departmental pre-test or final, or by earning a grade of C or higher in Introduction to academic Discourse II (IaD 100). a C- in IaD 050 or IaD 100 is not a passing grade.

Mathematics Students must demonstrate proficiency in the mathematical skills necessary for either MtH 113 or MtH 115 as determined by the students’ program of study. Students can demonstrate proficiency on the aCCuPlaCER, a departmental pre-test or final, or by earning a grade of C or higher in MtH 073 or MtH 075. a C- in MtH 073 or MtH 075 is not a passing grade.

Diversity Elective – 3 Credits gSt 101 Introduction to gender Studies HuM 101 Introduction to Humanities: Human liberty PSY 113 the Inclusive Classroom PSY 158 Psychology of Disabilities PSY 253 abnormal Psychology SoC 109 Principles of Sociology SoC 110 Social Problems SoC 115 Diversity in Society SoC 211 Minority groups SoC 219 Cultural anthropology SoC 275 Marriage and the Family

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

65

CENtER FoR allIED HEaltH SCIENCE A T

66

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

H A R C U M

Allied Health Science Associate of Science

SECOND SEMESTER

Many opportunities exist in hospitals, clinical and research facilities, and doctors’ offices for individuals who want to become members of the allied Health professional team.

BIo 103

Human anatomy & Physiology I

4 cr.

aHS 102

Research Methods and Computer applications

3 cr.

MtH 113

College Mathematics

3 cr.

ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

this team includes nurses, radiologic technologists, medical laboratory technicians, physical therapist assistants, occupational therapy assistants, phlebotomists, histology technicians, dental hygienists and more. Harcum’s allied Health Science curriculum offers options to meet the needs of individuals pursuing an allied health career. the allied Health Science associate of Science Degree Program is designed for students who desire to transfer to a four-year institution where they may complete the final two years of a bachelor’s degree program. Students may also enter the allied Health Science program to complete Prerequisite coursework required for the professional health science programs offered at Harcum College.

Program Outcomes • Demonstrate professional behavior, commitment to excellence, and value and respect diversity in the health care field.

• Demonstrate effective written and verbal communication skills.

• apply knowledge of chemical, biological, and physiological concepts to the health science profession.

• Integrate research with computer applications to enhance professional development in the health care profession.

• adopt a philosophy that incorporates elements of spiritual, physical, and mental well-being to maintain a healthy lifestyle.

• Demonstrate professional responsibility and accountability with respect to the health, safety, and welfare of others.

16 cr.

THIRD SEMESTER BIo 104

Human anatomy & Physiology II

4 cr.

SoC 109

Principles of Sociology

3 cr.

PSY 111

Introduction to Psychology

3 cr.

HuM 202

Health Care law & Ethics

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

16 cr.

FOURTH SEMESTER CHE 103

Chemistry

4 cr.

PSY 156

Human Development

3 cr.

BIo 204

Nutrition

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

16 cr.

Total Credits: 63 Credits

Prerequisites for Admission • Completion of high school level science and college preparatory mathematics. College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses.

Allied Health Curriculum

• gPa of 2.0 and/or minimum Sat score of 750 (Critical Reading and Mathematics scores only).

FIRST SEMESTER

Note: applicants who do not meet standard admissions requirements may need to provide an additional essay and/or additional letter of recommendation before an admissions decision can be made. Students below standard requirements will be reviewed on a case-by-case basis by the admissions Committee and will require approval from the Program Director.

aHS 102

Comprehensive Medical terminology

3 cr.

ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

IDS 103

College orientation

3 cr.

aHS 100

Introduction to allied Health Science

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

15 cr.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

67

Animal Center Management Associate of Science

THIRD SEMESTER

graduates of the animal Center Management program will be prepared for management careers at facilities where animals are maintained. these facilities are, but not limited to, zoological parks, wildlife refuges, veterinary hospitals, kennels, humane societies, and research facilities.

aCM 230

animal Management & Nutrition

3 cr.

BIo 101

general Biology I

4 cr.

BuS 230

Human Resource Management

3 cr.

ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

Included in the curriculum are business courses, general education courses, and veterinary technology courses that complement the major. Service learning will also be interwoven into the curriculum; which will benefit the community as well as the student.

MtH 115

Business Math

3 cr.

Qualified students participate in an off-campus practicum during their senior year. Students must have current rabies and a negative tB result before attending a practicum.

aCM 210

Reptiles & Birds

BuS 213

Financial accounting

3 cr.

Practicum sites can be at the Philadelphia Zoo, Brandywine Zoo, Banfield the Pet Hospital, or any other animal center, such as a veterinary hospital or animal laboratory.

aCM 208

Small Mammal Care & Management

3 cr.

DVR***

Diversity Elective

3 cr.

ElE

open Elective

3 cr.

Animal Center Management Curriculum

ElE

open Elective

1-3 cr.

16 cr.

FOURTH SEMESTER 3 cr.

16-18 cr.

Total Credits: 62 Credits

FIRST SEMESTER aCM 101

Intro to animal Center Management

3 cr.

aCM 110

Merchandising for Pet Product Retail Industry

3 cr.

**Social Science Elective

BuS 110

Introduction to Business

3 cr.

***Diversity Elective

ElE

open Elective

3 cr.

Prerequisites for Admission

HuM ElE* Humanities Elective

*Humanities Elective

3 cr.

15 cr.

SECOND SEMESTER aCM 102

animal Behavior

3 cr.

aCM 103

Canine Basics: Breeds, Care and training

3 cr.

BuS 109

Principles of Management

3 cr.

ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

PSY 111**

Introduction to Psychology

3 cr.

15 cr.

68

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

graduated high school or have earned a gED.

Dental Assisting Certificate one-Year Certificate

SECOND SEMESTER

a dental assistant performs specific procedures on patients, exposes and processes radiographs, assists chairside, prepares and delivers dental materials and participates in laboratory procedures. Dental assistants may perform only under the direct supervision of a dentist. the Dental assisting student’s educational experience will span three semesters, including a separate ten-week summer session. upon completion of the certificate program, graduates are eligible to sit for the Dental assisting National Board Exam. the Dental assisting Certificate program is accredited by the Commission on Dental accreditation and has been granted the accreditation status of “approval without reporting requirements.” the Commission on Dental accreditation can be contacted at (312) 440-4653 or at 211 East Chicago avenue, Chicago, Il 60611.

Da 142

Dental Materials

3 cr.

Da 100

Dental assisting Clinical

2 cr.

DE 150

Dental Radiology

3 cr.

Da 122

Dental assisting II

4 cr.

Da 141

Basic Dental Science

3 cr.

15 cr.

SUMMER SESSION (tuition is charged for the Summer Session) Da 200

Dental assisting Practicum

8 cr.

Da 245

Dental office Procedures

2 cr.

10 cr.

Total Credits: 42 credits

Prerequisites for Admission

Program Outcomes

acceptance into the Dental assisting Certificate Program is dependant upon the following entrance requirements:

• graduates will perform the clinical, laboratory, administrative and educational skills used by a dental assistant in a variety of dental environments.

• graduates will demonstrate effective asepsis and infection control management according to accepted guidelines.

• graduates will practice dental assisting within the legal and ethical boundaries set forth by the state.

• graduates will explain/demonstrate the importance of professional development in the health care delivery system.

• graduates will demonstrate effective communication skills with patients and other dental team members.

• Completion of high school level science and college preparatory mathematics.

• College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses.

• gPa of 2.0 and/or minimum Sat score of 750 (critical reading and mathematics scores only).

Policies regarding individuals with blood-borne infectious diseases are available upon request from the College’s Student Health office.

Harcum College Dental assisting students interested in applying to Harcum’s Dental Hygiene Program must meet the Dental Hygiene Program’s admissions requirements.

Dental Assisting Curriculum FIRST SEMESTER Da 121

Dental assisting I

4 cr.

DE 192

Dental anatomy

2 cr.

Da 247

Preventive Health & Nutrition

2 cr.

BIo 108

Introduction to Human anatomy & Physiology

3 cr.

ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

PSY 111

Introduction to Psychology

3 cr.

Please refer to the Harcum College Dental Hygiene Program admissions Sheet for more information, or call the admissions office at 610-526-6050.

17 cr.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

69

Expanded Functions Dental Assistant (EFDA) Program Requirements

Associate of Science

Students accepted into the Dental assisting Certificate program must meet the following additional criteria:

Expanded Functions Dental assistant (EFDa) performs restorative and preventative procedures on patients under the direct supervision of a dentist. an EFDa must be statecertified to practice.

• Medical documents and clearances as required by the allied Health Programs: Clearances are done through an online system from Castle Branch and online system. Proof of medical insurance is required. annual Quantiferon gold blood test, drug urine screen and influenza vaccination, child abuse history clearance and criminal record check are required.

• Proof of current certification from an approved Basic life Support (BlS) CPR course, including adult, child, infant and aED, prior to enrolling in Dental assisting I. Current certification must be maintained though out the program.

• Child abuse History Clearance and Criminal Record Check. a Child abuse history and a Criminal Record may exclude the student from participation in the clinical component of the Dental assisting Program.

• Purchase of designated uniform scrubs and jacket, shoes, name tags, textbooks, manuals and typodont.

• attend the mandatory Dental assisting Program orientation.

• the student will be responsible for transportation to and from clinical rotation sites.

• a maximum of 15 transfer credits in equivalent nondental specific coursework can be accepted for the Dental assisting Certificate program. transfer credits are evaluated by the College.

• to receive a Dental assistant Certificate, the student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher in all Dental assisting courses and maintain a grade point average of 2.0 or higher throughout the program.

• a failing grade (C- or lower) or a grade of WF in the same Dental assisting course will result in dismissal from the program.

Procedures include rubber dam application; placement of matrix band and wedges; placing, carving and finishing amalgam restorations, light-cured composite restorations, coronal polishing, fluoride application and pit and fissure sealants. Students also learn fabrication of temporary crowns and bridges and placement of temporary restorations. upon successful completion of the Expanded Functions Dental assisting degree program the graduate is eligible to sit for the Pennsylvania EFDa certification exam. the Expanded Functions Dental assisting associate of Science Degree program is approved by the Pennsylvania State Board of Dentistry and certified by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Department of State, Bureau of Professional and occupational affairs. the Dental assisting Curriculum is accredited by the Commission on Dental accreditation and has been granted the accreditation status of “approval without reporting requirements.” the Commission on Dental accreditation can be contacted at (312) 440-4653 or at 211 East Chicago avenue, Chicago, Il 60611.

Program Outcomes • graduates will perform the clinical, laboratory, administrative and educational skills utilized by an expanded function dental assistant in a variety of dental environments.

• graduates will demonstrate effective asepsis and infection control management according to accepted guidelines.

• graduates will practice expanded function dental assisting within the legal and ethical boundaries set forth by the state.

• graduates will explain/demonstrate the importance of professional development in the health care delivery system.

• graduates will demonstrate effective communication skills with patients and other dental team members.

70

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Expanded Functions Dental Assistant Curriculum FOURTH SEMESTER

FIRST SEMESTER

Da 250

Dental assisting IV Internship

7 cr.

Da 121

Dental assisting I

4 cr.

DE 192

Dental anatomy

2 cr.

Da 249

Dental assisting IV Seminar

1 cr.

HuM

Humanities Elective

3 cr.

DIV

Diversity Elective

3 cr.

Da 247

Preventive Health & Nutrition

2 cr.

BIo 108

Introduction to Human anatomy & Physiology

3 cr.

ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

IDS 103

College orientation & Research

3 cr.

17 cr.

SECOND SEMESTER Da 142 Dental Materials

3 cr.

Da 100

Dental assisting Clinical

2 cr.

DE 150

Dental Radiology

3 cr.

Da 122

Dental assisting II

4 cr.

Da 141

Basic Dental Science

3 cr.

15 cr.

SUMMER SESSION (tuition is charged for the Summer Session) Da 200

Dental assisting Practicum

8 cr.

Da 245

Dental office Procedures

2 cr.

10 cr.

14 cr.

Total Credits: 70 Credits

Prerequisites for Admission acceptance into the Expanded Functions Dental assisting associate of Science Degree program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements: • Completion of high school level science and college preparatory mathematics. College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses.

• gPa of 2.0 and/or minimum Sat score of 750 (Critical Reading and Mathematics scores only).

Policies regarding individuals with blood-borne infectious diseases are available upon request from the College’s Student Health office.

Harcum College Expanded Functions Dental assisting students interested in applying to Harcum’s Dental Hygiene Program must meet the Dental Hygiene Program’s admissions requirements. Please refer to the Harcum College Dental Hygiene Program Sheet for more information, or call the admissions office at 610-5266050.

THIRD SEMESTER Da 243

Dental assisting III

5 cr.

ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

MtH 113

College Mathematics

3 cr.

PSY 111

Introductory Psychology

3 cr.

14 cr.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

71

Program Requirements Students accepted into the Expanded Functions Dental assisting associate Degree program must meet the following additional criteria: • Medical documents and clearances as required by the allied Health Programs and tracked through Castle Branch an online system. a list of specific requirements for the dental programs is available in the Harcum Health Center. Proof of medical insurance is required. annual PPD, drug urine screen and influenza vaccination are required.

• Proof of current certification from an approved Basic life Support (BlS) CPR course, including adult, child, infant and aED, prior to enrolling in Dental assisting I. Current certification must be maintained though out the program.

• Child abuse History Clearance and Criminal Record Check. a Child abuse history and a criminal record may exclude the student from participation in the clinical component of the Dental assisting/EFDa Program.

• Purchase of designated uniform scrubs and jacket, shoes, name tags, textbooks, manuals, and typodont.

• attend the mandatory Dental assisting/EFDa Program orientation.

• transfer credits are evaluated by the College. a maximum of 30 transfer credits in equivalent non-dental specific coursework can be accepted for the Expanded Functions Dental assisting associate of Science Degree program.

• Students participate in clinical experience and are responsible for their own transportation to and from clinical sites.

• Students must achieve a grade of C (75 percent) or higher in all dental courses and B- (80 percent) or higher in Da 243 Da III – EFDa course and Da 250 Da IV EFDa clinical internship and maintain a grade point average of 2.0 or higher throughout the program.

• a failing grade (C- or lower) for Da specific classes and C+ or lower for EFDa specific classes) or a grade of WF in the same Expanded Functions Dental assisting course will result in dismissal from the program.

72

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Essential Functions for Expanded Functions Dental Assisting /EFDA Students the technical standards, as distinguished from academic standards, refer to those physical, cognitive, and behavioral abilities required for satisfactory completion of all aspects of the Dental assisting and Expanded Functions Dental assisting curriculum. the essential abilities required by the curriculum are in the following areas: intellectual, motor, sensory, communication, environmental and the behavioral and social aspects of the performance as a dental assistant. these are attributes that each student must possess and the use of a third party for the fulfillment of these attributes is not adequate.

Intellectual the programs require essential abilities in information acquisition. the student must have the ability to master information presented in course work in the form of lectures, demonstrations, independent study, clinical experiences, written material, material presented through computer imaging and projected images. the student must have the ability to complete reading assignments and to search and evaluate scientific literature. the ability to comprehend three-dimensional relationships and understand the spatial relationship of the structures is important. Further, the student must be able to complete computer-based assignments and use the computer for searching, recording, storing and retrieving information. the student must have the ability to recall, comprehend, integrate, calculate, reason, analyze and synthesize. Problem solving skills are essential.

Motor/Sensory the student must have fine motor function and the manual dexterity to provide dental assisting and expanded functions dental assisting skills when working with patients and assisting the dentist. Students must be able to negotiate and function in the clinical patient care environment.

Functional vision, hearing, motor and tactile sensation must be adequate to perform those duties delegated by the dentist, including but not limited to: manipulation and delivery of dental materials, exposure of radiographs and evacuation and retraction of the oral cavity. the student must possess the visual ability to assess and provide services in the oral cavity and interpret radiographs.

Dental Hygiene Communication Students must be able to communicate clearly and effectively in both the academic and clinical setting. the student must demonstrate the ability to write coherently, using appropriate grammar, mechanics, punctuation, spelling and diction. Written communication in the clinical setting must be complete, legible and accurate. the student must be able to verbally communicate in a professional manner with patients, faculty and other members of the dental care team.

Environmental Students must be able to work in a clinical environment that is required to follow guidelines for infection control. this may include chemical solutions and aerosols for surface disinfection. Protective gloves, masks, eye-wear and clinical attire must be worn.

Behavioral and Social the student must be able to work in a cooperative, professional and ethical manner with individuals of differing personalities and background. Being able to participate effectively as an integral part of the team is important.

Students must possess the emotional health required to complete all academic and clinical requirements and follow appropriate protocol. the student must be able to understand the basis and content of dental ethics. the student must be able to identify the components of professional behavior and perform accordingly. this includes time management skills, communication styles and interactions.

Associate of Science the Dental Hygienist is a licensed, preventive, oral health care professional who provides a variety of patient care services. the graduate will be able to work in a variety of settings such as private practice, group specialty practice, hospitals, schools and public health settings. the student’s clinical experience will span three semesters, including a summer session and will take place at several facilities, including the Harcum College on-campus Cohen Dental Center, St. Christopher’s Hospital for Children, Philadelphia Va Hospital, Community Volunteers in Medicine, and the Kornberg School of Dentistry. after completion of the associate degree program, graduates are eligible to sit for licensing board exams. the Dental Hygiene associate of Science Degree program is accredited by the Commission on Dental accreditation and has been granted the accreditation status of “approval without reporting requirements.” the Commission on Dental accreditation can be contacted at (312) 440-4653 or at 211 East Chicago avenue, Chicago, Il 60611.

Program Outcomes • graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will provide comprehensive dental hygiene care to a diverse population based on the current standards of care.

• graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will explain/demonstrate the importance of professional development within the changing environment of the health care profession.

• graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will integrate knowledge from general education, basic science, and dental hygiene courses.

• graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will incorporate ethical and professional judgment into the practice of dental hygiene.

• graduates of the Dental Hygiene Program will demonstrate effective communication skills; written, oral and interpersonal.

• graduates in the Dental Hygiene Program will apply critical thinking, problem solving and self-assessment skills in the provision of dental hygiene care.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

73

FALL SEMESTER – FALL II

Dental Hygiene Curriculum SUMMER ENTRY– SUMMER I ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

CHE102

Principles of Chemistry

3 cr.

MtH 113

College Mathematics

3 cr.

9 cr.

FALL SEMESTER – FALL I BIo 103

Human anatomy and Physiology I

4 cr.

DE 150

Dental Radiology

3 cr.

DE 192

Dental anatomy

2 cr.

DH 101

Preventative oral Health Services I

4 cr.

DH 170

Dental Histology/Embryology

2 cr.

15 cr.

DH 142

Dental Materials

2 cr.

DH 190

oral Pathology

2 cr.

DH 201

Preventative oral Health Services III – Seminar

2 cr.

Preventative oral Health Services III – Clinic

4 cr.

DH 203

Dental anesthesia – Part II

1 cr.

DH 270

Pharmacology

2 cr.

DH 280

Periodontics II

3 cr.

BIo 210

Nutritional Biochemistry

3 cr.

DH 202

19 cr.

SPRING SEMESTER – SPRING II DH 210 DH 211

SPRING SEMESTER – SPRING I

Preventative oral Health Services IV – Seminar

2 cr.

Preventative oral Health Services IV – Clinic

5 cr.

DH 121

Medical Emergencies

1 cr.

DH 271

Community Dental Health

2 cr.

BIo 104

Human anatomy and Physiology II

4 cr.

DH 282

Current Concepts in Dental Hygiene

2 cr.

BIo 205

Microbiology

4 cr.

ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

DE 191

Head and Neck anatomy

1 cr.

SoC 109

Principles of Sociology

3 cr.

DH 110

Preventative oral Health Services II – Seminar

2 cr.

Preventative oral Health Services II – Clinic (Part I)

2 cr.

Periodontics I

2 cr.

DH 111 DH 180

16 cr.

SUMMER SESSION – SUMMER II DH 111

17 cr.

Total Credits: 85 Dental Hygiene students meeting Expanded Functions Dental assisting (EFDa) entrance requirements are eligible to take an optional Expanded Functions I & II course any time after graduation. this will make students eligible to sit for the Pennsylvania Expanded Functions Certification Examination.

Prerequisites for Admission

Preventative oral Health Services II – Clinic (Part II)

2 cr.

DH 280

Periodontics II – lab

0 cr.

DH 200

Dental anesthesia – Part I

1 cr.

ENg 103

Public Speaking

3 cr.

PSY 111

Introductory Psychology

3 cr.

9 cr.

acceptance into the Dental Hygiene associate of Science Degree program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements: • Completion of high school algebra I, algebra II, geometry, chemistry and biology (with lab) with grades of B or higher. College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses.

• Minimum Sat or aCt score: (old) 950 Critical Reading and Math or (New) 1030 Evidence-based Reading/Writing & Math or minimum composite aCt of 20.

• a college cumulative grade point average of 2.5 or higher is acceptable in lieu of Sat scores.

74

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Application Deadline all application materials must be received by February 15. admission to the Dental Hygiene program is competitive, and completion of minimum admission requirements does not guarantee admittance to the program.

Criteria such as completion of non-Dental Hygiene coursework, cumulative grade point average and date of completion of minimum requirements may be used in the evaluation and decision process. Because of class size limitations, the College does not guarantee continuous enrollment between non-Dental Hygiene coursework, the Dental assisting Certificate Program and the Dental Hygiene Program. Should a current Harcum student be interested in the Dental Hygiene Program, a new application, along with supporting documents, must be submitted to the admissions office. all Dental Hygiene admissions requirements must be met.

Program Requirements Students accepted into the Dental Hygiene program must meet the following additional criteria: • Medical documents and clearances as required by the allied Health Programs: Clearances are done through an online system from Castle Branch. Proof of medical insurance is required. annual Quantiferon gold blood test, drug urine screen and influenza vaccination, child abuse history clearance and criminal record check are required.

• Proof of current certification from an approved CPR course, including adult, child, infant and aED, prior to enrolling in Preventative oral Health Services I. Current certification must be maintained though out the program.

• Child abuse History Clearance and Criminal Record Check. a Child abuse history will and a Criminal Record may exclude the student from participation in the clinical component of the Dental Hygiene Program.

• Harcum Placement tests. all candidates must take the Harcum Placement tests in English, mathematics and reading. all remedial coursework must be completed prior to enrollment in the Dental Hygiene Program.

• Purchase of designated instrument kit and supplies, uniform scrubs, shoes, name tags, textbooks, manuals and forms packets.

• attend the mandatory Dental Hygiene Program orientation • the student will be responsible for transportation to and from clinical rotation sites.

a maximum of 33 transfer credits in equivalent non-dental specific coursework can be accepted. transfer credits are evaluated by the College.

Dental Hygiene students must achieve a grade of C or higher in all science and dental hygiene courses and maintain a grade point average of 2.0 or higher throughout the program. a failing grade (C- or lower) or a grade of W/F in two dental hygiene or science courses on the first attempt will result in dismissal from the program.

Re-entry into clinical courses is on a space-available basis.

Policies regarding individuals with blood-borne infectious diseases are available upon request from the College Student Health office.

Essential Functions for Dental Hygiene Students the Essential Functions, as distinguished from academic standards, refer to those physical, cognitive, and behavioral abilities required for satisfactory completion of all aspects of the dental hygiene curriculum. the essential abilities required by the curriculum are in the following areas: intellectual, motor, sensory, communication, environmental, and the behavioral and social aspects of the performance as a dental hygienist. these are attributes that each student must possess and the use of a third party for the fulfillment of these attributes is not adequate.

Intellectual the program requires essential abilities in information acquisition. the student must have the ability to master information presented in course work in the form of lectures, demonstrations, independent study, clinical experiences, written material, material presented through computer imaging and projected images. the student must have the ability to complete reading assignments and to search and evaluate scientific literature. the ability to comprehend three-dimensional relationships and understand the spatial relationship of structures is important.

Further, the student must be able to complete computerbased assignments and use the computer for searching, recording, storing, and retrieving information. the student must have the ability to recall, comprehend, integrate, calculate reason, analyze, and synthesize. Problem solving skills are essential.

• Students may need to supplement the patient pool in the clinical education experience.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

75

Histotechnician Associate of Science Motor/Sensory Student must have fine motor function and the manual dexterity to provide dental hygiene care to the patients.

Students must be able to negotiate and function in the clinical patient care environment.

Histotechnicians play a critical role in preparing biopsy specimens for microscopic examination by the pathologist. they are involved with the detection and diagnosis of cancer and other pathological conditions, as well as following the treatment and progress of disease.

Functional vision, hearing and tactile sensation must be adequate to perform a clinical examination, including, the gathering of information on texture, color, palpable changes in tissues, and fine changes on tooth surfaces.

Successful histotechnicians are problem solvers, responsible, professional and enjoy challenges. once formal training is completed there are numerous opportunities for employment in hospitals, reference labs, clinics and research facilities.

the student must possess the visual ability to assess and provide services in the oral cavity and interpret radiographs.

Communication Students must be able to communicate clearly and effectively in both the academic and clinical setting. the student must demonstrate the ability to write coherently, using appropriate grammar, mechanics, punctuation, spelling, and diction. Written communication in the clinical setting must be complete, legible and accurate. the student must be able to verbally communicate in a professional manner with patients, faculty and other members of the dental care team.

Environmental Students must be able to work in a clinical environment and follow required guidelines for infection control. this may include chemical solutions and aerosols for surface disinfection. Protective gloves, masks, eyewear and clinical attire must be worn.

Behavioral and Social the student must be able to work in a cooperative professional manner with individuals of differing personalities and background. Being able to participate effectively as a member of a health care team is important.

Students must possess the emotional health required to complete all required academic and clinical requirements and follow appropriate protocol. the student must be able to understand the basis and content of dental ethics. the student must be able to identify the components of professional behavior and perform accordingly. this includes time management skills, communication styles and interactions.

76

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Designed to prepare individuals for employment in a histology laboratory, the Histotechnician associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College is a blended online program with limited on-site requirements, offering students the flexibility to earn an associate’s degree on a full time or part time basis. additionally, Harcum Histotechnician graduates qualify to take the Board of Certification exam sponsored by the american Society of Clinical Pathologists (aSCP). the Histotechnician program at Harcum College is fully accredited by the National accrediting agency for Clinical laboratory Sciences (NaaClS), 5600 N. River Rd., Suite 720, Rosemont, Il 60018-5119. telephone: 847-9393597.

More information on this career can be found at these websites: www.ascp.org and www.nsh.org

Student Learning Outcomes

SUMMER SEMESTER

• Students will be able to analyze the results of histopathologic tissue samples in order to aid the pathologist in diagnosing diseases and recommending treatment.

ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

SoC 109

Principles of Sociology

3 cr.

HuM 101

Introduction to Humanities

3 cr.

• Students will demonstrate effective written and verbal communication skills.

9 cr.

• Students will demonstrate mastery of laboratory methodologies, including problem solving and troubleshooting techniques, for the major areas currently practiced by a modern histopathology laboratory.

THIRD SEMESTER

• Students will summarize the significance of continued professional development.

HtN 103

Histology lecture 3

3 cr.

HtN 113

Histology Practicum 3

6 cr.

CHE

Chemistry Elective

4 cr.

ENg 102

English Composition II

• Students will create a plan to demonstrate technical training sufficient to orient new employees.

3 cr.

16 cr.

• Students will explain the importance of laboratory safety and regulatory compliance.

FOURTH SEMESTER PSY 111

Introductory Psychology

3 cr.

Histotechnician Curriculum

HtN 104

Histology lecture 4

3 cr.

HtN 114

Histology Practicum 4

6 cr.

HtN 105

Ht Certification Exam Prep Seminar

1 cr.

FIRST SEMESTER HtN 101

Histology lecture 1

1 cr.

HtN 111

Histology Practicum 1

3 cr.

MtH 113

College Mathematics

3 cr.

aHS 103

Research Methods & Computer applications

3 cr.

Human anatomy & Physiology I

4 cr.

BIo 103

14 cr.

SECOND SEMESTER

13 cr.

Total Credits: 69 Credits

Important Information *BIo 103 Human anatomy & Physiology I, BIo 104 Human anatomy & Physiology II, BIo 205 Microbiology and Chemistry are not offered online by Harcum College. these courses may be taken at any accredited college or university and transferred to Harcum College as long as the student completes the course with a grade of “C” or better.

HtN 102

Histology lecture 2

3 cr.

Prerequisites for Admission

HtN 112

Histology Practicum 2

6 cr.

BIo 104

Human anatomy & Physiology II

4 cr.

BIo 205

Microbiology

the accredited Histotechnician associate of Science Degree program offers academic and clinical training to qualified students who wish to pursue a laboratory career and meet the following entrance requirements:

4 cr.

17 cr.

• a high school or college gPa of 2.0. Students accepted to the Ht Program must meet the following criteria: • Physical examination • Immunizations • Background checks

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

77

Medical Laboratory Technology Associate of Science

Student Learning Outcomes

Medical laboratory technology is a dynamic profession with new technology and methodology continually evolving. Medical laboratory technicians play an important role in detection, diagnosis, and treatment of disease.

Successful medical laboratory technicians are problem solvers, responsible, professional and enjoy challenges. once formal training is completed, there are numerous opportunities for employment in hospitals, reference laboratories, clinics, research facilities and private practices.

• Students will analyze laboratory results to diagnose disease and pathologic conditions.

Designed to prepare individuals for employment in a clinical laboratory environment, the Medical laboratory technology associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College is a blended online program with limited on-site requirements, offering students the flexibility to earn an associate’s degree. additionally, Harcum Medical laboratory technology graduates qualify to take the Board of Certification Exam sponsored by the american Society of Clinical Pathologists (aSCP).

• Students will summarize the significance of continued professional development.

• Students will demonstrate effective written and verbal communication skills.

• Students will demonstrate mastery of laboratory methodologies, including problem solving and troubleshooting techniques, for the major areas currently practiced by a modern clinical laboratory.

• Students will demonstrate technical training sufficient to orient new employees.

• Students will explain the importance of laboratory safety and regulatory compliance.

Medical Laboratory Technology Curriculum

the Medical laboratory technology associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College is accredited by the National accrediting agency for Clinical laboratory Sciences (NaaClS). NaaClS can be contacted at 5600 N. River Rd., Suite 720, Rosemont, Il 60018-5119 or 847-939-3597.

FIRST SEMESTER

More information on this exciting career can be found at these websites: www.ascp.org and www.ascls.org.

ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

MlS 101

Introduction to Medical laboratory technology

3 cr.

MlS 140

applied lab techniques I

1 cr.

MtH 113

College Mathematics

3 cr.

aHS 103

Research Methods & Computer applications

3 cr.

general Biology I

4 cr.

BIo 101

17 cr.

SECOND SEMESTER ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

*CHE

Chemistry Elective

4 cr.

*BIo 205

Microbiology

4 cr.

MlS 113

Basic Hematology & Clinical Microscopy

3 cr.

MlS 114

applied Hematology & Microscopy

1 cr.

MlS 130

Immunology

3 cr.

18 cr.

78

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

SUMMER SESSION

Prerequisites for Admission

SoC 109

Principles of Sociology

3 cr.

HuM

Humanities Elective

3 cr.

PSY 111

Introductory Psychology

3 cr.

9 cr.

the accredited Medical laboratory technology associate of Science Degree program offers academic and clinical training to qualified students who wish to pursue a laboratory career and meet the following entrance requirements: • High school or college gPa of 2.0.

THIRD SEMESTER MlS 211

Clinical Chemistry

3 cr.

MlS 212

Clinical Hematology and Coagulation

3 cr.

MlS 213

Clinical Immunohematology

3 cr.

MlS 214

Clinical Microbiology

3 cr.

MlS 240

applied lab techniques II

1 cr.

13 cr.

FOURTH SEMESTER Clinical Rotation Practicum Courses**

• Physical examination, immunizations, background checks.

Program Requirements Essential Functions for Medical Laboratory Technology Students Essential Functions represent the essential non-academic requirements of the program that students must master to participate successfully in the program and become employable. the following is a list of the technical abilities and skills applicants for admission into Medical laboratory technology courses must possess:

MlS 221

applied lab techniques in Chemistry

MlS 222

applied lab techniques in Hematology 3 cr.

• Manual Dexterity: ability to use hand(s) or prosthetic devices with coordination.

MlS 223

applied lab techniques in Immunohematology

3 cr.

• Fine Motor: ability to manipulate small objects with fingertip or adaptive devices.

applied lab techniques in Microbiology

4 cr.

MlS 225

applied lab techniques in Serology

1 cr.

• Mobility: ability to maneuver in the laboratory, around the laboratory, around instruments and in patient care settings.

MlS 226

applied lab techniques in Coagulation 1 cr.

MlS 227

applied lab techniques in urinalysis

1 cr.

MlS 230

Mlt Certification Prep Seminar

1 cr.

MlS 224

3 cr.

Students accepted into the Mlt program must meet the following criteria:

17 cr.

Total Credits: 74 Credits

Important Information * BIo 205 Microbiology and Chemistry are not offered online by Harcum College. these courses may be taken at any accredited college or university and transferred to Harcum College as long as the student completes the course with a grade of “C” or better. ** the final spring semester is completed at the hospital practicum site during day shift hours, Monday through Friday. a minimum grade point average of 2.0 must be maintained before the practicum begins.

• Vision: ability to distinguish red, yellow and blue colors; distinguish clear from cloudy; and distinguish objects through a microscope.

• Hearing: ability to adapt with assistive devices (i.e., phone receivers, hearing aid, etc.).

• Speech: ability to effectively communicate verbally in English.

• Writing: ability to communicate effectively in written form in English.

• Reading: ability to read, understand and follow directions printed in English.

• Computer literacy is essential for success in online courses.

Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the hospital practicum site.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

79

Nursing Program Associate of Science

Program Outcomes

Nurses are unique health care providers who implement the highest level of health care services and collaborate with other members of the health care team to promote and maintain the health of diverse populations.

1. Evaluate nursing care provided to patients, families and groups across the lifespan from diverse backgrounds in a variety of settings to ensure that it is compassionate, age and culturally appropriate and based on a patient’s values and needs.

the Nursing Program at Harcum College promotes excellence in nursing education by providing an educational foundation in the arts and sciences that enhances the application of nursing theory into clinical practice in a variety of health care settings. the nursing curriculum provides experiences in meeting human needs holistically across the health-illness continuum. theoretical and clinical learning experiences are integrated within the clinical nursing courses. graduates of the Nursing Program are awarded the associate of Science Degree in Nursing and are eligible to take the National Council licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NClEX – RN) examination to become a Registered Nurse.

Full approval from the Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing was received in october, 2005 and January, 2013.

Please be advised that, due to a decline in the National licensure Examination pass rates of first-time examinees for examination year october 1, 2015 to September 30, 2016, the State Board of Nursing placed Harcum College’s Nursing program on “Provisional approval” status.

Provisional approval status was reaffirmed in December 2016, based on the program's april 2016 site visit and the annual Report submitted to the State Board of Nursing. the Harcum College Nursing program is accredited by the accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing (aCEN). the program was granted "Continued accreditation with Warning for good Cause" by the Board of Commissioners for aCEN following the Fall 2015 onsite program review. In august 2017 aCEN will issue its decision on the continuing accreditation of the program. the Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing can be contacted at the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Department of State, Bureau of Professional and occupational affairs, State Board of Nursing, P.o. Box 2646, Harrisburg, Pa 17105-2649; Phone: 717-783-7142; or Fax: 717-7830822; Website: www.dos.state.pa.us/nurse or email: st-nurse@state.pa.us. the accreditation Commission for Education in Nursing (aCEN) can be contacted at 3343 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 850, atlanta, ga 30326, Phone. 404-975-5000 Fax: 404-975-5020 or www.acenursing.org.

80

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

2. Collaborate as a member of the inter-professional health care team to manage and coordinate the provision of safe, quality care for patients, families and groups.

3. Demonstrate use of best current evidence and clinical expertise when making clinical decisions in the provision of patient-centered care.

4. Participate in the use of evidence-based quality improvement processes in the delivery of patientcentered care.

5. Demonstrate effective use of strategies to mitigate errors and reduce the risk of harm to patients, self and others in a variety of settings.

6. Critique information and patient care technology to communicate relevant patient information, manage care, mitigate error, and support decision-making.

7. Integrates integrity and accountability into practice that uphold established regulatory, legal, and ethical principles while providing patient-centered standardbased nursing care.

8. appraise leadership, management and priority setting skills in the provision and management of safe, quality, patient-centered care.

Nursing Program Curriculum the program begins in late august. laboratory and clinical experiences are offered in the day, evening and weekend based on availability of clinical sites. upon completion of the program requirements, graduates are eligible to take the National Council for licensure Examination for Registered Nurse (NClEX-RN).

FIRST SEMESTER (FALL) NuR 100

Fundamental Concepts of Nursing Practice

9 cr.

SECOND SEMESTER (SPRING) NuR 105

Nursing of adults I

7 cr.

NuR 106

Mental Health Nursing

2 cr.

THIRD SEMESTER (FALL) NuR 205

Nursing of adults II

5 cr.

NuR 206

Maternal Child Nursing

4 cr.

• the applicant must have documentation of a minimum cumulative gPa of 2.8 at the time of formal application to the Nursing Program. a grade of “B” or better in all prerequisite science courses is required and a grade of “C” or better in all other prerequisite courses. NOTE: Students who have repeated a science course one or more times in order to obtain a passing or higher grade will not be accepted.

• tEaS Exam required.

FOURTH SEMESTER (SPRING)

• Interview may be required.

NuR 211

Nursing of adults III

4 cr.

NuR 216

transition to Nursing Practice

2 cr.

Total Nursing Course Credits: Total General Education Course Credits: Total Nursing Program Credits:

33 Credits 33 Credits 66 Credits

Admission Criteria an applicant’s scholastic aptitude, academic achievements, and ability to succeed in the Nursing Program are considered in making the decision to admit a student into the Nursing Program. applicants must complete all Prerequisites for admission in order to be considered for admission to the Nursing Program.

Prerequisites for Admission Students applying to the Nursing Program must complete all of the following general education course requirements with a minimum grade of C. these prerequisite courses can be transferred from another institution and must be completed prior to acceptance into the Nursing Program.

upon completion of all application requirements, candidates will be reviewed for admission to the Nursing Program. acceptance into the Nursing Program is competitive.

Completion of requirements does not guarantee admittance into the Nursing Program.

Acceptance Requirements upon acceptance into the Nursing Program, students are required to: • Provide evidence of an optimal level of individual health to complete Core Performance Standards.

(Critical thinking, Interpersonal abilities, Communication, Mobility, Motor Skills, Hearing, Visual, tactile and Strength/Stamina) – Refer to Student Nursing Handbook.

• Meet all health and immunization requirements of the Nursing Program., including titers for Rubeola, Mumps, Rubella, Varicella Zoster and Hepatitis B.

BIo 103

Human anatomy & Physiology I

4 cr.

• Meet yearly required flu vaccination.

BIo 104

Human anatomy & Physiology II

4 cr.

BIo 205

Microbiology

4 cr.

ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

• Proof of current certification from an approved Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) Course with aED training for health care providers by the american Heart association.

ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

HuM

Humanities Elective

3 cr.

• Provide evidence of a negative 10-panel urine drug screening test.

MatH 113 College Mathematics

3 cr.

• Provide proof of current health insurance coverage.

PSY 111

Introductory Psychology

3 cr.

• Child abuse History Clearance (original copy).

PSY 156

Human Development

3 cr.

SoC 109

Principles of Sociology

3 cr.

• Federal Certified Criminal Background Check (original copy).

Total General Education Credits

33 cr.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

81

Disclaimer the Nursing Program of Harcum College reserves the right to amend regulations, fees, conditions, courses, laboratories, and clinicals as circumstances may require without prior notice to persons who might thereby be affected. the provisions of the Nursing Program are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between Harcum College and the students of the Nursing Program.

Note: the Pennsylvania State Board of Nursing requires Harcum College to inform applicants that they may be denied a licensure or the privilege of taking the licensure examination (NClEX-RN) if they have pleaded guilty and/or been convicted by a judge of a misdemeanor, felonious act, or illegal act associated with alcohol or an illegal act associated with substance abuse(s) in the course of this Commonwealth or any other state, territory or country. For more information, contact the State Board of Nursing at 717-783-7142 or www.dos.state.pa.us/nurse.

Program Requirements • attend the mandatory College and Nursing orientation.

• Purchase all required current editions of textbooks and supplemental learning materials.

• Purchase designated uniforms and equipment for laboratory and clinical practice.

• Provide self-transportation to and from clinical rotation sites.

• achieve a minimum grade of C+ in each Nursing course.

• a grade of C or lower will result in a course failure.

• a student can only repeat one Nursing course, or withdraw from one nursing course one time throughout the entire Nursing program. (NotE: NuR 100 – Fundamental Concepts of Nursing Practice cannot be repeated).

• a second failure or withdraw of a Nursing course will result in dismissal from the Nursing program.

• Meet the 66 credits required for completion of the Nursing Program.

• Complete all degree requirements of the Nursing Program within four semesters after beginning the first Nursing course.

82

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

the application of theory in practice is integral to learning in the clinical setting. therefore, course grades are based upon the assessment of two components: 1. the didactic (classroom) component – the student’s knowledge of nursing content 2. the clinical practicum – the student’s demonstration of nursing theory in practice through the attainment of specific clinical practicum learning objectives.

Students must successfully pass both theory and clinical practicum to progress to the next nursing course. Failure in either the didactic or clinical component results in a course failure. an “unsatisfactory” rating in any clinical practicum results in a failing grade for clinical and thus a failure for the nursing course.

Students who are unsuccessful in a nursing course must follow the procedures outlined in the Nursing Student Handbook.

In all cases, the Nursing faculty reserves the right to take action when a student is not performing at the expected level of achievement and/or is deemed unsafe in the clinical setting. Specific policies and requirements related to the Nursing Program are contained in the Nursing Student Handbook.

Phlebotomy Technician Certificate a career as a phlebotomy technician is a rewarding path for someone who desires to work directly with patients.

Phlebotomy technicians are trained to create an atmosphere of trust and confidence with patients while skillfully and safely drawing blood specimens for analysis in the clinical laboratory. technologists and physicians depend upon the phlebotomy technician to collect quality patient specimens in order to produce quality laboratory results. once training is completed, employment opportunities include, but are not limited to, hospitals, clinics, physicians’ offices, laboratories, and blood banks.

Program Outcomes • Students will explain information applicable to phlebotomy procedures such as venipuncture and capillary puncture, blood collection additives, order of draw, special collections, point of care, specimen handling and processing.

• Students will demonstrate correct collection procedures for body fluids.

• Students will relate the importance of the phlebotomist to the integrity of the results reported by the lab, and identify guidelines to prevent lawsuits.

• Students will apply knowledge of medical terminology, human anatomy and body systems to phlebotomy principles and procedures.

• Students will identify the importance of effective communication skills when relating to patients, and discuss the role of regulation in maintaining standards of professionalism, confidentiality, and safety.

Phlebotomy Curriculum PBT 210 Phlebotomy Lecture - this course will prepare students with the ability to function as a competent phlebotomist by presenting a background in human physiology along with practical phlebotomy skills, safety practices, and a general overview of the working environment in the present healthcare setting. this course is essential for the student who wishes to complete the clinical practicum and earn phlebotomy certification through the american Society of Clinical Pathologists (aSCP).

Prerequisite: High School diploma Credits: 3

PBT 201 AHS Phlebotomy Practicum - the Phlebotomy Practicum will reinforce the student’s knowledge of phlebotomy theory and enhance the student’s proficiency in phlebotomy technique. this practicum will provide the required number of hours and venipunctures necessary to qualify for the Board of certification Exam in Phlebotomy.

Prerequisite: PBt 210 Credits: 2 Total Credits: 5 Credits Students completing the PBt 210 and PBt 201 courses are eligible to take the phlebotomy certification exam sponsored by the american Society of Clinical Pathologists.

Application Process Registration for the non-credit Phlebotomy technician Certificate program is conducted through the office of Continuing and Professional Studies. Contact: office of Continuing and Professional Studies, 610-526-6083 the administration of the Phlebotomy technician Certificate program is conducted by the Department of Clinical laboratory Science.

Program Requirements Essential Functions for Phlebotomy Technician Certificate Students Essential Functions represent the essential non-academic requirements of the program that students must master to participate successfully in the program and become employable. the following is a list of the technical abilities and skills applicants for admission into the Phlebotomy technician Certificate program must possess: • Manual Dexterity: ability to use hand(s) or prosthetic devices with coordination.

• Fine Motor: ability to manipulate small objects with fingertip or adaptive devices.

• Mobility: ability to maneuver in the clinical setting.

• Vision: ability to distinguish red, yellow and blue colors; distinguish clear from cloudy.

• Hearing: ability to adapt with assistive devices (i.e., phone receivers, hearing aid, etc.).

• Speech: ability to effectively communicate verbally in English.

• Writing: ability to communicate effectively in written form in English.

• Reading: ability to read, understand and follow directions printed in English.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

83

Occupational Therapy Assistant Associate of Science

Program Outcomes

the occupational therapy assistant associate of Science Degree program is designed to prepare students for a career in occupational therapy assisting. occupational therapy is a health profession which utilizes everyday life activities to help people of all ages prevent, lessen, or overcome disabilities or illnesses that interfere with their ability to lead independent and satisfying lives. the occupational therapy assistant, under the supervision of a registered occupational therapist, works in a variety of settings, including hospitals, schools, rehabilitation facilities, mental health settings, and in community-based intervention.

• graduates will integrate information from biological, physical, and psychosocial sciences to demonstrate an understanding and to formulate a holistic view of the person and how illness or disability can affect occupational performance.

• occupational therapy assistants must complete a two-year educational program accredited by accreditation Council for occupational therapy Education (aCotE) of the american occupational therapy association (aota) to be eligible to sit for the national certification examination (see below). after successful completion of the exam, candidates may apply for their state license to practice as Certified occupational therapy assistants (Cotas).

• the occupational therapy assistant Program at Harcum College is fully accredited by the accreditation Council for occupational therapy Education (aCotE) of the american occupational therapy association (aota), located at 4720 Montgomery lane, Suite 200, Bethesda, MD 20814-3449. aCotE’s telephone number c/o aota is 301-652-6611. Website: www.acoteonline.org.

• occupational therapy assistant (ota) graduates are eligible to sit for the national certification examination for the occupational therapy assistant, which is administered by the National Board for Certification in occupational therapy (NBCot). Please note that a felony conviction may affect a graduate’s ability to sit for the NBCot certification examination or attain state licensure.

• graduates will gather and apply information to formulate conclusions based in sound clinical reasoning to develop intervention plans that are client-centered and within the scope of practice of an ota.

• graduates will select and implement evidence-based interventions to support participation in areas of occupation throughout the continuum of care and across the lifespan.

• graduates will demonstrate appropriate communication skills (written, verbal, and non-verbal) to educate and communicate with clients, caregivers, and other health professionals consistent within the ota scope of practice.

• graduates will demonstrate and uphold professional standards and responsibilities to promote ethical practice appropriate to the role of the ota.

Occupational Therapy Assistant Curriculum FIRST SEMESTER ota 121

Survey of occupational therapy Principles & Fieldwork level I a – general Concepts/Emerging Practice

4 cr.

SoC 122

occupational Roles & tasks throughout the life Span

3 cr.

ota 123

Bio-Psycho-Social Conditions

3 cr.

ota 126

Professional Seminar I

1 cr.

*aHS 101

Basic Medical terminology

1 cr.

*BIo 103

Human anatomy & Physiology I

4 cr.

16 cr.

84

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Program Offerings

SECOND SEMESTER ota 113

Functional anatomy for otas

1 cr.

ota 114

applied Kinesiology

4 cr.

ota 124

occupational Dysfunction in Childhood & adolescence & Fieldwork level I B – Child / adolescent Practice

4 cr.

activities & adaptations for Childhood & adolescence

3 cr.

ota 127

Professional Seminar II

1 cr.

BIo 104

Human anatomy & Physiology II

4 cr.

ota 125

17 cr.

• Part time: a student can be part time, if core requirements have been met elsewhere. two of the four semesters will be a part time credit load of 11 credits. a maximum of 30 credits of general education coursework may be transferred from another institution. No prior occupational therapy assistant courses will be accepted from another institution. the occupational therapy assistant program does not accept advance placement or credit for experiential learning.

• Fall start for program courses: all program courses meet on Fridays.

SUMMER SEMESTER – CORE COURSES *ENg 101 English Composition I

3 cr.

*PSY 111

3 cr.

Introductory Psychology

• Full time: program courses are offered one day/week, supported by online assignments during the week, with core educational courses offered on weekdays, evenings or online.

• Spring start for program courses: all program courses meet on Saturdays.

9 cr.

• Pre-program developmental and core requirements coursework may be started at any time (Fall, Spring, or Summer semesters).

occupational Dysfunction in adulthood & geriatric & Fieldwork level I C – adult / geriatric Practice

4 cr.

• Clinical component: during Semesters I-III, there are part time clinical experiences scheduled at clinical sites, four days per semester. Semester IV consists of two eight-week, full time clinical placements during the usual and customary hours that a clinician would work for that specific setting.

activities & adaptations for adulthood & geriatric

3 cr.

ota 226

Clinical Skills throughout the lifespan

3 cr.

ota 227

Professional Seminar III

1 cr.

*ENg 102 English Composition II

3 cr.

*MtH113 College Mathematics

3 cr.

THIRD SEMESTER ota 224

ota 225

*HuM

Humanities Elective

Prerequisites for Admission

3 cr.

17 cr.

• Completion of biology with “C” or better is recommended.

• Minimum Sat or aCt score: (old) 900 Critical Reading and Math (New) 980 Evidence-Based Reading/Writing & Math. Minimum composite aCt: 19.

• For students with college credits, a minimum college gPa of 2.5.

FOURTH SEMESTER ota 228

Professional Seminar IV

1 cr.

ota 231

Fieldwork Experience level IIa

6 cr.

ota 232

Fieldwork Experience level IIB

6 cr.

13 cr.

Total Credits: 72 Credits *Core courses marked can be taken prior to entering the occupational therapy assistant program.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

85

Program Requirements once students have been accepted into the program, the following additional criteria must be met before enrolling in professional coursework: • all non-transfer occupational therapy assistant students must take placement exams in English, Math, and Reading. any required developmental coursework must be completed before enrolling in ota 121 Survey of occupational therapy Principles. Placement exams are waived for transfer students.

Graduation (Qualification to sit for National Certification Exam) all program-specific courses (all ota, BIo, and PSY courses) must be completed with a grade of C or better.

Students must complete level II fieldwork within 18 months following completion of the didactic portion of the program.

• a student who receives a “C-“ or less, or has withdrawn failing(“WF”) has failed the course and will be required to repeat the course before continuing in the program.

• all occupational therapy assistant students must provide proof of the following medical and legal clearances (or of application in progress):

• Students must maintain an overall gPa of 2.5 or better in order to remain in the program. a student whose gPa falls below 2.5 will be put on probation.

• State Child abuse Clearance.

• If the gPa remains below 2.5 for two consecutive semesters, the student will be dismissed from the program.

• State Criminal Record Check.

• FBI Background Check.

• Current (not older than one year) physical exam.

• Documentation of measles, mumps, rubella, and varicella immunizations.

• two-step PPD test (if positive, chest x-ray necessary).

• Hepatitis B series (at least begun with first three doses).

• a student who has failed any two ota program courses, or has failed the same ota program course twice, will be dismissed from the program and will not be permitted to re-enter. this policy pertains to all ota program courses, which include both academic and clinical courses (fieldwork placements).

• tdap booster (within the past ten years).

Clinical Experiences

• Nine panel urine drug screen.

Students participate in two levels of clinical fieldwork experiences throughout their enrollment in the occupational therapy assistant program: Fieldwork level I is designed to provide students with opportunities to collect data by observing, shadowing, and interviewing professionals in the field, as well as participating in client intervention. Fieldwork level II is a hands-on experience, in which fieldwork students gradually assume the roles and responsibilities of an entry-level occupational therapy assistant.

• all occupational therapy assistant students are required to have accident and Health Insurance throughout their period of enrollment at Harcum. If a student is not covered under another plan (family, individual, etc.) the student is required to purchase the Harcum plan.

the curriculum requires three Fieldwork level I experiences; each one is taught as part of an “anchor course” in each of the first three semesters and reflects that semester’s focus: • Fieldwork level I a – general Concepts/Emerging Practice, • Fieldwork level I B – Child / adolescent Practice, and • Fieldwork level I C – adult / geriatric Practice.

Each of the three Fieldwork level I experiences is carried out as a four-day placement during the academic semesters.

Fieldwork level II experiences consist of two eight-week, full time (40+ hour/ week) placements and follow the facilities’ business hours.

86

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

all placements are assigned by the academic Fieldwork Coordinator. Selection of placements is guided by the goal of giving students the broadest exposure to the field as possible, including traditional and emerging practice settings. traditional settings include acute care hospitals, rehabilitation centers, assisted living facilities, schools, mental health facilities, and other educational / medical facilities.

Emerging practice settings are represented by communitybased programs, specialty programs, such as driver training or hippotherapy. a clinical instructor from the placement site’s staff supervises all fieldwork experiences. Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the clinical sites.

Essential Functions for Occupational Therapy Assistant Students Essential Functions are defined as the skills you need to bring into the program in order to be successful as an occupational therapy assistant student. an inability to perform any of the functions listed below, even with accommodations, may indicate that you do not have the prerequisite skills to be successful in this profession and that occupational therapy assisting should not be your field of choice. Call the Program Director for questions.

Physical Factors: Motor skills Standing (with good balance) / Walking / Sitting / lifting 80 lbs. / Carrying 50 lbs. / Pushing/Pulling 80 lbs. / Bending / Kneeling / Crawling / Floor sitting / grasping (firm/strong) / grasping (light) / Finger dexterity / Reaching forward / Reaching overhead / Coordination of hand, wrist, and fingers / Eye-hand coordination.

Physical Factors: Sensory/Perceptual Vision acuity: near / Vision acuity: far / Vision: depth perception / Color vision / Full field of vision/Spatial perception (ability to “visualize” objects) / Form perception (ability to perceive and recognize shapes) / Hear normal conversation / Hear telephone conversation / be comfortable with tactile contact / Discriminate objects by touch.

Physical Factors: Environmental ability to do in-door work and out-door work / tolerate exposure to dust, fumes, odors, and toxic or caustic chemicals / Being around moving machinery, electricity / Exposure to slippery or uneven surfaces / Exposure to vibration / Wearing of protective clothing (mask, silicone gloves)

Cognitive Factors Reasoning – deal with abstract and concrete variables, define problems, collect data, establish facts, and draw valid conclusions / Interpret instructions furnished in oral, written, or schedule form / Problem solving- deal with unexpected situations / Carry out written or oral one to two-step instructions / ability to remember instructions and carry out tasks over time / ability to generalize instructions from one situation to another / Mathematics – add, subtract, multiply, and divide whole numbers and fractions, calculate time, make simple measurements / Reading – comprehend manuals, instructions for maintenance of equipment, safety rules and procedures, medical and educational charts / Clerical reading – perceive pertinent detail, proofread words and numbers, observe differences in copy / Writing – prepare reports using prescribed format, make entries into medical and educational charts / Writing – conform to all rules of punctuation, spelling, grammar, and style / Work pace – maintain a work pace appropriate to a given workload, including regular attendance at the site /Computer Skills – send and receive email, perform a basic web search, participate in online course work. all ota students must have regular access to a computer with Internet connection.

Social-Emotional and Communication Factors Social skills – ability to engage in a face-to-face verbal conversation, making eye-contact and using appropriate body language / Dependability – effective time management, follow-through on commitments & responsibilities / Professional presentation – presenting oneself in a manner (dress, body language, verbal style) that is accepted by peers, clients, and employers / Initiative – self-starting projects, tasks, and communication, searching out answers / Empathy – being sensitive, responding to the feelings and behaviors of others / Cooperation – working effectively with other individuals / organization – prioritizing needs, tasks, responsibilities, maintaining effective work space / Supervision – ability to give and receive constructive feed-back and to modify behavior accordingly / English language proficiency – ability to understand spoken and written English, express self clearly in English, and be easily understood when using the English language.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

87

Physical Therapist Assistant Associate of Science

Graduate Outcomes

Physical therapy is a field of health care that uses the application of physical agents, therapeutic exercise and activities in the treatment and restoration of human bodily function.

• understand, apply and integrate the fundamental theories of patient treatment including the knowledge of indicators, contraindicators and precautions of specific treatment procedures.

the Physical therapist assistant program prepares students to provide direct patient care, using physical therapy treatments in a variety of departmental settings under the supervision of a licensed physical therapist. graduates of the program are eligible to take the national licensure examination. Physical therapist assistant students can be accepted into the College in the fall, spring, or summer semesters; the Physical therapist assistant course sequencing begins only in the fall for the full time course sequence (day classes) and January for the part time course sequence (evening classes).

• use critical thinking and problem solving skills to select the most appropriate patient care activities in a safe and legal manner.

the Commission on accreditation in Physical therapy Education accredits the Physical therapist assistant associate of Science Degree program at Harcum College. graduates are eligible to sit for the national board examination for the physical therapist assistant.

• Implement patient treatments, monitor and appropriately adapt to the patient’s condition during a treatment session and accurately document the treatment results.

• analyze, assess and re-assess the effect of physical therapy treatment as it relates to the patient’s plan of care.

• Perform patient treatment within the scope of physical therapy practice.

• Demonstrate and educate the patient, family and healthcare team in physical therapy techniques which will maximize the patient’s functional independence.

• use communication skills (both verbal and non-verbal) to develop effective interpersonal relationships with patient, family and colleagues.

• Recognize the values and beliefs of diverse patient populations and display empathic responses to the patient.

Program Outcomes Students can review the outcomes results for the Physical therapist assistant Program at www.fsbpt.org or www.apta.org or at http://harcum.edu/Pta. the Pta Program at Harcum College is accredited by the Commission on accreditation in Physical therapy Education (CaPtE), 1111 North Fairfax Street, alexandria, Virginia 22314; telephone 703-706-3245; email: accreditation@apta.org; website: http://www.capteonline.org although many of these courses may be transferred for college credit, the Physical therapist assistant program is not intended to prepare students to enter a masters-level or doctorate-level physical therapy program. graduates are eligible to sit for the national board examination for the physical therapist assistant. Students can review the outcomes results for the Pta Program at www.fsbpt.org or www.apta.org or http://harcum.edu/Pta

88

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Physical Therapist Assistant Curriculum: Full Time Division SUMMER SESSION

SUMMER SESSION MtH 113

College Mathematics

3 cr.

Pta 150

Clinical affiliation I

3 cr.

BIo 103

Human anatomy & Physiology I

4 cr.

DIV

Diversity Elective

3 cr.

aHS 101

Basic Medical terminology

1 cr.

PSY 111

Introductory Psychology

3 cr.

9 cr.

8 cr.

THIRD SEMESTER

FIRST SEMESTER ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

HuM

Humanities Elective

3 cr.

BIo 104

Human anatomy & Physiology II

4 cr.

Pta 212

Selected topics in Physical therapy

2 cr.

Pta 109

Functional anatomy

2 cr.

Pta 218

Pathophysiology

4 cr.

Pta 110

Introduction to Physical therapy

2 cr.

Pta 222

orthopedics

3 cr.

Pta 111

Foundation Principles of Physical therapy

Pta 231

Rehabilitation applications

3 cr.

Harcum Colloquium

1 cr.

IDS 101

15 cr.

SECOND SEMESTER ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

Pta 112

Physical therapy I/Electrophysiology

4 cr.

Pta 114

applied Kinesiology

4 cr.

Pta 116

Introduction to therapeutic Exercise

2 cr.

Pta 130

Introduction to Rehabilitation

3 cr.

4 cr.

16 cr.

FOURTH SEMESTER Pta 240

Clinical Seminar

2 cr.

Pta 250

Clinical affiliation II

6 cr.

Pta 251

Clinical affiliation III

6 cr.

14 cr.

Total Credits: 78 Credits

16 cr.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

89

Physical Therapist Assistant Curriculum: Part Time (Evening) Division

SPRING II

Required Prerequisite Courses

Pta 218

Pathophysiology

4 cr.

the following courses must be completed prior to initiating the Physical therapist assistant course sequence, and can be completed the prior summer.

DIV

Diversity Elective

3 cr.

7 cr.

SUMMER II

IDS 101

Harcum Colloquium

1 cr.

aHS 101

Medical terminology

1 cr.

Pta 222

orthopedics

3 cr.

BIo 103

anatomy and Physiology

4 cr.

HuM

Humanities Elective

3 cr.

BIo 104

anatomy and Physiology II

4 cr.

MtH 113

College Mathematics

3 cr.

13 cr.

SPRING (JANUARY) SEMESTER I

6 cr.

FALL II Pta 231

Rehabilitation applications

4 cr.

Pta 212

Selected topics in Physical therapy.

2 cr.

6 cr.

Pta 109

Functional anatomy

2 cr.

Pta 110

Introduction to Physical therapy

2 cr.

SPRING III

Pta 111

Foundation Principles of Physical therapy

Pta 240

Clinical Seminar

2 cr.

3 cr.

Pta 250

Clinical affiliation II

6 cr.

Introductory Psychology

3 cr.

***Full tIME DaY***

PSY 111

10 cr.

Pta 251

Clinical affiliation III

6 cr.

***Full tIME DaY***

SUMMER (MAY) SEMESTER I Pta 112

Physical therapy I/ Electrophysiology

4 cr.

ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

Pta 116

Introduction to therapeutic Exercise

2 cr.

9 cr.

14 cr.

Total Credits: 78 Credits

Prerequisites for Admission acceptance into the Program is dependent upon the following: • Completion of algebra I and II, geometry, Biology (with lab) with earned grades of C or higher.

FALL (AUGUST) SEMESTER I Pta 114

applied Kinesiology

4 cr.

• a minimum gPa of 2.5.

ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

Pta 130

Introduction to Rehabilitation

• Minimum Sat or aCt score: (old) 900 Critical Reading and Math (New) 980 Evidence-Based Reading/Writing & Math. Minimum composite aCt: 19. a college cumulative gPa of 2.5 or higher is acceptable in lieu of Sat scores.

3 cr.

10 cr.

WINTER SEMESTER (APPROX. JAN. 2-30) Pta 150

Clinical affiliation I

***Full tIME DaY***

3 cr.

• all application documents must be submitted to the admissions office. the admissions Committee will review only completed application files.

• It is strongly recommended that applicants complete a minimum of 20 hours of volunteer or work experience in a physical therapy department.

• It is recommended that the student meet with the program director of the Physical therapist assistant program prior to entering the program.

90

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Program Requirements • a maximum of 30 credits of general education coursework may be transferred from another institution.

• academic ability to earn a grade of C or higher in all Physical therapist assistant courses.

• No prior Physical therapist assistant courses will be accepted from another institution (exceptions are granted on a case-by-case basis per Physical therapist assistant program policy).

• Failure (grade of C- or lower) of any two Physical therapist assistant courses will result in dismissal from the program.

• Prior to or during the student’s first semester, a child abuse clearance and criminal history background check must be completed successfully (both should show a clear record). Clearances must be successfully completed in order to proceed to site visits and clinical affiliations.

• Students may be unable to complete requirements for graduation and/or obtain a license to practice based on results of these background checks.

• accepted students must demonstrate math proficiency and complete the college placement examination in English and reading above the developmental level.

• Students must take all Physical therapist assistant courses in the sequence in which they are offered. Failure to do so will result in an increase in the number of semesters required to complete the program.

• Class attendance is mandatory for all Physical therapist assistant lectures, labs and clinical affiliations.

• Physical therapist assistant Policies and Procedures (per Physical therapist assistant Policy and Procedure Manual and the Pta Program Clinical Education Manual) are binding.

• Students without the prerequisites are required to complete preparatory coursework before admission to the program. this will increase the number of semesters required to complete the program.

• once accepted to the program, annually students are required to have a physical examination, chest x-ray, Quantiferon gold blood test, hepatitis B vaccine, and proof of current CPR certification and proof of medical insurance.

• there is an annual fee for obtaining the required clearances and tracking the medical and required documents for clinical education.

• Students must complete 20 hours of community service throughout the duration of the program.

• Pta students are required to comply with the Pta dress code and professional behavior standards.

• Physical therapist assistant students must maintain a minimum grade point average of 2.0 throughout the program.

• Physical therapist assistant students must earn a grade of C or higher in MtH 113, aHS 101, BIo 103, BIo 104 and C or higher in all Physical therapist assistant courses to proceed in the Physical therapist assistant course sequence.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

91

Essential Functions for the Physical Therapist Assistant Student For students to be successful in the Physical therapist assistant Program, they must possess the ability to achieve competency level performance in all physical therapy procedures which include, but are not limited to, the following:

Psychomotor • Functional vision, hearing, motor and tactile sensation which must be adequate to monitor and assess a patient’s health needs and to perform duties as noted in a Pt plan of care.

Cognitive • Reason with abstract and concrete variables, define problems, collect data, establish facts and draw valid conclusions.

• adequate ability to guard patients safely during ambulation activities on level surfaces and stair climbing when the patient is using a cane, walker, crutches, or other assistive devices.

• Master information presented in course work in the form of lectures, demonstrations, independent study, clinical experiences, written material, material presented through computer imaging and projected images.

• ability to transfer patients safely from bed to chair or mat and from table to chair using minimum, moderate, maximum, or dependent-lift techniques.

• Interpret instructions furnished in oral, written, or schedule form.

• ability to apply graded manual resistance to patients’ individual muscle groups for the purpose of determining the patient’s strength or applying exercise techniques for strengthening or stretching all muscle groups.

• Problem solve and deal with unexpected situations.

• Carry out written or oral, one, two, or three-step instructions.

• Remember instructions and carry out tasks over time.

• generalize instructions from one situation to another.

• Read and comprehend physical therapy evaluations, educational and medical charts, manuals and instructions for maintenance of equipment, safety rules and procedures.

• Document entries into medical charts.

• Prepare and write written educational reports using appropriate grammar, punctuation and spelling.

• Manage his/her time effectively and ability to maintain a work pace appropriate to a given caseload, including regular and punctual attendance at the clinical affiliation sites as well as all classes.

• Recall coursework materials and integrate appropriately in problem solving scenarios.

• Demonstrate an entry-level knowledge of clinical and didactic materials.

• Effectively process information, prioritize and problem solve in an environment containing multiple distractions.

• understand spoken and written English and utilize the English language appropriately in written assignments and documents.

92

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

• ability to perform the full range of motion to a patient.

• ability to safely and competently apply modalities and electrical stimulation, including contraindication/precaution review, using appropriate parameters and set-up techniques. these treatments include, but are not limited to: moist heat, cold packs, cryocuff, intermittent compression, paraffin, fluidotherapy, ultrasound, transcutaneous electrical stimulation, Russian stimulation, high volt galvanic stimulation and neuromuscular stimulation.

• ability to apply ultrasound safely, which includes manipulating dials at the same time that the sound head is kept moving on the patient’s treatment site.

• ability to complete wound care techniques on open wounds.

• ability to perform cleaning procedures for sterile techniques with all size whirlpools.

• good body mechanics in the process of all patient treatment techniques.

• ability to communicate effectively with patients by explaining procedures to patients; obtaining consent from patients to proceed with treatment; receiving information from patients, their charts, other health care providers and/or their physician; introducing self while confirming patient’s identity and documenting clear, concise and accurate notes in the patient’s chart.

Clinical Experiences • ability to set up treatment sessions using laboratory or clinic equipment within the time restraints of the treatment requirements to provide safe and effective treatments to the patient.

• ability to perform CPR. • ability to apply standard precautions when indicated for patients with potential bloodborne pathogens.

• ability to monitor vital signs and respond to emergencies.

Affective • ability to handle stresses of competency testing, lab practicals and clinical affiliations.

• Empathy – being sensitive and responding to the feelings and behaviors of others.

• ability to engage in a face-to-face verbal conversation, making eye-contact and using appropriate body language.

• ability to cooperate and work effectively with other individuals.

• ability to initiate or self-start projects, tasks and communication, searching out answers using appropriate resources.

• the organizational and time management skills necessary to coordinate class, study and clinical responsibilities.

• ability to give and receive constructive feedback and to modify behavior accordingly.

• ability to present oneself in a manner (dress, body language, personal hygiene, verbal style) that is accepted by peers, clients, and employers.

• Students must possess the emotional health required to complete all academic and clinical requirements and to follow appropriate classroom, testing and clinical protocols.

all Physical therapist assistant students will participate in clinical observations prior to the start of their affiliations. these observations will introduce the Physical therapist assistant students to the exploration of physical therapy practice and the integration of professional behaviors in various health care settings.

Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the facility (ies). Students participate in three clinical affiliations which are assigned by the Clinical Coordinator of Education, as follows: Pta 150 for four weeks at the end of the junior year and Pta 250 and 251 for seven weeks, each at the end of the senior year. grading for all clinical affiliations is on a pass/fail basis. Clinical affiliations Pta 250 and 251 must be completed within 18 months of completion of the didactic coursework. all Physical therapist assistant and general education courses must be completed prior to the terminal clinical affiliations. the clinical sites include: acute care hospitals, rehabilitation centers, nursing homes, sports medicine facilities and other medical facilities. a clinical instructor from the clinical site’s physical therapy staff supervises all clinical affiliations. Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the clinical sites. the travel distance for the student for each clinical affiliation will be dependent on the location of each clinical site assigned. the Physical therapist assistant program does not guarantee any minimum or maximum travel distances. the clinical affiliations are full time (40 hours per week) and follow the facilities’ business hours. the clinical affiliations are full time, typically during the day, including those affiliations for the students completing the coursework in the part time/evening division. Students must successfully complete each affiliation prior to continuation in the Physical therapist assistant Program.

• ability to express self clearly in English, and be easily understood when using the English language.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

93

Radiologic Technology Associate of Science

Program Goals

Radiologic technologists, or radiographers, are an integral part of the health care team. using knowledge of anatomy, physiology, positioning and radiation technique to obtain high quality diagnostic images of the human body, radiographers employ the dexterity developed during training to complete examinations safely and quickly.

Working with some of the most sophisticated, technologically advanced equipment presently available, radiographers enjoy the rewards of close patient contact.

Radiologic technology is a personally rewarding, wellrespected profession with great potential for growth through other related imagining modalities.

upon completing the program graduates will be able to:

the mission of the Radiologic technology Program is founded on the mission of Harcum College in that the Radiologic technology Program combines career preparation with a well-rounded core education. While student learning is a priority, the curriculum also fosters responsible citizenship by involvement in a local community service project. the Radiologic technology Program provides the community with caring, compassionate and skilled professionals. upon graduation from Harcum College the graduate will demonstrate entry level proficiency in imaging the human body to assure the correct diagnosis and proper treatment of each patient. Hospitals and imaging centers employ the majority of radiographers, but there are many other settings in which they work.

Radiographers may also cross-train and work in highly specialized areas such as interventional radiology, computerized tomography, or magnetic resonance imaging.

Radiographers may pursue advanced education and employment in management, education, research, or sales. the Harcum College Radiologic technology associate of Science Degree program is nationally accredited by the Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic technology (JRCERt). additional information can be found at: Joint Review Committee in Education in Radiologic technology, 20 North Wacker Drive, Suite 2850, Chicago, Il 60606-3182, 312-704-5300, www.jrcert.org, or mail@jrcert.org.

• Demonstrate and employ the skills of an entry level diagnostic radiographer.

• Demonstrate problem solving and critical thinking skills and apply them to the clinical setting.

• Participate in professional activities that will promote their professional development and lifelong learning.

• utilize the knowledge they have gained to ensure patient safety during radiologic exams including radiation protection.

• Communicate effectively both orally and in writing in the professional environment.

Radiologic Technology Curriculum SUMMER 2 aHS 102

Comprehensive Medical terminology

3 cr.

RaD 101

Introduction to Radiologic Sciences & Patient Care

3 cr.

6 cr.

FALL 1 *BIo 103

Human anatomy & Physiology I

4 cr.

RaD 102

Radiographic Procedures I

4 cr.

RaD 103

Radiographic Exposures I

3 cr.

MtH 113

College Mathematics

3 cr.

**RaD 104 Clinical Education I

2 cr.

16 cr.

SPRING 1 *BIo 104

Human anatomy & Physiology II

4 cr.

RaD 105

Radiographic Procedures II

4 cr.

RaD 106

Radiographic Exposures II

3 cr.

SoC 115

Diversity in Society

3 cr.

**RaD 107 Clinical Education II

2 cr.

16 cr.

94

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Prerequisites for Admission

SUMMER 1 & 2 ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

RaD 201

Radiographic Procedures III

2 cr.

**RaD 108 Clinical Education III

3 cr.

8 cr.

• Minimum Sat or aCt score: (old) 900 Critical Reading and Math (New) 980 Evidence-Based Reading/Writing and Math, or minimum composite aCt: 19.

• a minimum 2.5 gPa for either high school or recent college experience.

• additional essay required.

FALL 2 RaD 205

Radiographic Procedures IV

3 cr.

RaD 202

Radiation Protection & Biology

3 cr.

ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

RaD 203

Radiographic Pathology

3 cr.

**RaD 204 Clinical Education IV

3 cr.

15 cr.

• Job shadowing experience: It is highly recommended that all applicants shadow a Radiologic technologist for 6-8 hours in a hospital or imaging center and submit the appropriate form for verification.

Application Deadline all application materials for the Radiologic technology program are due to the office of admissions by February 15.

Additional Information

SPRING 2 RaD 208

Radiographic Procedures V

3 cr.

HuM 202

Health care law & Ethics

3 cr.

PSY

Psychology Elective

3 cr.

RaD 209

Registry Review

3 cr.

**RaD 207 Clinical Education V

3 cr.

15 cr.

Total Credits: 76 Credits * If applying for transfer credit, these two courses must be completed at the same college or university. ** Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from the clinical education site.

• Prior to the student’s first semester, a child abuse clearance and criminal history background check must be completed.

• there are some out of pocket expenses involved with the clinical component. these include but are not limited to: uniforms and shoes, x-ray markers and radiation monitoring badges, CPR training, transportation to and from the clinical site and all medical clearances including a yearly flu shot.

• once accepted to the program, students are required to have a physical examination, PPD test, hepatitis B vaccine, proof of current CPR certification and proof of medical insurance (See Health Center forms).

Program Requirements • No prior Radiologic technology courses will be accepted from another institution.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

95

Essential Functions for Radiologic Technology Students all radiologic technologists, including student radiographers must be able to meet certain standards, both physical and mental, in order to perform the duties and expectations of a general radiographer. Each student must have the following abilities:

Cognitive • act quickly and make responsible decisions in emergency situations.

• understand and apply clinical instructions given from Department personnel.

Physical • Walk upright, bend over easily, and be able to carry between 20 and 30 pounds. this is the approximate weight of 4 or 5 image receptors.

• Complete tasks in a timely fashion consistent with department and clinical protocol.

• Position patients for radiographic examinations.

• Follow direction from senior technologists / Clinical Instructors.

• Work cooperatively with other health care workers.

• Maneuver all x-ray equipment, for example, raise the xray tube or lower it, and push and position the mobile units.

• act in an ethical manner consistent with the Code of Ethics developed by the aRRt.

• Hear and distinguish various equipment and background sounds during equipment operations.

• Possess emotional well-being to complete, comply, and deliver services necessary for correct diagnosis and treatment of the patient.

• Visually and acutely monitor patients in dimmed lights, and be able to respond quickly to emergency situations.

• assist patients in and out of wheelchairs.

• Push wheelchairs and stretchers with patients in them.

• assist patients while walking with them.

• Move and/or lift patients from stretchers to radiographic table, and vice-versa.

• administer CPR after proper certification and instructions.

• Read and apply instructions in treatments or examinations, write and record notes and patient histories properly.

• Communicate in a clear and concise manner to patients, to people in other departments, as well as to family members of the patient.

• use keyboard for retrieving information from the computer.

• Reach up to 6 feet off the floor with the assistance of step stool.

• Work around, set up and maintain a sterile field.

• Walk up and down stairs without difficulty or delay.

96

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Veterinary Technology Associate of Science Veterinary technicians are nurses for the veterinary profession. this six-semester, associate’s degree program prepares students to enter a career as a veterinary technician in private veterinary practice, zoo/wildlife medicine, biomedical research, pharmaceutical sales, teaching, humane societies, raising livestock, or anywhere that the health and welfare of animals is a concern. Students get their hands-on experience at the university of Pennsylvania School of Veterinary Medicine. accredited by the american Veterinary Medical association, the program’s graduates are eligible to sit for the Veterinary technician National Exam and the american association for laboratory animal Science Exam at the assistant technician level.

Veterinary Technology Curriculum FIRST SEMESTER ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

MtH 116

Pre-Calculus algebra

3 cr.

oR MtH 113

College Mathematics

3 cr.

CHE 111

general Chemistry

4 cr.

oR CHE 103

Introduction to Chemistry

4 cr.

VEt 102

Introduction to Veterinary technology

3 cr.

VEt 109

anatomy & Physiology of Domestic animals I

4 cr.

Program/Department Mission Statement the Harcum College Veterinary technology Program strives to promote lifelong learning and compassionate care by providing the highest level of veterinary technician education. the Veterinary technology Program offers opportunities for students to develop advanced technical abilities; to demonstrate the highest respect and concern for the welfare of patients; and to work as a member of the veterinary team in a professional and ethical manner, while promoting veterinary technology, and the role of the licensed veterinary nurse, through community outreach and skillful client communication.

17 cr.

SECOND SEMESTER ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

VEt 110

anatomy & Physiology of Domestic animals II

4 cr.

VEt 235

laboratory animal Science

4 cr.

VEt 117

Veterinary Clinical Pathology I

4 cr.

15 cr.

THIRD SEMESTER

Program Outcomes

SoC

Social Science Elective

3 cr.

• Veterinary technology graduates will demonstrate effective verbal and written communication skills.

VEt 118

Pharmacology & anesthesia

3 cr.

VEt 228

Surgery & Radiology

4 cr.

• Veterinary technology graduates will demonstrate safe and effective animal handling techniques.

VEt 225

Principles of Medicine

3 cr.

VEt 240

Veterinary Clinical Pathology II

4 cr.

• Veterinary technology graduates will demonstrate competency in clinical skills enabling them to work effectively in a variety of veterinary settings.

• Veterinary technology graduates will successfully demonstrate knowledge in all domains represented on the Veterinary technician National Examination.

17 cr.

FOURTH SEMESTER VEt 227

Exotic animal Nutrition & Management

3 cr.

VEt 116

Veterinary Clinical Pathology III

4 cr.

VEt 245

advanced Nursing Skills

4 cr.

DIV

Diversity Elective

3 cr.

HuM

Humanities Elective

3 cr.

VEt 250

Veterinary technology Senior Seminar

1 cr.

18 cr.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

97

FIFTH SEMESTER Small Animal Practicum* VEt 304

oral/Written Report and Final Exam

3 cr.

VEt 305

Wards Rotation

2 cr.

VEt 306

Intensive Care Rotation

2 cr.

VEt 307

Surgery Rotation

2 cr.

VEt 308

anesthesia Rotation

2 cr.

VEt 309

Specialty Medicine Rotation

2 cr.

to attend practica, students must have a gPa of 2.0 or higher in Veterinary technology courses as well as an overall gPa of 2.0 or higher. the student receives 15 academic credits for each practicum and is billed at the current tuition rate for each practicum plus applicable fees.

Public transportation to New Bolton Center is not available. therefore, students are required to room at New Bolton or provide their own transportation to attend practicum.

VEt 315

Radiology Rotation

2 cr.

Policy pertaining to Success on PennVet Practicum:

VEt 316

Emergency Rotation

2 cr.

• all students must complete both the large and the small animal practicum at PennVet.

17 cr.

• Students must receive a grade of C or better in all rotations.

SIXTH SEMESTER

• any student receiving a grade less than C in any one rotation must reregister and retake that rotation.

Large Animal Practicum* VEt 314

orientation, Final Exam and Case Study

4 cr.

VEt 320

anesthesia Rotation

2 cr.

VEt 321

operating Room Rotation

1 cr.

VEt 322

Critical Care Rotation

1 cr.

VEt 323

Patient Care Rotation

1 cr.

VEt 324

overnight Nursing Rotation

1 cr.

Prerequisites for Admission

VEt 325

Medicine/Nursing Surgery Rotation

1 cr.

Admission

VEt 326

Field Service Rotation

1 cr.

VEt 327

Clinical laboratory & Pathology Rotation

1 cr.

acceptance into the Veterinary technology associate of Science Degree program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements:

VEt 328

Sports Medicine Rotation

1 cr.

VEt 329

large animal Elective

1 cr.

15 cr.

Total Credits: 97 credits *Small animal and large animal Practica Veterinary technology students are required to complete two twelve-week practica: 1) the Small animal Practicum at the Matthew J. Ryan Veterinary Hospital, the university of Pennsylvania’s small-animal hospital in Philadelphia and 2) the large animal Practicum at New Bolton Center, the university of Pennsylvania’s large-animal hospital in Kennett Square, Pa. these practica involve approximately 40 hours per week including weekend and evening duty. the practica are undertaken after completion of all academic coursework.

98

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

• If a student receives a grade less than C in a second rotation, the student will be academically dismissed from the program.

• PennVet reserves the right to terminate the practicum for any student that does not meet requirements as specified in the Veterinary technology Essentials Functions.

• Completion of algebra I and II, biology and chemistry, with earned grades of “C” or higher. College courses may be substituted for any or all of these courses.

• Minimum Sat or aCt score: (old) 900 Critical Reading and Math or (New) 980 Evidence-Based Reading/Writing & Math or minimum composite aCt: 19. a college cumulative gPa of 2.5. or higher is acceptable in lieu of Sat scores.

Harcum Placement tests: candidates may be required to take the Harcum Placement tests in English, math, and/or reading. the admissions office will notify the candidates that need to take the placement exam(s).

Program Requirements Academic Regulations academic regulations applying to all students at Harcum College are published in the Harcum College Catalog and Student life regulations appear in the Student Handbook. academic programs are allowed to have rules that are more stringent than College rules, and when that occurs the stricter rule takes precedence. listed below are rules particular to the Veterinary technology Program.

Essential Functions for Veterinary Technology Students Essential Functions represent the essential non-academic requirements of the program that students must master to participate successfully in the program and become employable. the following is a list of the technical abilities and skills applicants for admission into Veterinary technology Program courses must possess:

• to pass a 4 credit class with a lab you must pass the lab as well as the lecture.

• Manual Dexterity: ability to use hand(s) or prosthetic devices with coordination, including adequate hand strength, and the ability to safely use a syringe.

• You must earn a grade of C (73) or better in all of your classes, including general education classes. the C or better rule also applies to practicum rotations.

• Fine Motor: ability to manipulate small objects with fingertip or adaptive devices.

• If you do not earn a grade of C or better in any class you will have to take the class over. If you withdraw from a class with a C- or less the grade is recorded as a WF. • Students are allowed only two attempts to pass a Veterinary technology class. Failure to earn a grade of C or better with the second attempt will result in dismissal from the program (attempts include grades of WF or Cor lower).

• Students are allowed to repeat a maximum of two Veterinary technology classes during their time in the program.

• Needing to retake a third Veterinary technology class will result in dismissal from the program.

• Veterinary technology students are allowed to register for two 18-credit semesters.

• Before starting practicum all students must have documented 60 hours of practical experience in a veterinary setting.

• Mobility and Physical Strength: ability to maneuver in patient care settings and the laboratory, ability to lift 30 pounds, and ability to stand for extended periods of time.

• Cognitive and Social: ability to make ethical and rational decisions, maintain emotional and psychological stability in stressful situations, ability to remember instructions and carry out tasks over time, to engage in face-to-face verbal conversation, make eye contact and use appropriate body language, work cooperatively with others and accept constructive criticism from supervisors and to modify behavior accordingly.

• Vision: ability to distinguish red, yellow, and blue colors; distinguish clear from cloudy and distinguish objects through a microscope.

• Hearing: ability to adapt with assistive devices (i.e., phone receivers, hearing aid, etc.) including successful use of a stethoscope • Speech: ability to effectively communicate verbally in English.

• Writing: ability to communicate effectively in the written form in English.

• Reading: ability to read, understand, and follow directions printed in English. Essential Functions represent the essential non-academic requirements of the program that students must master to participate successfully in the program and become employable.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

99

CENtER FoR BuSINESS aND PRoFESSIoNal StuDIES A T

100

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

H A R C U M

Accounting THIRD SEMESTER

Associate of Science the accounting program provides comprehensive instruction in maintaining financial records and preparing and analyzing financial reports. Earning an accounting associate degree prepares you for a profession where your skills will be respected in any industry.

BuS 214

Managerial accounting

3 cr.

CIS 203

Computerized accounting Systems

3 cr.

aCC 210

Intermediate accounting I

3 cr.

SCI

Science Elective

3 cr.

accounting career paths include accountant, payroll, auditing clerk, and bookkeeper in private industry or a governmental agency. additional experience and education can lead to becoming a Certified Public accountant "CPa".

HuM

Humanities Elective

3 cr.

the coursework is designed around understanding and practicing accounting as a manager/owner and professional.

Courses included accounting, managerial accounting, cost accounting, and advanced accounting classes.

Accounting Curriculum FIRST SEMESTER

15 cr.

FOURTH SEMESTER BuS 260

Introduction to Business Finance

3 cr.

aCC 230

Cost accounting

3 cr.

SSC

Social Science Elective

3 cr.

aCC 220

Intermediate accounting II

ElEC

Elective

DIV

Diversity Elective

3 cr.

2/3 cr.* 3 cr.

17-18 cr.

Total Credits: 62 – 63 Credits

ENg 101

Composition I

3 cr.

BuS 110

Introduction to Business

3 cr.

MtH 115

Financial and Business Mathematics

3 cr.

*can be taken earlier in semesters depending on prerequisites

BuS 109

Principles of Management

3 cr.

Prerequisites for Admission:

IDS 103

College orientation and Research Skills 3 cr.

graduated high school or have earned a gED.

15 cr.

SECOND SEMESTER ENg 102

Composition II

3 cr.

BuS 222/3 Macroeconomics or Microeconomics

3 cr.

BuS 213

Financial accounting

3 cr.

BuS 122

Professional and Business Communication

3 cr.

Principles of Business law

3 cr.

BuS 227

15 cr.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

101

Business Management the Business Management program provides a strong foundation of the basic principles of general business, and prepares students to develop the skills needed for entrylevel management positions or transfer to a four-year institution. the program includes computer systems, marketing, management, accounting, business law, ďŹ nance, and economics.

Students who choose this degree program will learn speciďŹ c technical skills and will experience the "real world" of business through internships that prepare them for successful professional careers.

Business Management Curriculum FIRST SEMESTER

THIRD SEMESTER BuS 213

Financial accounting

3 cr.

BuS 227

Principles of Business law

3 cr.

BuS 221

Principles of Marketing

3 cr.

BuS/CIS

Elective

3 cr.

HuM

Humanities Elective

3 cr.

15 cr.

FOURTH SEMESTER BuS 270

operations Management

3 cr.

BuS 260

Introduction to Business Finance

3 cr.

BuS/CIS

Elective

3 cr.

ENg 101

Composition I

3 cr.

ElEC

Elective

2/3 cr.*

BuS 110

Introduction to Business

3 cr.

SSC

Elective

3 cr.

MtH 115

Financial & Business Mathematics

3 cr.

DIV

Diversity Elective

3 cr.

CIS 101

Introduction to Microcomputers

3 cr.

IDS 103

College orientation & Research Skills

3 cr.

15 cr.

SECOND SEMESTER Composition II

3 cr.

BuS 109

Principles of Management

3 cr.

BuS 122

Professional & Business Communication

3 cr.

SCI

Science Elective

BuS 222

Macroeconomics

3 cr.

BuS 223

Microeconomics

3 cr.

3/4 cr.

18 or 19 cr.

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

*can be taken earlier in semesters depending on prerequisites

Prerequisites for Admission:

ENg 102

102

17/18 cr.

Total Credits: 62 - 64 Credits

graduated high school or have earned a gED.

Fashion Design THIRD SEMESTER

Associate of Science the world of fashion is fast-paced, creative, and exciting.

Innovative designers who know the potential of the materials they use in the contemporary marketplace have a dynamic impact on the retail industry. the Fashion Design program includes art and design foundation courses, as well as studies in retail management and business, giving students a strong foundation in both design and business.

FSH 201

Illustrator, Flats & technical Drawing

3 cr.

FSH 102

Flat Pattern Design

3 cr.

MtH 115

Financial and Business Mathematics

3 cr.

SoC

Social Science Elective

3 cr.

BuS 122

Professional Communications

3 cr.

REt 105

Retail Strategies I

3 cr.

18 cr.

Program Outcomes

FOURTH SEMESTER

• graduates will apply principles of design and construction to produce a quality garment.

FSH 202

Portfolio & Presentation

3 cr.

REt 115

Fashion History

3 cr.

FSH 107

Draping

3 cr.

FSH 205

Fashion Workshop

3 cr.

DIV

Diversity Elective

3 cr.

REt 106

Retail Strategies II

3 cr.

• graduates will sketch a design and manipulate a basic sloper using flat pattern techniques to create original designs.

• graduates will apply properties of natural and man-made fibers to select appropriate fabrics for the proper function of designs they have created.

• graduates will analyze a target market and demonstrate the impact and relevance of the fashion cycle in the study of fashion history and fashion trend forecasting.

18 cr.

Total Credits: 70 Credits

Prerequisites for Admission:

• graduates will use professional terminology in oral, written, and visual communication.

graduated high school or have earned a gED.

Fashion Design Curriculum

Fashion Merchandising

FIRST SEMESTER

Associate of Science

aRt 110

Basic Drawing

3 cr.

aRt 116

Design I: two Dimensional

3 cr.

ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

FSH 104

Fashion Design & Fashion Drawing

3 cr.

FSH 106

apparel Construction Skills

3 cr.

IDS 101

Harcum Colloquium

1 cr.

16 cr.

Fashion Merchandising is part of the dynamic and exciting fashion industry and plays a central role in retailing. the merchandiser is responsible for understanding the needs and demands of the consumer.

Fashion Merchandising students study fashion trends and designs, fabrics and their uses and garment construction; these students also complete the Business core giving the student a strong foundation in both merchandising and business.

Program Outcomes

SECOND SEMESTER FSH 105

Photoshop for Fashion

3 cr.

aRt 118

Design II: three Dimensional

3 cr.

REt 211

textiles

3 cr.

SCI

Science Elective

3 cr.

ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

FSH 204

advanced Construction

3 cr.

18 cr.

• graduates will analyze a target market and demonstrate the impact and relevance of the fashion cycle in the study of fashion history and fashion trend forecasting.

• graduates will use professional terminology in oral, written, and visual communication.

• graduates will demonstrate proficiency with common business computer programs, spreadsheets, inventory management systems, and business strategies.

• graduates will apply principles of marketing and management as they pertain to the fashion industry.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

103

Fashion Merchandising Curriculum

Interior Design

FIRST SEMESTER

Associate of Science

FSH 104

Fashion Design & Fashion Drawing

3 cr.

Program Outcomes

BuS 110

Introduction to Business

3 cr.

ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

• graduates will apply knowledge of design principles to develop creative solutions to interior design problems.

BuS 109

Principles of Management 3 cr.

DIV

Diversity Elective

3 cr.

IDS 103

Harcum Colloquium

3 cr.

18 cr.

FSH 105

Photoshop for Fashion

BuS 122

Professional Communication 3 cr.

SCI

Science Elective

3 cr.

ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

BuS 221

Principles of Marketing

3 cr.

3 cr.

15 cr.

THIRD SEMESTER apparel Construction Skills

3 cr.

oR FSH 201

Illustrator, Flats & technical Drawing

3 cr.

REt 106

Visual Merchandising

3 cr.

MtH 115

Financial and Business Mathematics

3 cr.

REt 105

Retail Strategies I

3 cr.

SoC

Social Science Elective

3 cr.

FSH 202

Portfolio & Presentation 3 cr

BuS 270

operations Management 3 cr.

REt 115

Fashion History

REt 211

textiles

3 cr.

oR 4 cr.

15/16 cr.

Total Credits: 63/64 Credits

Prerequisites for Admission: graduated high school or have earned a gED.

104

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

at Harcum College, Interior Design is a humanistic discipline: the art of conceiving, planning, and creating interior spaces that are made to serve people in answer to their individual and collective needs and desires. We focus on encouraging students to become thoughtful, innovative, and responsible designers.

Students will learn CaD, Sketch-uP, Photoshop, and other regularly updated computer programs to meet the current needs of the industry. Practicum and co-ops are available for students to receive hands-on experience in the field.

3 cr.

Cooperative Store Service

Interior Designers are highly imaginative, artistic, and resourceful. Combining their creative talents with critical thinking and technical skills enables designers to develop design solutions that are safe, functional, attractive, and socially and environmentally responsible.

15 cr.

3 cr.

general Elective

• graduates will demonstrate the attitudes and values of professional responsibility, accountability, and effectiveness with respect to the health, safety, and welfare of others and the environment.

through the studio experience, students learn by doing.

Critical thinking, creative exploration, and the development of technical skills enable students to become Interior Design professionals. they learn to balance theory and practice, form and function, all while expressing their own personal style.

FOURTH SEMESTER

REt 205

• graduates will create effective design solutions through the selection of appropriate materials, finishes, and furniture.

• graduates will solve interior design problems with applicable codes and industry standards.

SECOND SEMESTER

FSH 106

• graduates will demonstrate oral, written, and graphic communication skills and techniques needed for success in the interior design field.

Program Options: Full Time or Part time

SUMMER

Individuals seeking a career change (with or without a prior degree) find this program especially attractive. the Interior Design program is designed for full-time or part-time students. Flexible schedules accommodate working professionals. graduates meet academic eligibility standards for professional licensing examinations (NCIDQ)

DES 250

CaD

ElE

Social Science Elective

Please call 610-526-6095 to set up an individual meeting to review your college transcript(s) to determine what may be eligible to transfer. By transferring general education credits, students may be exempt from re-taking core requirement courses. Students may begin the ID program in the fall, spring, or summer. as a graduate you may choose to enter the profession as designers specializing in areas which include: • Commercial Design, government Design

4 cr.

3 cr.

7 cr.

THIRD SEMESTER DES 201

Interior Design III

4 cr.

DES 270

advanced technical Drawing

4 cr.

DES 260

Business Practices

3 cr.

MtH 113/115 College/Business Math

3 cr.

ElE

3 cr.

Diversity Elective

17 cr.

FOURTH SEMESTER

• Residential Design, Home Staging • Kitchen and Bath Design

DES 202

Interior Design IV

4 cr.

• Sustainable Design

DES 208

Portfolio Preparation

4 cr.

• Facilities and Planning

DES 206

Building Systems

3 cr.

• Hospitality and Retail Design

ElE

Design Elective

3 cr.

• Manufacturer's Rep, Home Furnishing Sales and Design

ElE

Science Elective

3/4 cr.

17/18 cr.

Total Credits: 75/76 credits

Full Time Course Sequence

*Courses offered as seated or online.

FIRST SEMESTER DES 101

Interior Design I

4 cr.

DES 107

technical Drawing

4 cr.

DES 103

History of Furniture

3 cr.

DES 150

Drawing for Interiors

3 cr.

ENg 101

English Composition I *

3 cr.

17 cr.

Design Electives DES 212 lighting for Commercial and Residential Spaces DES 230 Practicum I DES 231 Practicum II DES 306 Kitchen & Bath Fundamentals DES 308 Sustainable Design DES 251 CaD II

SECOND SEMESTER

DES 111 Feng Shui

DES 102

Interior Design II

4 cr.

DES 312 Decorative arts

DES 104

Interior Perspective

4 cr.

DES 108

Materials

3 cr.

Please note for NICIDQ eligibility a work component beyond 60 Interior Design credits is required.

DES 151

Introduction to 3D Modeling

3 cr.

Prerequisites for Admission:

ENg 102

English Composition II *

3 cr.

graduated high school or have earned a gED.

17 cr.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

105

Social Media Marketing Associate of Science

THIRD SEMESTER

the social media marketing degree is designed to give students the entrepreneurial skills, as well as a strong background in social media applications, economics, consumer behavior, and marketing. It is our mission to help you gain the knowledge that is necessary to quality for a variety of positions in business settings.

SMM 210

Social Media Marketing Strategy

3 cr.

BuS 223

Microeconomics

3 cr.

SMM 220

Consumer Behavior

3 cr.

SSC

Social Science Elective (PSY 111 suggested)

3 cr.

Earning your associate of Social Media Marketing degree could increase your chances of edging out the competition in your private business, professional consulting, or as you apply for job opportunities in this industry.

HuM

Humanities Elective

3 cr.

Social media marketing career paths include marketing and marketing research analyst, product or brand management, sales, retail, and social media marketing. an alternate career path includes a graduate becoming an independent business consultant. In addition, the degree provides an excellent avenue to transfer credits to a four-year institution to earn a bachelor degree.

Full Time Course Sequence

ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

BuS 110

Introduction to Business

3 cr.

MtH 115

Financial & Business Mathematics

3 cr.

BuS 221

Principles of Marketing

3 cr.

IDS 103

College orientation & Research Skills

3 cr.

15 cr.

SECOND SEMESTER ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

BuS 109

Principles of Management

3 cr.

BuS 242

advertising

3 cr.

BuS 122

Professional & Business Communication 3 cr.

BuS 227

Principles of Business law

3 cr.

15 cr.

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

THIRD SEMESTER BuS

Business Elective

3 cr.

lDR 102

Negotiations, Building Relationships

3 cr.

SCI

Science Elective

3 cr.

SMM 230

Web Design applications

3 cr.

ElEC

Elective

DIV

Diversity Elective

2/3 cr.

3 cr.

17/18 cr.

Total Credits 62/63 credits

FIRST SEMESTER

106

15 cr.

Sports Management Associate of Science

SECOND SEMESTER

the Sports Management program provides students with the opportunity to pursue careers at all levels of sports management, from local recreational facilities to professional organizations. this degree leads to possible employment in three sports industry segments: Spectator, Participant, and Consumer. Students will be prepared to enter the workforce in entry-level positions and/or continue their education through articulation agreements with local four-year institutions.

ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

SPM 102

Principles of Sports Management

3 cr.

CIS 101

Introduction to Microcomputers

3 cr.

SCI

Science Elective

BuS 223

Microeconomics

the coursework is designed to give the student a broadbased understanding of management, finance, accounting, marketing, communications, and the legal aspects of business as it relates to the sports industry. Specific coursework in Sports Management will provide students with knowledge of the role of sports in society and the role of management in sports. the curriculum is also designed to give students the foundation needed to prepare for the national certification exam administered by the Sports Management Institute.

3/4 cr.

3 cr.

15/16 cr.

THIRD SEMESTER BuS 122

Professional & Business Communication 3 cr.

BuS 221

Principles of Marketing

3 cr.

BuS 230

Human Resource Management

3 cr.

BuS 213

Financial accounting

3 cr.

SPM 103

Facilities Management

3 cr.

15 cr.

FOURTH SEMESTER

Sports Management Curriculum

BuS 227 Principles of Business law

Full Time Course Sequence

3 cr.

BuS 260 Introduction to Business Finance 3 cr.

HuM Humanities Elective

FIRST SEMESTER ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

BuS 110

Introduction to Business

3 cr.

MtH 115

Financial & Business Mathematics

3 cr.

SPM 101

Sports in Society

3 cr.

BuS 109

Principles of Management

3 cr.

IDS 103

College orientation & Research Skills

3 cr.

3 cr.

SSC Elective 3 cr.

DIV Diversity Elective

3 cr.

15 cr.

Total Credits: 63/64

18 cr.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

107

CENtER FoR SoCIal SCIENCES A T

108

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

H A R C U M

Early Childhood Education Associate of Arts the Early Childhood Education Program is designed to prepare students for one of two optional career paths: • through courses in early childhood development, program planning and a variety of supervised practicum experiences with young children, students will be prepared to enter the field of childcare as assistant teachers or assistant group supervisors. after two years’ experience in the field, graduates with an associate degree may advance professionally to hold positions as lead teachers or group supervisors. graduates of the program work in infant/toddler programs, preschool settings and other childcare venues.

• Students who wish to become certified teachers in Early Childhood Education (Pre-K through 4th grade), Elementary/Middle grades (grades 4th – 8th) and/or Special Education are provided with the opportunity to acquire foundation skills in education, as well as to fulfill their core course requirements before transferring to a four-year education program. all professional coursework begins in the Fall semester.

Students may enroll in other semesters to complete core and preparatory coursework.

Supervised field experiences are an integral part of the Early Childhood Education curriculum. a Harcum-based childcare center for infants, toddlers and preschoolers provides the opportunity for close coordination between academic and practical learning. In the first three semesters, students make regular site visits as part of their ongoing coursework.

In the final semester, students take on more direct responsibilities and, through extensive supervised practical work at the site, develop entry-level skills in early childhood education.

Child Development associate (CDa) option: a CDa qualifies a student to work in Head Start, Keystone Starts, and NaEYC accredited child care centers. Students who have recently completed a CDa (not older than 3 years) may transfer in six credits that will be reviewed with the student and approved by the Early Childhood Education program director. For more information, contact the Early Childhood Education office at 610-526-6035.

Program Outcomes • graduates will examine and analyze theories, trends, and issues affecting child development.

• graduates will identify the importance of family and community building.

• graduates will observe and assess young children and accommodating for the needs of diverse learners.

• graduates will demonstrate leadership and professionalism.

• graduates will plan developmentally appropriate lessons that consider between student differences.

• graduates will display effective skills in written and verbal communication.

Early Childhood Education Curriculum Prior to placement in College level math and English courses students are required to complete a placement test to determine if the student is adequately prepared or if the student will be required to take college preparation courses.

College preparation courses qualify for financial aid but do not count towards degree completion.

FIRST SEMESTER EDu 112

Early Childhood Education

4 cr.

PSY 154

Child Development

3 cr.

aRt 120

Integrated arts in Education

3 cr.

ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

HuM

Humanities Elective

3 cr.

16 cr.

Prior to enrolling in 200-level coursework in Early Childhood Education, all developmental course work in reading and English must be completed, and students must meet professional development requirements. a student placing at developmental level courses may need to consider a 2 and a half to 3-year track to allow completion of preparatory course work.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

109

SECOND SEMESTER

Prerequisites for Admission

EDu 122

Introduction to Special Education

3 cr.

EDu 220

Early literacy

3 cr.

EDu 202

Program Planning: Infant/toddler

4 cr.

EDu 120

Classroom Management

3 cr.

oR

acceptance into the Early Childhood Education program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements: • graduated high school or have earned a gED. • Priority application deadline date is May 1.

Before beginning professional coursework, accepted students must show proof of the following:

EDu 227

Educational Focus Project

3 cr.

• Child abuse clearance

ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

• Criminal record check

16 cr.

• Physical examination • Immunization (Mantoux/PPD tB test, MMR booster)

THIRD SEMESTER

• Hepatitis B series immunization EDu 206

Science Methods PreK-4th

3 cr.

EDu 209

Math Methods PreK-4th

3 cr.

EDu 212

Social Studies Methods PreK-4th

3 cr.

SoC

Social Science Elective

3 cr.

MtH 113/115 College/Business Math

3 cr.

15 cr.

FOURTH SEMESTER PSY 113

the Inclusive Classroom

3 cr.

PSY 213

Educational Psychology

3 cr.

EDu 228

PreK Methods & Field Experience

6 cr.

SCI

Science Elective

3 or 4 cr.

15 or 16 cr.

Total Credits: 62 - 63

*all EDu and PSY courses required in the Early Childhood Education curriculum must be completed with a grade of C or higher.

110

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

*Please note that observation sites require the legal and medical clearances listed above. Results of the background checks may affect the ability to complete the degree in Early Childhood Education and obtain a position in the field.

Essential Functions for Early Childhood Education Students Essential Functions are defined as the skills a candidate must bring into the program in order to be successful as a student in the Early Childhood Education program and, after graduation, an Early Childhood Education professional.

Physical • Motor skills: standing (with good balance); walking; sitting; lifting/carrying 50 lbs.; pushing/pulling 100 lbs.; bending. Crouching; kneeling. Crawling; floor sitting; grasping: firm/strong; grasping: light; reaching forward; reaching overhead; eye-hand coordination; comfort with dance and movement.

• Sensory/Perceptual: vision acuity: near; vision acuity: far; vision: depth perception, full field of vision; hearing: hearing normal conversation; comfort with background music; toleration of noise; tactile perception: comfort with tactile contact.

• Environmental: Indoor work; outdoor work; exposure to slippery or uneven surfaces; wearing of protective clothing (mask, latex gloves); handling of bodily fluids and solids; exposure to smells of bodily fluids and solids; handling of cleaning fluids/wipes; handling of electrical appliances or tools.

Cognitive • Reasoning: recognize abstract and concrete variables; define problems, collect data, establish facts and draw valid conclusions; interpret instructions furnished in oral, written or schedule form.

Social-Emotional • Social skills: engage in a face-to-face verbal conversation, making eye contact and using appropriate body language; relate appropriately to a range of individuals of a variety of ages and backgrounds (children, colleagues, parents, agency representatives).

• Dependability (effective time management, follow through on commitments and responsibilities).

• Professional presentation: presenting oneself in a manner (dress, body language, verbal style) that is accepted by peers, clients and employers; initiative – self-starting projects, tasks and communications; searching out answers using appropriate resources.

• Cooperation: working effectively with other individuals.

• organization: prioritizing needs, tasks, responsibilities; maintaining effective workspace.

• Supervision: give and receive constructive feedback and modify behavior accordingly. the ability to perform all of the above-listed Essential Functions – with or without accommodations – is essential for successful completion of the Early Childhood Education Program. under the americans with Disabilities act (aDa), students with disclosed and documented special needs are entitled to reasonable accommodations related to their disability to help them achieve Essential Functions.

• Problem-solving: deal with unexpected situations; carry out written or oral multiple-step instructions; remember instructions and carry out tasks over time; generalize instructions from one situation to another.

• Mathematics: add, subtract, multiply and divide whole numbers and fractions; calculate time; make simple measurements.

• Reading: comprehend manuals, instructions for maintenance of equipment, safety rules and procedures, medical and educational charts; read aloud to groups in an engaging manner.

• Clerical reading: perceive pertinent detail, proofread words and numbers, observe differences in copy.

• Writing: prepare reports using prescribed format; make entries into medical and educational charts; conform to all rules of punctuation, spelling, grammar and style.

• Work pace: maintain a work pace appropriate to a given workload, including regular attendance at the site.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

111

General Studies Associate of Arts

THIRD SEMESTER

the general Studies associate of arts Degree program is designed for those students who expect to transfer to a four-year college or are undecided about a specific program of study and wish to explore a variety of academic fields. the curriculum permits students specialized, individual planning through the selection of electives.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

15 cr.

General Studies Curriculum Prior to placement in college level mathematics and English courses, students are required to complete a placement test to determine if the student is adequately prepared or if the student will be required to take college preparation courses.

College preparation courses qualify for financial aid but do not count towards degree completion.

FIRST SEMESTER

FOURTH SEMESTER ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

ENg 101

Composition I

3 cr.

PSY 111

Introduction to Psychology

3 cr.

SoC 109

Introduction to Sociology

3 cr.

Prerequisites for Admission

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

acceptance into the general Studies program is dependent upon the following entrance requirements:

ELE General Elective

1 cr.

16 cr.

SECOND SEMESTER ENg 102

Composition II

3 cr.

MtH 113* College Mathematics

3 cr.

SCI

Science Elective

3 or 4 cr.

HuM

Humanities Elective

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

1 cr.

16 or 17 cr.

*Students transferring to a four-year college should also complete MtH 116.

112

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

15 cr.

Total Credits: 62 - 63 Credits

graduated high school or have earned a gED.

Human Services Associate of Arts

Program Outcomes

the Human Services profession is dedicated to providing services to individuals and families in need of assistance. the goal of human services work is to enhance the quality of life for those who are served. the pioneers of human services education programs believed that the answer to workforce needs was not to train another group of specialized professionals, but to develop a new type of worker – the “generalist.”

• graduates will examine the required roles and responsibilities of the human service worker.

generalists receive core educational courses in the liberal arts, social sciences – particularly sociology and psychology – and humanities. they are also learn a wide range of interventions and skills that can be adapted to specific populations in different service settings, such as residential treatment facilities, correctional facilities, group homes, halfway houses, youth services agencies, mental health facilities, and substance abuse treatment programs. the generalist skills include: interviewing, observing and recording pertinent information, implementing treatment plans, advocating for clients, conducting group sessions, and mobilizing community resources.

• graduates will construct, implement, and evaluate the effectiveness of service plans for clients.

Some of the roles performed by Human Service workers are: counselor to those who need support, broker to help people access community services, teacher of daily living skills, advocate for those who are unable to advocate for themselves, mediator between clients and agencies, and caregiver to children, elders, and disabled adults.

Working conditions vary considerably. Some human services assistants who work in offices, hospitals, or rehab facilities may be under close supervision. others may spend considerable time in the field visiting clients, doing trainings in sheltered workshops or day programs, or counseling in group homes. a major component of human services education is gaining exposure to the variety of disciplines, professionals, and subject matter that students will encounter in the field. thus, the Human Services program at Harcum includes elective options in a classroom setting to enhance students’ generalist backgrounds. For example, students have the opportunity to choose selective classes in other disciplines such as Early Childhood Education and law and Justice. In these classes, students can explore their own interests while interacting with others in different programs.

• graduates will analyze the specific needs of clients who deviate from optimal functioning in one or more life areas.

• graduates will identify appropriate goals and objectives to meet the specific needs of clients.

• graduates will examine basic concepts for understanding characteristics of and interactions among diverse groups of people.

Human Services Curriculum Prior to placement in College level math and English courses students are required to complete a placement test to determine if the student is adequately prepared or if the student will be required to take college preparation courses.

College preparation courses qualify for financial aid but do not count towards degree completion.

FIRST SEMESTER ENg 101

English Composition I

3 cr.

IDS 103

College orientation & Research Skills

3 cr.

HSC 101

Introduction to Human Services

3 cr.

PSY 111

Introductory Psychology

3 cr.

SoC 109

Principles of Sociology

3 cr.

15 cr.

SECOND SEMESTER ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

HSC 102

Fundamentals of Case Management

3 cr.

PSY 156

Human Development

3 cr.

SoC 110

Social Problems

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

15 cr.

this networking experience also simulates a human services setting in which professionals from numerous disciplines join as a team to advocate for clients. Not all electives are offered each semester. all electives must be approved by the Program Director.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

113

Law & Justice THIRD SEMESTER

Prerequisites for Admission:

HSC 201

Intervention Skills and Strategies

3 cr.

SoC 275

Marriage and the Family

3 cr.

HuM 201

Ethical Issues in Professional life

3 cr.

PSY 158

Psychology of Disabilities

3 cr.

MtH 113/115 College/Business Math

3 cr.

ElE

3 cr.

general Elective

18 cr.

FOURTH SEMESTER HSC 203

Crisis Intervention Skills & Strategies

3 cr.

PSY 253

abnormal Psychology

3 cr.

SoC 203

geriatric Sociology

3 cr.

SoC 211

Minority groups

3 cr.

SCI

Science Elective

3 or 4 cr.

15 or 16 cr.

Total: 63 - 64 credits

Students must complete at least 30 college-level credits at Harcum. Please note that Partnership students may take a maximum of 12 credits per semester.

Prerequisites for Admission: graduated high school or have earned a gED.

graduated high school or have earned a gED.

Associate of Science the program prepares students for entry-level jobs such as airport security, border patrol agent, corrections officer, police officer, detective, and customs agent.

It also prepares students for entry-level jobs in law-related occupations such as legal administrative assistant, assistant document production administrator, and paralegal administrative assistant.

Employment of police officers, detectives, and special agents is expected to increase faster than average for all occupations over the next decade due to the increase in the nation’s population and police protection needs.

Program Outcomes • graduates will be able to apply knowledge of the terminology, concepts, issues, laws and procedures of the Criminal Justice system and will explain the connections between the various criminal justice agencies.

• graduates will demonstrate an understanding of the diverse and multicultural nature of society by recognizing and understanding differences in cultures and diverse groups and their impacts on behavior.

• graduates will demonstrate an understanding of the civil law system, the interrelationship between the three branches of government, and basic legal concepts and terminology in substantive and procedural areas of civil law.

• graduates will demonstrate professional and ethical behavior as required in the field of criminal justice and demonstrate an understanding of the issues of ethics in criminal justice.

114

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Law & Justice Curriculum

FOURTH SEMESTER

Prior to placement in college-level math and English courses students are required to complete a placement test to determine if the student is adequately prepared or if the student will be required to take college preparation courses.

College preparation courses qualify for ďŹ nancial aid but do not count towards degree completion.

CJ 275

Criminal law & Procedure

3 cr.

CJ

Criminal Justice Elective

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

CJ

Criminal Justice Elective

3 cr.

CJ

Criminal Justice Elective

3 cr.

FIRST SEMESTER

ElE

general Elective

CJ 101

Intro to Criminal Justice

3 cr.

ENg 101

2/3cr.*

17-18 cr.

Total Credits: 63 - 64 Credits

English Composition I

3 cr.

MtH 113/115 College/Business Math

3 cr.

*can be taken in earlier semesters depending on prerequisites

HuM

Humanities Elective

3 cr.

Students must complete 30 credit hours at Harcum.

SoC

Social Science Elective

3 cr.

ElE general Elective is an open elective. any 3-credit college-level course may be taken to fulďŹ ll the open elective requirement.

15 cr.

SECOND SEMESTER

Criminal Justice Electives

lS 101

Introduction to legal Studies

3 cr.

CJ 195

Domestic Violence & the Justice System

ENg 102

English Composition II

3 cr.

CJ 205

organized Crime

CJ 185

Policing & Police Practices

3 cr.

CJ 210

Police/Community Relations

DVR

Diversity Elective

3 cr.

CJ 235

White Collar Crime

SCI

Science Elective

3 or 4 cr.

CJ 240

Critical Issues in Criminal Justice

15 or 16 cr.

CJ 285

Criminal Justice Internship

CJ 250

Criminal Evidence

CJ 255

Principles of Investigation

THIRD SEMESTER CJ 200

the american Court System

3 cr.

CJ 215

Juvenile Delinquency & Justice

3 cr.

CJ 230

Punishment & Corrections

3 cr.

ElE

general Elective

3 cr.

lS 202

torts

3 cr.

15 cr.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

115

CouRSE DESCRIPtIoNS

116

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Prefixes represent the following subject areas: aCC

accounting

IDS

Interdisciplinary Studies

aCM

animal Center Management

lS

law & Justice

aHS

allied Health Science

MlS

Medical laboratory Science

aRt

art

MtH

Mathematics

BIo

Biology

MuS

Music

BuS

Business

NuR

Nursing

CHE

Chemistry

ota

occupational therapy assistant

CIS

Computer Information Science

PED

Physical Education

CJ

Criminal Justice

PHt

Photography

Da

Dental assisting

PSY

Psychology

DE

Dental Education

Pta

Physical therapist assistant

DES

Interior Design

RaD

Radiologic technology

DH

Dental Hygiene

RDg

Reading

EDu

Education

REt

Retail Merchandising

ENg

English

SMM

Social Media Marketing

ESl

English as a Second language

SoC

Sociology

FSH

Fashion Design

SPM

Sports Management

gSC

general Science

tR

therapeutic Recreation

gSt

gender Studies

VEt

Veterinary technology

HSC

Human Services

HtN

Histotechnician

HuM

Humanities

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

117

Accounting ACC 210 Intermediate Accounting I this course provides an intensive study of the application of generally accepted accounting principles and financial pronouncements for financial reporting and disclosure of current and noncurrent assets.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100, ENg 101, ENg 102, MtH 075, MtH 113/115, BuS 110, BuS 109, BuS 222/223, BuS 213 Credits: 3 ACC 220 Intermediate Accounting II this course provides an intensive study of the application of generally accepted accounting principles and financial pronouncements to the financial reporting and disclosure of current and noncurrent liabilities and stockholders' equity.

Prerequisite: aCC 210, IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100, ENg 101, ENg 102, MtH 075, MtH 113/115, BuS 110, BuS 109, BuS 222/223, BuS 213 Credits: 3 ACC 230 Cost Accounting this course provides an understanding of cost accounting systems and procedures and how they are used for business strategy and implementation. this course presents an analysis of key data for planning and controlling to assist in management decisions.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100, ENg 101, ENg 102, MtH 075, MtH 113/115, BuS 110, BuS 109, BuS 222/223, BuS 213 Credits: 3

Allied Health Science AHS 100 Introduction to Allied Health Science this course explores the role of the allied Health professional in society today, focusing on changes in the health field, issues relating to health professionals and factors affecting the economics of the health care industry. an in-depth look at the various professions that compose the allied health field is explored along with information on employment opportunities and trends within each profession.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

118

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

AHS 101 Basic Medical Terminology this course provides the student with the ability to recognize, analyze, define, spell and use basic medical terminology. Emphasis is placed on terminology used in the rehabilitation professions. terms related to anatomy, physiology, pathology and therapeutics are covered.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 1 AHS 102 Comprehensive Medical Terminology In this course students will become familiar with and correctly utilize terminology that is used in all allied health professions. Students will correctly analyze, define, and apply medical terminology. Students will be able to label diagrams and to divide words into component parts, use the correct pronunciation of each word, and identify the terms that describe positions, directions and planes of the body.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 AHS 103

Research Methods and Computer Applications Research Methods and Computer applications is a threecredit course designed for students enrolled in all academic programs at Harcum College. this course will serve as an introduction for students to develop effective research strategies in accessing information from various online resources and will impart basic computer literacy skills necessary to utilize Microsoft software applications efficiently (Word, Excel, PowerPoint and Publisher).

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 AHS 105 First Aid and CPR this american Red Cross first aid course gives the student the theory and skills necessary successfully to render assistance in such medical emergencies as bleeding, shock, poisoning, fractures, hypothermia and child birth.

Emergency transfer and adult CPR techniques are also covered. Students receive american Red Cross certification in first aid and adult CPR and are protected in Pennsylvania by the Pennsylvania good Samaritan law. a laboratory fee is charged for this course.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1

Animal Center Management ACM 101 Introduction to Animal Center Management this course serves as an introduction to the animal Center Management Program. topics include animal center as a business, communication management, team management, animal center systems, clinical assisting in the animal practice, Introduction to laboratory animal Medicine, regulations, policies, and animal welfare.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 ACM 102 Animal Behavior this course teaches students the basic behavior of domestic animals. By teaching students how and why a particular animal behaves, students can understand and predict the behaviors of these animals when interacting with them. animals covered are horses, dogs, cats, pigs, cattle, sheep, and goats. topics include communication, aggression, social structure, biological rhythm, sleep patterns, sexual behavior, maternal behavior, developmental behavior, learning, ingestive behavior, miscellaneous behavior disorders, and behavior genetics.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 Core Social Science Elective ACM 103 Breeds ID, Training & Medical Terminology this course focuses primarily on canine breeds and training.

Students will identify the aKC dog groups and breeds, and will look at a historical perspective on breed development. training through the four quadrants of behaviorism and classical conditioning will be discussed and observed.

Students will be introduced to medical terminology, basic canine first aid, and home medical management.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

ACM 208 Small Mammal Care & Management this course is an introduction to the care and management of small mammals; hamsters, gerbils, rats, mice, guinea pigs, chinchillas, rabbits, and ferrets. topics include species identification, nutritional needs, husbandry, and environmental considerations. Handling and restraint of these species will be discussed and common health concerns will be identified.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 ACM 210 Avian and Reptile Management this course is an introduction to the care and management of birds and reptiles as pets. topics include species identification, nutritional needs, husbandry and environmental considerations. Handling and restraint of these species will be discussed, and common health concerns will be identified.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 ACM 230 Animal Management and Nutrition this course is an introduction to the science of nutrition, particularly as it applies to feeding animals. In addition, the management, reproduction and nutritional diseases of domestic animals are discussed. Species covered are dairy cattle, the horse, the dog and the cat.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

ACM 110

Merchandising for Pet Product Retail Industry this course is an innovative look at the marketing tools used in the pet product retail industry. the course introduces students to the role of merchandising and marketing to owners and their pets. Students will learn merchandising theory and strategies and will have the opportunity to apply these ideas and methods in course assignments and in the final culminating project. Selected topics will include product lifestyle, forecasting, tools and techniques of display, promotions and events, social media marketing, and the evolving landscape of pet product retail. Special emphasis will be placed on current trends in the pet product industry through current articles, case studies, field trips, and industry guest speakers.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

119

Art ART 110 Basic Drawing this course introduces the basic principles and skills of drawing such as linear perspective, modeling (light and shade), contour (mass and shape), proportion and composition. Self-expression and an individual approach are acknowledged and encouraged.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective ART 111 Introduction to Visual Storytelling this course is an introduction to the methods and tools of visual storytelling. using the popularmedium of graphic novels as a foundation, this course seeks to teach students about devices forlinear narrative using a visual approach.

Students will learn to create images, and sequences of images, from written/spoken ideas and to develop these images and sequences into a clear andlogical narrative arc.

Emphasis will be placed on selection and sequencing of details, continuityand coherence, controlling the reader’s focus and pace, setting mood and tone, and otherstrategies for conveying information. Students will be encouraged to consider the transferabilityof these narrative concepts to written work.

Prerequisite: None Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective ART 112 Figure Drawing this course introduces the basic principles of drawing such as linear perspective, modeling (light and shade), contour (mass and shape) and proportion. Exploration, imagination and individuality of expression are emphasized. Students work primarily from models and slides using a variety of materials and techniques (both traditional and innovative).

Prerequisite: aRt 110.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective ART 114 Painting this course teaches the student to develop a visual language of line, form, color, texture and space while working with watercolor, acrylic, or oil paints. the content includes canvas preparation, various painting techniques, historical reference and dialogue through critique. Subject matter includes ďŹ gures, still life, landscape, sketches drawn from imagination.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective

120

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

ART 116 Design I: Two Dimensional this course is an introduction to the elements of design incorporating line, shape, texture and special concepts on a two-dimensional surface. Projects include black and white and color media.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective ART 118 Design II: Three Dimensional the principles of design are explored through construction in wet and dry media in three-dimensional form.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective ART 120 Integrated Arts in Education this course introduces the student to creative expression and the multidimensional media available when designing visual and three-dimensional art, music, movement, and creative drama curricula for young children. Students will be introduced to theoretical perspectives of the creative process, its beneďŹ ts for intellectual, social and emotional development, and to strategies which encourage young children to expand their self-expression experiences and skills. Students will also design, implement, evaluate, and document creative experiences for young children.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 ART 213 Fashion Illustration this course is a study of different styles of fashion drawing for practical application to the fashion industry and for illustration purposes. Students are encouraged to develop an individual style and to produce a professional portfolio to represent their own collection.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core Humanities Elective

Biology BIO 101 General Biology I Biology 101 is an introductory biology course designed for non-science major biology students. topics include cell structure and physiology, patterns of reproduction, genetics and an introduction to molecular biology. laboratory activities include basic laboratory skills, utilization of the scientific method, use of the microscope and reinforcement of lecture topics.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 4; Core Science Elective BIO 103 Human Anatomy and Physiology I this course offers a presentation of the structure and function of the human body. It introduces the proper medical terminology used to describe the relative position of body parts, body sections and body regions, and describes the biological levels of organization found in the human body. the maintaining of homeostasis through the interaction of the organ systems is discussed throughout the course. lectures and laboratory sessions cover the following units: the cell, tissues, the skin, the skeletal system, the muscular system and the nervous system. laboratory instruction includes: observation of prepared microscope slides of tissues and detailed study of human bones and muscles, as well as the nervous system. Note: Student must achieve a grade of C or better to take BIo 104.

Prerequisite: IaD 100 with a grade of C or better or IaD 100 waived.

Credits: 4; Core Science Elective BIO 104 Human Anatomy and Physiology II this course is a continuation of BIo 103 and offers a presentation of the structure and function of the human body. the following topics will be covered in lecture: special senses, the circulatory system, the respiratory system, the digestive system, the excretory system, and the endocrine system. laboratory instruction will include studies of: reflex activities, structure and function of sense organs, the heart and circulatory systems, respiration, digestion, and urinary systems. lab activities will involve the dissection of a mammalian eye, heart and kidney.

Prerequisite: BIo 103 with a grade of C (73%) or better.

Credits: 4; Core Science Elective

BIO 108

Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology this course is a one-semester course that provides a presentation of the structure and function of the human body. the following topics will be covered: terms used to describe the position of body parts, body sections and body regions, inorganic and organic chemistry, cells and tissues, integumentary system, skeletal system, muscular system, nervous system, the senses, endocrine system, blood and circulatory system, respiratory system, digestive system, and urinary system.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core Science Elective BIO 204 Nutrition this course is an introduction to the science of nutrition.

Sources and functions of nutrients, utilization of food in the body, nutritional requirements for various age groups and rudiments of diet therapy are discussed. as matters of general interest, topics such as packaging and labeling of food, food poisoning and storage, food fads and fallacies and comparing nutritional value versus cost in food buying are discussed with the aid of a series of projects.

Prerequisites: None.

Credits: 3. Core Science Elective BIO 205 Microbiology this course covers the structure, physiology, diversity and distribution of microorganisms. Bacteria will be studied extensively, but basic principles of virology, fungi, and immunology will also be discussed. the laboratory will include techniques for bacterial cultivation, purification, and identification, as well as methods for the control of infection transmission.

Prerequisites: BIo 101 or BIo 103.

Credits: 4; Core Science Elective BIO 210 Nutritional Biochemistry this course is an introduction to the biochemistry of nutrition. Sources and functions of nutrients, utilization of food in the body, nutritional requirements for various age groups and metabolic pathways are discussed. an emphasis is placed on the biochemical aspects of nutrition.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core Science Elective

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

121

Business BUS 109 Principles of Management Principles of Management teaches and demonstrates the techniques of leadership, management and organizational structure. the fundamentals of various approaches to managing; planning; decision-making; strategic management; organizing and coordinating work; authority, delegation, and decentralization; organizational design; interpersonal skills; leadership; organizational effectiveness; control methods; and organizational change and development are explored.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050 Credits: 3

BUS 214 Managerial Accounting this course introduces students to the concepts and applications of managerial accounting. Students focus on analysis and recording of various manufacturing costs, costvolume-profit analysis, preparation of financial statements for a manufacturer, creation of static and flexible budgets and reports, evaluation of capital investments, and various costing systems.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100, ENg 101, ENg 102, MtH 075, MtH 113/115, BuS 110, BuS 109, BuS 222/223, BuS 213 Credits: 3

BUS 110 Introduction to Business this course provides an introduction to the exciting and dynamic world of domestic and global business. It focuses on understanding the dynamic interrelationships between business functions delivering quality products and services.

Special attention is placed on social responsibility, “green” businesses, global enterprises and social media. this course presumes no previous business knowledge.

Prerequisite: IaD050, ENg 050 Credits: 3.

BUS 221 Principles of Marketing this course will prepare you to think strategically about marketing in today’s global environment. after successful completion of this course, you will have a basic understanding of the marketing concept, the marketing mix (product, place, promotion and price), segmentation, targeting, positioning, customer value, branding, services marketing, global marketing, marketing metrics, consumer and business behavior, ethics and social responsibility in marketing, market research and analysis. In addition, you will understand the role of social media and digital marketing to compete in the global environment.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100, ENg 101 Credits: 3

BUS 122 Professional and Business Communication this course is concerned with professional writing and oral presentation in a business environment. Heavy emphasis is placed on the writing and oral presentation of business letters, memoranda, reports, and executive summaries.

Students receive instruction and feedback on preparing for a presentation, content and use of visual aids and technology; effective delivery, handling of questions and criticisms. Students will be given group projects to help to improve their ability to interact within small groups.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100 Credits: 3 BUS 213 Financial Accounting this course provides an introduction to the objectives, principles, assumptions and concepts of financial accounting. It focuses on procedures and practices from the accounting cycle through financial statement presentation with an emphasis on recognizing, valuing, reporting, and disclosing assets, liabilities, and equity. this course presumes no previous accounting knowledge.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100, ENg 101, ENg 102, MtH 075, MtH 113/115, BuS 110, BuS 109 Credits: 3

122

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

BUS 222 Macroeconomics this course deals with consumers as a whole, producers as a whole, the effects of government spending and taxation policies and the effects of the monetary policy carried out by the Federal Reserve Bank. the course explores domestic and international economies. Fundamental macroeconomics topics explored include Keynesian model, unemployment, inflation, and the business cycle, measuring domestic output and national income, economic growth, interest rates and aggregate demand and supply, elasticity, the balance of payments, exchange rates and trade deficits.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100, ENg 101, ENg 102, MtH 075, MtH 113/115, BuS 110 Credits: 3

BUS 223 Microeconomics Microeconomics deals with the behavior of individual households and firms and how government influences that behavior. the principal objective of the course is to introduce methods and tools of economic analysis, and these analytical tools will be applied to questions of current policy interest such as, making, resource allocation, and the production and distribution of goods and services. Key topics include demand, supply and market equilibrium, elasticity of demand and supply, market failures, pure competition, monopoly, and monopolistic competition and oligopoly.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100, ENg 101, ENg 102, MtH 075, MtH 113/115, BuS 110 Credits: 3 BUS 227 Principles of Business Law this course provides managers and employees the knowledge of both law and business because people involved in business also are involved in, and greatly affected by, the law concerning business. Key topics explored include the legal system, contracts, sales, property and government regulation.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100, ENg 101, MtH 075, BuS 110 Credits: 3 BUS 230 Human Resource Management this course provides an introduction and overview of human resource management as a key function in an organization and career possibility. the main course objective is to acquaint students with the knowledge, skills, and abilities associated with human resource management as a strategic tool to improve effectiveness and efficiency of human capital in achieving an organizations goals and objectives. topics which are covered in the course include: human resource policies as recruitment, selection, performance management, rewards, staffing and development, culture and capabilities of an organization and the balance between organizational and individual goals, employee motivation, benefits and labor and employee relations.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100, ENg 101, ENg 102, MtH 075, MtH 113/115, BuS 110, BuS 109, BuS 222/223, BuS 213 Credits: 3

BUS 242 Advertising this course involves the student in practical experiences of advertising and examines the role in both in the marketing and communications process. the course explores advertising perspectives, developing marketing and advertising strategies, creating advertisements and commercials. topics covered include advertising perspectives, crafting and marketing advertising strategies, creating advertisements and selecting media including social media.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100 Credits: 3 BUS 251 Statistics I this course is designed as a fundamental course in descriptive and inferential statistics. It will cover the essential ideas of statistical theory that are appropriate for solving many real world problems. the course presents the basic concepts of sampling, sampling techniques, and data presentation. Elementary algebra is employed in deriving measures of central tendency and variability for various discrete probability distributions and the normal distribution. topics include probability theory, measures of central tendency and estimation techniques using confidence intervals.

Prerequisite: MtH 113 or MtH 115.

Credits: 3 BUS 252 Statistics II this course is designed as the second semester of a twosemester course in Statistics. It covers additional ideas of statistical theory that are appropriate for solving many realworld problems. Statistics II teaches students how to develop testable hypotheses and how to use them to analyze data and answer questions. the course covers hypothesis testing for inferences based on a single sample, statistical inference about means and proportions based on two samples, liner regression and tests of goodness of fit and independence.

Prerequisite: BuS 251.

Credits: 3

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

123

BUS 260 Introduction to Business Finance the knowledge of financial principles is advantageous to managers in virtually every discipline in business. this course is designed as an introduction to finance. the content of this course integrates both conceptual and mathematical information. Cases, comprehensive problems, and current events are analyzed and discussed throughout the course to provide students with hands on experience in the use and application of financial tools. the basic concepts of the time value of money, valuation and capital budgeting are covered. Students will learn how capital markets function, about different types of securities and how to manage cash flow. Risk, working capital management, leverage, forecasting, and the analysis of financial statements and ratios are given particular attention.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100, ENg 101, ENg 102, MtH 075, MtH 113/115, BuS 110, BuS 109, BuS 222/223, BuS 213 Credits: 3 BUS 262 International Marketing this course introduces the student to the nature of international marketing and the environments in which it is conducted. Students will explore corporate strategies in marketing on an international scale and the importance of knowing the opportunities and challenges. the issues affecting marketing in a global environment and how managers must deal with these forces will also be addressed.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 BUS 265 International Economics this course presents a principles-level introduction to the core theories of International Economics along with policy analyses of our world’s increasing trade relations and economic integration. the goal is to make economic reasoning about the international economy accessible to a diverse group of students, including both business majors and non-majors.

Prerequisites: BuS 222 or BuS 223.

Credits: 3

124

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

BUS 269 International Finance this course is a comprehensive first level course in international finance, exploring fundamental techniques and principles. Students will learn about financial decision making in an international corporate setting. there will be emphasis on the three major areas of concern for managers: management control, financial reporting, and taxation.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 BUS 270 Operations Management this course is designed to acquaint students with the discipline of operations management. this is an overview course in operations management where students will be exposed to the different tools used by management, in both the service sector as well as the manufacturing sector, to improve the decision-making process and ultimately “operations”. topics include: productivity, strategy, decision making, quality improvement, work measurement, project management; and product, process, capacity, and layout decisions.

Prerequisite: IaD050, IaD100, ENg 050, ENg 100, ENg 101, ENg 102, MtH 075, MtH 113/115, BuS 110, BuS 109 Credits: 3 BUS 275 Business Internship the business administration internship integrates academic study with career experience. the internship complements and reinforces the knowledge and skills acquired in the classroom. the student functions as a contributing member and gains practical experience in a professional setting.

Students gain “hands-on” experience under the supervision of a seasoned professional.

Prerequisite: approval of Program Director.

Credits: 3

Chemistry

Computer Information Science

CHE 102 Principles of Chemistry this course is a beginning course designed to acquaint the student with the language and tools of chemistry. It includes elementary principles of general inorganic, organic and biochemistry. the course is suitable for allied Health students. the general inorganic topics include measurement, energy, atoms, nomenclature, elements of the Periodic table, ionic, covalent, hydrogen, hybrid, acids, bases and typical reactions. the organic topics include IuPaC nomenclature, isomers and stereo isomers, polarized light and optical activity, unsaturated and aromatic hydrocarbons, functional groups of biological interest and basic organic reactions. the biochemistry topics include nomenclature, bonding, carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, the metabolic pathways (electron transport system, cellular respiration, fatty acids, ketones and amino acids) and energy production.

Corequisites: MtH 113, ENg 101.

Credits: 3. Core Science Elective

CIS 101 Introduction to Microcomputers an introduction to computer data processing and information systems; this course provides lucid explanation of computing concepts, practical application of technology theory and emphasis on the historical and social impact of technological innovations. It features integrated coverage of management information systems, networking, e-mail and the Internet. the course also introduces the student to the real working of the web and the Internet, how the major software packages contrast with the web and how they are used in the workplace.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

CHE 103 Introduction to Chemistry this laboratory course is intended for the non-science major or for those who wish to prepare to study general Chemistry (CHE 111). the course covers basic skills needed for general Chemistry (CHE 111) such as atomic structure, writing chemical formulas, balancing equations and basic stoichiometry. laboratory experiments are designed to offer a hands-on familiarity with the principles discussed in the lectures.

Prerequisite: MtH 075 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test.

Credits: 4; Core Science Elective

CIS 102 Application of Microcomputers this course provides an in-depth exploration of computer data processing and information systems. Students will work with the major productivity applications, such as word processing, presentation software, electronic spreadsheet and data management in Windows operating systems, utilizing Microsoft and open source products. this course provides lucid explanations of practical applications of technology theory and contemporary issues, with emphasis on the historical and social impacts of technological innovations. Students will have hands-on learning in various forms of online collaboration, such as applications, forums, discussion groups, and newsgroups; and become familiar with a variety of web publishing, such as message boards, web page design, blogs, and podcasts.

Readings in technology issues are required. Each student’s mastery of the core concepts and objectives will be assessed by class participation, demonstrated computer use during class time, homework assignments submitted online, creation of a website, and the quality of the ďŹ nal presentation of the website to the class.

Prerequisite: CIS101.

Credits: 3

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

125

Law and Justice CIS 106 The Worldwide Web and Beyond this course provides hands-on training to develop effective strategies for searching the Internet using search engines, meta-search engines and virtual libraries. Students learn how to evaluate Internet resources and become familiar with e-mail, discussion groups (list-servers), usenet newsgroups, webliographies, telnet, full-text resources and web page design.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1 CIS 123 Introduction to Database Management using Microsoft access, students are introduced to the Microsoft access environment in detail. Students learn how to create, maintain and update a database, query a database and create forms and reports. the second part of the course is used to refine what students have already learned and to add to their knowledge and understanding of the usefulness of Marcos and Visual Basic for applications code.

Prerequisite: CIS 101.

Credits: 3 CIS 140 Web Design this hands-on course is designed to familiarize students with Microsoft’s web editor, Front Page. Students learn how to create and edit web pages, to insert links from images, add graphics and insert and format tables. advanced features such as creating forms for user interaction and adding dynamic multimedia components are covered.

Prerequisite: CIS 101.

Credits: 3 CIS 203 Computerized Accounting Systems this course emphasizes the creation, implementation and control of computerized accounting systems. Students use the computer to implement the accounting system modules. Emphasis is on financial reporting, receivables, payroll and payables as they relate to the standard needs of business. Peachtree accounting System is used.

Prerequisite: BuS 213.

Credits: 3

CJ 101 Introduction to Criminal Justice this course provides an introduction to the american system of criminal justice. the crime problem, the police, the judicial system and correctional facilities and theories are examined. Both the legal and behavioral aspects of each stage of the criminal justice process are discussed and analyzed.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 CJ 185 Policing & Police Practices an introduction to a range of historical, political and sociological problems in institutions vested with the responsibility to enforce laws and/or preserve order.

Emphasis is also placed on the study of the relationship between police and the communities in which they serve.

Prerequisite: CJ 101.

Credits: 3 CJ 195 Domestic Violence & the Justice System the main objective of the course is to introduce students to the subject of family violence, especially as it relates to the legal system in the united States. topics include the historical roots of domestic violence, social scientific theoretical perspectives, the roles and the players, the typical prohibitions, the experience of victims who seek help from authorities and efforts at developing prevention and intervention strategies.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 CJ 200 The American Court System an analysis of judicial decision-making, with an emphasis on the structure and performance of american trial and appellate courts. In addition to reviewing the basic legal concepts that underlie the criminal courts, students examine research findings on the behavior of judges, juries, prosecutors, defense attorneys, defendants and other key actors in the judicial process.

Prerequisite: CJ 101.

Credits: 3 CJ 205 Organized Crime this course addresses that branch of criminality commonly known as “organized crime.” Discussion focuses on a more precise understanding of the term itself, as well as the various forms this type of criminal deviance has taken. there is also an analysis of the impact of notorious criminals whose exploits have shaped organized crime throughout the 20th century to the present.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

126

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

CJ 210 Police/Community Relations this course focuses on the challenges presented by policing in modern communities. Focusing on the practical side of policing, topics include the impact of selection, training and professional socialization on community law enforcement, as well as the effects of discretion, racial diversity and urban crime.

Prerequisites: CJ 101, CJ 185.

Credits: 3 CJ 215 Juvenile Delinquency & Justice this course provides an overview of the phenomenon of juvenile delinquency and the system designed to handle this form of social deviance. topics to be covered include discussions of theoretical explanations of delinquency, the evolution of the concept of juvenile justice and the system’s response to the problems of child abuse, status offenders, delinquent youth gangs and trends in juvenile crime.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 CJ 230 Punishment & Corrections this course provides a general overview of the american corrections system and a survey of today’s most important correctional problems. Emphasis is placed upon the nature of the prison experience, alternatives to incarceration, judicial intervention in correctional affairs and the controversy concerning the effectiveness of rehabilitation programs.

Prerequisite: CJ 101.

Credits: 3 CJ 235 White-Collar Crime this course examines various forms of white-collar crime, including corporate crime, occupational crime and governmental crimes. Case studies illustrate the features of many of the different offenses that are included under the term, white-collar crime, including consumer frauds, embezzlement, bribery and insider trading. an introduction to some of the legal issues involved in the investigation and prosecution of white-collar crime are provided.

Prerequisite: CJ 101.

Credits: 3 CJ 240 Critical Issues in Criminal Justice 3-0-3 Various issues in criminal justice are investigated from an analytical perspective, using assigned readings, class discussion and guest speakers. Issues may include: the Drug War, the Death Penalty, Race Relations and Jury Nullification, gender and the Criminal law.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

CJ 250 Criminal Evidence Exploring authentication, reliability and credibility of evidence through lecture and discussion, the course includes the Federal Rules of Evidence. Students learn why certain types of evidence are not permitted in courtrooms and gain insight into investigation and research techniques that are likely to establish a credible basis for prosecution, defense, or presentation of academic or scientific argument.

Prerequisite: CJ 101.

Credits: 3 CJ 255 Principles of Investigation this course is designed to provide in-depth instruction of the processes and techniques that apply to all aspects of criminal investigations, from the initial call for service to the court presentation. Students are exposed to the methods used in evaluation of the crime scene to determine the type of crime that has been committed and the physical parameters of the area of involvement. In addition, students learn how to process the scene by locating, collecting and preserving physical evidence; interviewing witnesses, victims and suspects; and preparing crime scene sketches.

Prerequisite: CJ 101.

Credits: 3 CJ 275 Criminal Law & Procedure this course addresses the phenomenon of criminal law and the procedures involved in the criminal justice system. topics to be covered include the issues of the legal system in the united States, the historical roots of domestic violence, social science theoretical perspectives, the roles and the players, the typical criminal prohibitions, the experiences of victims who seek help from authorities and efforts at developing prevention and intervention strategies.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 CJ 285 Criminal Justice Internship a Subject-related work experience totaling 100 hours. this course may be used by students to fulfill one Criminal Justice elective requirement.

Prerequisite: approval of the Program Director.

Credits: 3 CJ 299 Independent Study this is an opportunity for an individual student to pursue a program of self-initiated study with a faculty member. this course may be used to fulfill one Criminal Justice elective requirement.

Prerequisite: approval of Program Director and faculty member supervising the study.

Credits: 3

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

127

Dental Assisting DA 100 Dental Assisting Clinical this course will allow students to observe various dental procedures in a clinical setting and participate with basic hands on, chairside assisting. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher.

Prerequisites: Da 121 and current CPR certification; Corequisite: Da 122.

Credit: 2 DA 121 Dental Assisting I this course prepares students to function effectively as an integral member of the dental health team and to perform infection control, chair-side assisting, and related office and laboratory procedures. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher.

Prerequisite: Current CPR certification, completion of Castle Branch requirements.

Credits: 4 DA 122 Dental Assisting II this course prepares students to function effectively as an integral member of the dental health team and to perform infection control, chair-side assisting, and related office and laboratory procedures, especially concentrating on the dental specialties. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher.

Prerequisites: Da 121 and current CPR certification.

Credits: 4 DA 141 Basic Dental Science this course is an introduction to anatomical systems with emphasis placed on head and neck anatomy, oral pathology, pharmacology and medical emergencies. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 DA 142 Dental Materials this lecture course is designed to give the student fundamental knowledge of the dental materials commonly employed in the practice of dentistry. Special emphasis is placed on their properties, the proper technique of manipulation and the influence of manipulation upon these properties. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher.

Prerequisites: Da 121; DE 192.

Credits: 3 DA 200 Dental Assisting Practicum this clinical course is designed to give the student clinical experience in all phases of dental assisting in the practice of dentistry. the practicum spans a ten-week period during the summer: four weeks at the Kornberg School of Dentistry at temple university and six weeks in private practice. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher.

128

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Prerequisites: Da 121, Da 122, Da 142; DE 150, DE 192, a grade point average of 2.0 or higher, recommendation of the program director and current CPR certification.

Credits: 8 DA 243 Dental Assisting III this course expands on the clinical skills and knowledge of the dental assisting student to include restorative functions at an introduction level and prepare them to perform restorative and preventative procedures on patients while working within the State Practice act. Student must earn a grade of B- (80 percent) or higher.

Prerequisites: Da 121, Da 122, Da 142, Da 200; DE 192, DE 150 and Pennsylvania Radiology Certification.

Credits: 5 DA 245 Dental Office Procedures this course is an introduction to basic dental office procedures with emphasis placed on the duties of the dental receptionist and utilization of computers to perform business office procedures. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 2 DA 247 Preventive Health and Nutrition this course offers in-depth study of the role nutrition plays in oral health promotion and disease prevention. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 2 DA 249 Dental Assisting IV Seminar this seminar course addresses problem-solving case studies, legal and ethical aspects of practice and responsibility of care during the clinical phase of practicum. Student must earn a grade of B- (80 percent) or higher.

Prerequisites: Da 121, Da 122, Da 142, Da 200, Da 243, Da 245, DE 192, DE 150.

Credit: 1 DA 250 Dental Assisting IV Internship this internship is a two-day per week clinical rotation.

Students intern at area hospitals or dental practices which cover experience in all phases of clinical dental assisting and expanded functions. total of 240 hours. Student must earn a grade of B- (80%) or higher. Da 243 and Da 250 must be taken in consecutive semesters.

Prerequisites: Da 121, Da 122, Da 142, Da 200, Da 243, Da 245; DE 192, DE 150; Pennsylvania Radiology Certification and current CPR certification.

Credits: 7

Dental Education

Interior Design

DE 150 Dental Radiology this is an introductory course designed to provide the student with knowledge of the nature and behavior of xrays, the principles of radiological health along with the principles and methods employed in the paralleling technique, the bisecting angle technique, extra-oral techniques and radiographic interpretation of normal and abnormal structures. Students receive hands-on experience in exposing radiographs. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher.

Prerequisite or Corequisite: DE 192.

Credits: 3

DES 101 Interior Design I In this course students will develop design skills for residential spaces. Initial studio exploration focuses on the principles of design which include, but are not limited to scale, proportion, balance, rhythm, emphasis, and harmony. Focus will be placed on the arrangement of space, furniture planning, color psychology and the selection of appropriate finishes and materials within an interior environment.

Corequisite: DES 107.

Credits: 4

DE 191 Head and Neck Anatomy this course involves the study of the anatomical structures of the head and neck. the osteology of the skull; the structure of the nasal cavity and sinuses, and the muscles, nerves and vascular system of the head and neck are studied. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher.

Prerequisite: DH 192.

Credit: 1 DE 192 Dental Anatomy this course is designed to introduce the student to the structural and functional interrelationship of the human dentition and the oral cavity. the student becomes familiar with anatomical structures of the oral cavity, morphological characteristics and the dynamics of the primary and permanent dentition through the use of reading assignments, class activities, computer activities and laboratory exercises. the functional interrelationships of the dentition through occlusion are incorporated throughout. Student must earn a grade of C (75%) or higher.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 2

DES 102 Interior Design II this course allows the student to work with contract projects and expands the student’s knowledge of space planning, traffic and workflow. Emphasis is placed on the development of a concept for an interior environment.

Introduced are aDa (handicap accessible) codes and the use of Sustainable (green) materials. learning takes place in the Design Studio.

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107.

Credits: 4 DES 103 History of Furniture this course provides an overview of the development of furniture styles within a historical and social context.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 DES 104 Interior Perspective this course is an introduction to the methods and media of perspective drawing. Both mechanical drawing and sketch techniques are taught. Drawing development takes place in the Design Studio and continues at home.

Prerequisite: DES 107.

Credits: 4 DES 107 Technical Drawing this course is an introduction to the drawing methods required for an interior designer to communicate design ideas. the student will purchase and learn how to use requisite mechanical drawing tools and equipment. the student will learn how to read plans, survey an existing structure to record accurate measurements, develop floor plans, and elevations, draw electrical plans, and layout finish plans, door and window schedules for any typical residential or contract design project.

Corequisite: DES 101.

Credits: 4

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

129

DES 108 Materials this course provides an understanding of the selection of materials available for floor, wall and ceiling finishes for both residential and contract design projects. Emphasis is placed on Sustainable Materials and Sustainable Design. the student analyzes the component materials of products with an effort to understand the applications of these materials on the job site.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 DES 111 Feng Shui this course gives an overview of the history and theory on the practice of Feng Shui. Concepts such as the theory of Yin and Yang, the eight trigrams and the Bagua, the sectors of life experiences and the methods used to activate each of these sectors are reviewed. Classes take the form of lectures accompanied by slides and class discussions that enable the student to participate in sample case histories. the student is required to take a space and present a written review of some issues and the corrective enhancements recommended for the space.

Prerequisite: DES 107.

Credits: 3 DES 150 Drawing for Interiors this course allows students to develop their drawing skills by using lines and tone on paper to represent a threedimensional space. Happily for the designer, many kinds of drawings are immediately intelligible to most people because they are seen as “realistic” images of the subjects they represent. Making such images by hand on paper is the art of drawing, which serves the designer well. the student will draw interiors of rooms and buildings with out the use of drafting tools to enable them to become more comfortable with freehand drawing and sketching.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 DES 151 Introduction to 3D Modeling this course introduces and provides the fundamental knowledge and practical application of the three dimensional computer modeling program, Sketchup.

Prerequisite: DES101, DES107 or approval from Instructor Credits: 3

130

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

DES 201 Interior Design III this course is a continuation of DES 102 Interior Design II and focuses on contract design projects that may include a Corporate Headquarters, a Cyber Café, a Bank, an art gallery, etc. learning takes place in the Design Studio.

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 104, DES 107, DES 108.

Credits: 4 DES 202 Interior Design IV this course is a continuation of DES 101 Interior Design I and DES 201 Interior Design II and focuses on residential design projects. Projects may include a loft residence, beach condominium, artist in residence coop gallery, fitness center, etc. learning takes place in the Design Studio.

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 104, DES 107, DES 108, DES 201.

Credits: 4 DES 206 Building Systems this course is an introduction to building systems – heating, ventilation, plumbing, electrical and lighting.

Emphasis is placed on integrating them as design elements.

Class lectures and assignments relate to students’ studio design projects.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 DES 208 Portfolio Preparation the student has the opportunity for an individual review of his/her portfolio and, after an evaluation of career objectives, is advised on where to make revisions and additions to the portfolio. Students also plan and implement, as a team, a portfolio show that is given the last week of class. Students’ work is refined, developed, and assembled for prospective employment opportunities.

Prerequisites: DES101, DES107, DES103, DES102, DES104, DES108, DES250, DES201, DES270, DES150, DES260, DES151, Design Elective unless approved by Program Director Corequisites: DES202, DES206.

Credits: 4

DES 212 Lighting for Commercial and Residential Spaces lighting is presented as a decorative and functional element in residential and commercial interiors. topics explored include light and texture, color, lamp types, lighting techniques, fixtures, schedules and switching patterns.

Student assignments include graphic exercises in lighting design and lighting calculations based on student design projects.

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 107.

Credits: 3 DES 230 Practicum I With the assistance of a faculty advisor, the student will identify an appropriate internship site with a local interior design firm. all interns are required to complete 90 hours of work/study within the semester, working a minimum of 6 hours per week under the direction of a qualified Interior Designer. Interns are expected to contribute to the host firm at a high level of design interaction. all interns will meet weekly with the faculty advisor and document their experience through journaling.

Prerequisites: None.

Credits: 3 DES 231 Practicum II Further Development of Practicum I Prerequisites: DES230.

Credits: 3 DES 250 CAD I this course teaches the basic operation of the CaD lt drafting software program. Classes allow hands-on training during the class and lab sessions. all classes are held in the Computer lab.

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107.

Credits: 4 DES 251 CAD II (self-directed study) Further study of the capabilities of computer-aided design with emphasis on three dimensional design.

Prerequisite: DES 250 with a grade of C or higher.

Credits: 4 DES 260 Business Practices this course covers the various aspects of business practices for the interior design professional. It includes the development of a business plan, business structure, legal terms, business forms, billing, ordering procedures, contracts and liabilities. topics include ethics, trade relations and client-contractor design relations.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

DES 270 Advanced Technical Drawing this course focuses on developing an understanding of the built environment and requires the student to design and draw custom details used in interiors. the student will construct a working set of drawings from a selected Design II project. learning takes place in the Design Studio.

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 102, DES 107.

Credits: 4 DES 306 Kitchen and Bath Design Fundamentals this course presents the fundamentals of kitchen and bath design. through lectures, projects and guest speakers, the student applies space planning and storage solutions. technical issues such as plumbing, appliances, cabinet options and specifications are reviewed.

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES107.

Credits: 3 DES 308 Sustainable Design Interior environmental conditions are explored with specific attention to their impact on human sensory reactions, impact on sustainability, health and safety.

Prerequisites: DES 101, DES 107.

Credits: 3 DES 310 Selected Studies in Interior Design I Special areas of study in Interior Design adjusted to the needs of the student. approval from the program director is required.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 DES 311 Selected Studies in Interior Design II Special areas of study in Interior Design adjusted to the needs of the student. approval from the program director is required.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 DES 312 Decorative Arts this course surveys the decorative arts from all cultures from the ancient period to the modern period. through lectures, speakers and field trips, the student explores textiles, carpets and porcelains of western civilization. the student, through personal exploration and research, creates a decorative art piece throughout the semester.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

131

Dental Hygiene DH 101

Preventative Oral Health Services I – Pre-Clinic this course is an introduction to clinical dental hygiene practice, which integrates clinical skills, theory and interpersonal skills through a variety of learning experiences. the student is prepared both didactically and clinically for a direct role in the provision of oral health services. the student must have: proof of a current CPR certification from an approved CPR course, including adult, child, infant and aED; health clearance including PPD and proof of medical insurance. Purchase of instrument kits and uniforms are necessary for participation in this class. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisite: CHE 102; Corequisites: DH 170, DE 192, DE 150, BIo 103.

Credits: 4 DH 110

Preventative Oral Health Services II – Seminar this course is a continuation of dental hygiene theory with emphasis on principles in pedodontic, dental health education, fluoride and patient motivation as it relates to the clinical setting. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisites: BIo 103, DE 192, DE 150, DH 101, DH 170; Corequisites: DH 121, BIo 104, DE 191, DH 111, DH 180.

Credits: 2 DH 111

Preventative Oral Health Services II – Clinic (Part I and II) this course is the second in a series of four semesters of clinical dental hygiene practice. Emphasis is placed on the application of didactic material and the basic sciences to the clinical environment in order to develop proficiency in the development of motor skills, dental hygiene care planning and patient management skills. Participation in specialty clinic rotations orients the student to additional clinical settings. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisites: DH 170 and DH 101; Corequisites: DH 110, DH 121, DH 180, DH 190.

Sequential course: DH 111 must be taken the semester immediately following successful completion of DH 101 or the student will need to repeat DH 101.

Credits: 4

132

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

DH 121 Medical Emergencies this course prepares allied health professionals to manage medical emergencies in the health care setting. topics included will be prevention, recognition of indicative signs and symptoms, and classification and management of medical emergencies. Emphasis is placed on the pathophysiology of the condition leading to the emergency situation. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 1 DH 142 Dental Materials this lecture course is designed to give the student fundamental knowledge of the dental materials commonly employed in the practice of dentistry. Special emphasis is placed on their properties, the proper technique of manipulation and the influence of manipulation upon these properties. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisite: DE 192.

Credits: 2 DH 170 Dental Histology/Embryology this course is designed to educate the student on the histology and embryology of the structures of the oral cavity. an understanding of these structures from a histological perspective is vital in preparing the student for the clinical experience and is foundation knowledge for upper level dental hygiene courses. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisite: CHM 102; Corequisites: BIo 103, DE 192.

Credits: 2 DH 180 Periodontics I this course is designed to survey the basic information regarding the dental specialty of periodontics. through reading assignments, seminar discussion and class activities on case-based application, the student will become familiar with the differences between normal and diseased periodontium and the dynamics of the unique disease process that concerns the periodontium. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisites: BIo 103. DE 150; DH 101, DH 170 DE 192; Corequisites: DH 110, DH 111, BIo 104, BIo 205.

Credits: 2

DH 190 Oral Pathology this course will describe the etiology, pathophysiology, structural and functional alterations that resultfrom the disease processes. the course includes basics of both general and oral pathology. general pathology includes an overview of basic disease processes, such as cellular adaptations, inflammation, immunology, and wound healing. the oral portion of the course emphasizes the process of determining a differential diagnosis based on clinical signs and symptoms.

Prerequisites: BIo 103, BIo 104, DH 170, DH 110, DH 111; Corequisites: DH 201, DH 202.

Credits: 2 DH 200 Dental Anesthesia– Part I the anesthesia Course is a two-part course. Part I provides the didactic knowledge and Part II the clinical technique and hands-on experience. together, both courses are designed to provide the student with the knowledge and hands-on laboratory experience to perform local anesthesia injections in the dental hygiene clinical setting. the successful completion of both courses and the completion of the clinical requirements will provide the student with the required didactic and laboratory/clinical knowledge to apply for the permit to administer anesthesia as part of the dental hygiene licensure in the state of Pennsylvania.

Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisites: DH 110, DE 191, DH 121, BIo 103, BIo 104; Corequisites: DH 111.

Credit: 1 DH 201

Preventative Oral Health Services III – Seminar this course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to integrate didactic materials and concepts to be applied to clinical dental hygiene practice. a variety of patient care case studies are examined to further develop the student’s problem solving and critical thinking skills within the provision of care. Course content includes nutritional counseling, tobacco cessation and family abuse and neglect. an evidence-based research project is a required component of this course.

Prerequisites: DH 110, DH 111, DH 180, DH 200; Corequisites: BIo 210; DH 190, DH 202, DH 270, DH 280.

Credits: 2

DH 202 Preventative Oral Health Services III – Clinic this is the third in a series of four semesters of clinical dental hygiene practice. Emphasis is placed on dental hygiene care planning and treatment of a variety of patient case types. the administration of local anesthesia begins this semester. Participation in specialty clinic rotations orients the student to additional clinical settings. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisites: DH 110, DH 111, DH 180; Corequisites: BIo 210; DH 201, DH 270, DH 280.

Credits: 4 DH 203 Dental Anesthesia – Part II this course is designed to provide the student with the knowledge and hands-on laboratory experience to perform local anesthesia injections in the dental hygiene clinical setting. the course will provide the student with the required didactic and laboratory knowledge to apply for the permit to administer anesthesia as part of the dental hygiene licensure in the state of Pennsylvania. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisites: DH 200, DH 110, DH 111; Corequisites: DH 201, DH 202.

Credit: 1 DH 210

Preventive Oral Health Services IV – Seminar this course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to integrate didactic materials related to the special needs of patients who are medically compromised so that concepts learned can be applied to clinical dental hygiene practice. the needs of the sensory-impaired, pregnant, and disabled dental patients are examined. this seminar further develops skills in patient management and dental hygiene care planning for the patient with special needs.

Prerequisites: BIo 210; DH 201, DH 202, DH 142, DH 270, DH 280; Corequisite: DH 211.

Credits: 2 DH 211 Preventative Oral Health Services IV – Clinic this course is the fourth and final in a series of four seminars of clinical dental hygiene practice. Emphasis is placed on developing competency in all dental hygiene procedures, including local anesthesia. Participation in specialty clinic rotations orients the student to additional clinical settings. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisites: BIo 210; DH 201, DH 202, DH 270, DH 280; Corequisite: DH 210.

Credits: 5

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

133

Education DH 270 Pharmacology Pharmacology introduces the dental hygienist to the study of drugs and how they affect biological systems. this course provides the student with a base of knowledge in the principles of pharmacology and the drugs used in the current therapy of disease states, as well as a solid foundation in the terminology and vocabulary that is associated with pharmacology. Special emphasis is given to those drugs administered or prescribed in the dental practice, as well as those drugs whose actions, side effects, or interactions with other drugs may impact dental health care. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisites: BIo 103, BIo 104, DE 191, DH 110, DH 111, CHE 102.

Credits: 2 DH 271 Community Dental Health this course is designed to introduce the student to the concepts of public health and community dentistry.

Students will participate in community fieldwork during the course. the fieldwork incorporates a dental health education program which will require the student to apply principles of education, epidemiology, research and biostatistics to assess, plan, implement and evaluate a program designed for a target community group. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisites: DH 201, DH 202.

Credits: 2 DH 280 Periodontics II this course is designed as a sequel to DH 180. Emphasis is placed on various aspects of periodontal therapy.

Prerequisite: DH 180; Corequisites: DH 142, DH 201, DH 202.

Credits: 3 DH 282 Current Concepts in Dental Hygiene Issues related to the current practice of dental hygiene, legal and ethical aspects of practice and responsibility for the provision of care are discussed in a seminar format. Issues concerning licensure are also discussed. Student must achieve a C (75%) in course.

Prerequisites: DH 201, DH 202.

Credits: 2

134

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

EDU 112 Introductions to Early Childhood Education this course is a study of the theoretical foundations of early childhood education and their practical implementations, including a historical perspective and an overview of current philosophies. the course will review children’s social, emotional, cognitive and physical development and explore appropriate expectations for children at various ages. Emphasis is placed on developmentally appropriate practice and its implications for curriculum, environment and interactions in early childhood settings.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 4 EDU 120 Classroom Management this course is designed to emphasize strategies to manage an effective program operation in an early childhood setting, such as: organizing, planning, record keeping and communicating. this course is designed to (1) define, specify, and measure the behaviors teachers recognize as necessary in managing the needs of children; (2) equip teachers with an understanding of the basic principles of behavior change; (3) provide the teacher with a humanistic philosophical approach to behavior modification; (4) give practice of learning principles in effecting change of the academic study and social behaviors of students.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 EDU 122 Introduction to Special Education this course bases its objectives on the knowledge that all teacher candidates will need to know how to work with a diverse group and level of children with disabilities. It will acquaint the teacher candidate with the legal mandates of the teacher serving children with disabilities in the least restrictive setting, as well as the characteristics of those children with disabilities, including the effects of family demographics.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 EDU 202 Program Planning: Infant/Toddler this advanced course is a study of infant and toddler development and the implications for designing quality early childhood experiences for children and their families.

Emphasis is placed on developmentally appropriate practice and its implications for curriculum, environment and interactions in infant/toddler settings.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 4

EDU 206 Science Methods PreK-4th this course is designed to help those working in the field of early childhood education and pre-service teachers to become familiar with beginning science concepts, including the study of nature, concepts of time and space, and knowledge about interacting with the physical world.

Emphasized are the issues and strategies surrounding teaching in a developmental framework using hands-on experiences.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 EDU 209 Math Methods PreK-4th this course focuses on learning theories and teaching strategies for early childhood mathematics. Class sessions will be interactive and will include a variety of hands-on experiences with concrete and virtual manipulatives appropriate for elementary school mathematics. We will explore the teaching of mathematics, investigating both what to teach and how to teach it. It is based on the ideas, goals, and recommendations of the National Council of teachers of Mathematics (NCtM), namely that all children can and do enjoy mathematics, that children learn best by actively exploring and investigating math, and that problem solving, reasoning, and communication are important goals of mathematics teaching and learning. We will be studying the process and content strands and the interrelationships between the strands. Students will work with manipulatives and technologies to explore mathematics, solve problems, and learn ways to teach mathematics content to children.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 EDU 212 Social Studies Methods PreK-4th this course is a study of social studies and health education curricula, instruction and assessment in early childhood.

National, state and local standards are utilized as frameworks to explore the context, purpose, content and interdisciplinary nature of the disciplines. By the end of the course, students should appreciate and demonstrate the importance of valuing diversity, reflective thinking, problem-solving and modeling pro-social behavior to young children. the course includes hands-on opportunities to develop and present developmentally appropriate social studies/health curriculum and lesson plans.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

EDU 220 Early Literacy this course is designed to help students become familiar with language acquisition, emerging communication, growth milestones, and ages and stages of language development of early childhood. the course will focus on creating developmentally appropriate learning environments that foster and develop literacy in young children. Special emphasis will be placed on developing listening and understanding, speaking and communicating, book knowledge and appreciation/print awareness, and early writing. Some of the strategies used to accomplish these goals during the course include storytelling, read aloud strategies and the use of felt boards and other developmentally appropriate materials to enhance and develop early literacy.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 EDU 227 Educational Focus Project the purpose of the Educational Focus Project is to give students the opportunity to apply educational theory to the classroom setting. assignments focus on observations, documentation, and independent, classroom-based research. the focus of the project will enable students to develop in-depth knowledge in areas such as careers in Early Childhood Education, scholarships available to the ECE professional and the current trends in the ECE field. the course consists of a combination of meetings with the instructor, internet-based communication, and independent research.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 EDU 228 PreK Methods and Field Experience this advanced course is a study of the preschool child’s development and the implications for designing quality early childhood experiences for them and their families.

Emphasis is placed on developmentally appropriate practice and its implications for curriculum, environment and interactions in preschool settings. the course includes observing, recording and designing child-interest based experiences in a preschool setting.

Prerequisites: aRt 120, EDu 112, EDu 122, EDu202, EDu 206, EDu 209, EDu 212 EDu 220, PSY 154.

Credits: 6

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

135

English ENG 050 Basic Writing Skills this course focuses on the sentence as a basic unit of expression within the paragraph. Essential skills are stressed in context: mastery of basic punctuation rules and basic vocabulary. Creation of clearly expressed, complete sentences and paragraphs. Students learn to express themselves through free-writing and journal writing.

Students learn to write topic sentences, supporting details and conclusions in narrative and descriptive paragraphs.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 (graduation credit is not awarded for this course, and this course does not fulfill core curriculum requirements) ENG 097 English for International Students this course focuses on the grammar skills required of a non-native speaker and on the writing process in English. the class is student-responsive and accordingly uses error analysis to determine the linguistic needs of each student.

Writing is taught as a process, including pre-writing, planning, proofreading and writing various drafts. the course covers the of topic sentences, thesis statements, unity, coherence and various types of development, usually narrative, process, compare/contrast, cause effect, and argumentative writing.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 (graduation credit is not awarded for this course, and this course does not fulfill core curriculum requirements) ENG 100 Fundamentals of English the focus of the course is the paragraph as a basic unit of expression within the essay. Students learn support, unity, and coherence in paragraphs. Students write paragraphs in expository modes to develop vocabulary, elimination of sentence errors, and master grammatical principles.

Prerequisite: ENg 050 with a C or higher or satisfactory score on the placement examination test.

Credits: 3 (graduation credit is not awarded for this course, and this course does not fulfill core curriculum requirements)

136

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

ENG 101 English Composition I this course involves instruction of principles of written and oral expression, centering on the writing of essays. Various texts are studied for understanding of content, structure and form. a short research project is required to demonstrate successful application of preliminary research skills.

Prerequisite: ENg 100 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test.

Credits: 3 ENG 102 English Composition II this course continues the development and strengthening of the language and communication skills of reading, writing and speaking. Readings from a variety of genres are used to generate discussion, essays and oral presentations. a research paper is required to demonstrate skills in effective research, information management and technology.

Prerequisite: ENg 101 with a grade of C or higher.

Credits: 3 ENG 103 Public Speaking this course seeks to develop student confidence before an audience and includes such areas as platform delivery, oral delivery, organization, and speech content. Class assignments emphasize elementary speeches of special occasion, instruction, and persuasion (debate/rebuttal).

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective ENG 201 Introduction to Short Fiction this course explores short fiction of the world with an emphasis on interpreting its meaning and relevancy and revealing its diversity as it relates to the 21st century. through group presentations and discussions, students have an opportunity to widen their intellectual horizons as they read and research masterpieces of great writers.

Prerequisite: ENg 101, ENg 102.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective ENG 202 Introduction to Poetry this course is an organized study of poetic expression, structure and language as a recreation of the writer’s experience. Basic tools, particularly meter and rhyme, employed in most types of English language verse are examined.

Prerequisite: ENg 101, ENg 102.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective

English as a Second Language ESL 053 Beginner Reading the following reading strategies will be emphasized: memorizing new vocabulary, using context clues, identifying main ideas, finding key details, understanding transition words, primarily at the sentence level, differentiating between fact and opinion, making inferences, understanding hints, skimming, scanning, using prefixes, roots and suffixes to understand word meaning and becoming familiar with the basic all-English dictionary.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 5; graduation credit is not awarded for this course.

ESL 054 Beginner Oral Communication In this course, the students will practice listening for a variety of purposes and hear examples of different types of spoken English including casual conversations, instructions, directions, requests, descriptions, apologies and suggestions. the essential listening skills that will be practiced include listening for key words, details and gist; listening and making inferences; listening for attitudes; listening to questions and responding; and recognizing and identifying information.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. graduation credit is not awarded for this course.

ESL 055 Beginner Reading at the beginning level, grammar and american cultural context are connected. Students learn the grammar necessary to communicate verbally and in writing, and learn how american culture plays a role in language, beliefs and everyday situations. In addition to controlled grammar exercises, communicative exercises are crucial so that students can bridge the gap between knowing grammatical structures and using them. Students learn the basic parts of speech focusing on the importance of subjects and verbs.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 6; graduation credit is not awarded for this course.

ESL 056 Beginner Writing although students will be introduced to the concept of the paragraph, they will primarily be writing at the sentence level. Students will write 3-4 sentence descriptive, narrative and chronological paragraphs. Students will work with simple and compound sentences although one or two more complex structures may be introduced. the students will focus on adhering to the various steps in writing process, paragraph format and sentence combining.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 6; graduation credit is not awarded for this course.

ESL 073 Intermediate Grammar the course will focus on specific grammar usage problems that intermediate students typically experience. Students will use textbooks, computer resources and communicative activities to learn and utilize correct grammatical structures such as verb tenses, adjectives, articles, other parts of speech, clauses versus phrases and basic word order. the course will help students identify and correct errors in the above and other problematic grammatical areas and improve students’ grammatical structure in writing activities.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 5; graduation credit is not awarded for this course.

ESL 074 Intermediate Oral Communication In this course, students will develop speaking skills necessary for participation in class and for giving simple presentations. Successful oral communication in social as well as academic situations will be stressed. Students will also develop listening skills necessary for comprehending a short lecture.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. graduation credit is not awarded for this course.

ESL 075 Intermediate Reading In this intermediate level reading course, selections from literature, popular media and academic texts are read and discussed. Students will analyze paragraphs to find the main idea, learn about prefixes and roots to expand their vocabulary and complete long-term reading assignments out-of-class to supplement the reading strategies in the textbooks.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 6; graduation credit is not awarded for this course.

ESL 076 Intermediate Writing In this course, students are introduced to the concept of the paragraph and write simple descriptive, narrative and chronological paragraphs. Some students may advance to the 3-paragraph essay. Students will work primarily with simple and compound sentences although one or two more complex structures will be introduced. the students will focus on adhering to the various steps in writing and sentence combining.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 6; graduation credit is not awarded for this course.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

137

Fashion Design ESL 093 Advanced Grammar Students at this level are expected to have sufficient linguistic skills to function effectively in English comfortably; thus, error analysis is stressed in several areas. the textbook offers many passages where students are to correct grammar errors in a given passage. In addition, as the teacher pinpoints errors in spoken and written form, specific grammar practice occurs. Much of the specific grammar practice is individualized. areas in which students often need further study are sentence word order, use of verb forms, the article system, use of prepositions, the verbal system, phrasal verbs , complicated clause structures, the passive voice and the subjunctive mood. technology and the internet are used to provide the students with websites that will enhance their learning of the above grammar points.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 5; graduation credit is not awarded for this course.

ESL 094 Advanced Oral Communication In this course, students will prepare for college level communication focusing on the development of academic listening skills as well as skills to enhance their delivery of oral presentations. this includes improving their pronunciation through group discussions, pair exercises and other pronunciation practice activities.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. graduation credit is not awarded for this course.

ESL 095 Advanced Reading In this course, students will prepare for college level reading assignments through comprehension building exercises and application of reading strategies, important for increasing reading speed and fluency. Students will also work on increasing their vocabulary through practice exercises and the study of roots, affixes, idioms, collocations, and dictionary skills. In addition, students will learn research skills and become more familiar with the library and online research tools.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 6; graduation credit is not awarded for this course.

ESL 096 Advanced Writing Students work on perfecting the essay format examining the persuasive and expository essay in detail, as they continue to work on applying their knowledge of grammar in their writing. Students will be introduced to research tools and the importance of citing sources when writing an essay will be emphasized. technology and the internet are an integral part of this class. an exit writing test is given to support college admission.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 6; graduation credit is not awarded for this course 138

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

FSH 102 Flat Pattern Design this course introduces the student to the flat pattern method of pattern design. Draping and drafting patterns of designs from the student’s original sketches will be introduced. Students will learn a number of different techniques in order to produce a finished pattern.

Prerequisite: FSH 106, FSH 204.

Credits: 3 FSH 104 Fashion Design and Fashion Drawing this intensive course provides students with a foundation in the design and graphic skills that are necessary for a career in Fashion Design. general themes and topics include form, color, and pattern: fabric selection and textile technology; model drawing and the purpose of the design sketch; history; and contemporary fashion. the course addresses issues of designing a collection as well as audience and marketing considerations for the designer. Students are expected to complete regular assignments for in-class critique and keep a fashion sketch book throughout the course.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 FSH 105 – Photoshop for Fashion this is a project based class where students will develop skills in computer aided design and print production using adobe Photoshop. the course will introduce the role that computer aided design plays in the fashion industry, for both designers and merchandisers. Beginning with foundation abilities, each project will build skills. the class structure is primarily hands-on – lab-oriented and project bases, although there may be assigned reading and some required writing. the projects will be supplemented with lectures, demonstration, videos, online research, fashion journaling and critiques.

Prerequisite: FSH 104 or aRt 213 Credits: 3 FSH 106 Apparel Construction Skills Design and merchandising require basic knowledge that leads to good design and/or quality assessment. In combination with the basic apparel construction process, students acquire valuable apparel skills through supervised laboratory sewing experiences to work through manipulative techniques. Students gain artistic expression through investigation, precision, common sense and good taste and selection and application of fabric and pattern.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

FSH 107 Draping a study of three-dimensional fashion design conceptualization by draping in muslin or fashion fabric directly on the dress form. Skill development in observing grain of fabric, identifying drapable fabrics and creating designs suitable for draping. Presentation of a research paper on a major fashion designer’s draping techniques.

Prerequisite: FSH 106, FSH 204.

Credits: 3 FSH 201 – Illustrator, Flats and Technical Drawing this is a project based class where students will develop skills in drawing technical flats and computer aided design using adobe Illustrator. this course will introduce sketching Fashion Flats according to Fashion Industry standard. Beginning with foundation abilities, each project will build skills. the class structure is primarily hands-on – lab-oriented and project bases, although there may be assigned reading and some required writing. the projects will be supplemented with lectures, demonstration, videos, online research, fashion journaling and critiques.

Prerequisite: FSH 104 or aRt 213 Credits: 3 FSH 202– Portfolio and Presentation In this course, Fashion Design and Merchandising will hone the skills they have learned in previous classes to create a professional portfolio. they will apply knowledge of design principles and elements to create works in both digital and traditional media.

Prerequisite: FSH 104 or aRt 213 or FSH 105 or FSH201.

Credits: 3

FSH 208 Fashion Practicum this course is offered as an elective to Fashion Design students who have a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and wish to gain experience in the fashion design field. the student must submit a written proposal for the position to the program director for approval. a minimum of 135 hours of work and a detailed daily log of the experience are required.

Prerequisites: aRt 107, FSH 102, FSH 106.

Credits: 3

General Science GSC 105 Science and Our World this course covers the study of scientific principles with emphasis placed on providing an understanding of how these principles relate to the non-scientist, especially in the areas of industry, ecology, health, the arts (including music) and criminology. this course may be offered online.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core Science Elective

Gender Studies GST 101 Introduction to Gender Studies this course introduces the student to a wide spectrum of issues that concern gender today and examines the historical roots of those issues. the course focuses on areas such as body image, health issues, motherhood, women’s role in the workplace, the Women’s Movement, women’s political and legal status, gender role socialization, women’s portrayal in the media and others.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science or Diversity Elective

FSH 204 Advanced Construction this course is a continuation of FSH 106 apparel Construction Skills and focuses on the use of commercial patterns. Projects may include a dress, skirt, pant, jacket or coat, shirt or blouse. Special attention will focus on proper fit of a garment.

Prerequisite: FSH 106 with a C or higher.

Credits: 3 FSH 205 Fashion Workshop this course uses the workshop format to interface the skills developed in design, construction, advanced construction and flat pattern culminating in a presentation of a collection of each student’s original designs. an approved work experience may be substituted for this course.

Prerequisite: FSH 106, FSH 204, FSH 102.

Credits: 3

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

139

Human Services

Histotechnician

HSC 101 Introduction to Human Services this course provides an overview of the human services profession. the student will be introduced to the components of the human services profession. the nature of the helping process will be explored. the historical development and the legislative influences on the contemporary human service system in the united States will be examined. Human service agencies and organizations will be described. the range and types of populations served by welfare services will be discussed. the range of skills utilized in the human service professions – interventions with families and individuals, advocacy, interviewing, evaluation, analysis of need, counseling, case management, community organizing, etc. will be described.

Professional values, skills and ethics will be discussed as well.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

HTN 101 Histology Lecture 1 this course introduces the student to safety procedures in the histology laboratory, as well as basic principles and procedures of operation. areas to be explored include the gross room and surgical cutting, fixation procedures, tissue processing, infiltration media, and embedding.

Prerequisite: None.

Corequisites: HtN 111 Credits: 1

HSC 102 Fundamentals of Case Management this course examines the human needs and resources made available to assist families and individuals in need. the course describes the function of social work services in residential treatments, psychiatric services, correctional services, medical services, services for the aged, and community services.

Prerequisite: HSC 101 or permission of Program Director.

Credits: 3 HSC 201 Intervention Skills and Strategies this course is an introduction to the theories, principles, and skills of the helping process in social work practice. Students learn how to engage a client, how to do assessments, develop a treatment plan, choose appropriate interventions and follow up with both individuals and families. Students also develop skills in listening, doing intake interviews and evaluations, making referrals, and writing reports. Case studies and field observations will be used to explore typical presenting problems and appropriate responses.

Prerequisites: HSC 101, HSC 102, or permission of Program Director.

Credits: 3 HSC 203: Crisis Intervention Skills & Strategies this course is designed to prepare students to respond effectively in critical situations and to help counsel clients who are experiencing crisis events in their lives. Students will learn that crisis interventions are founded on theory and will be able to apply theory and crisis intervention techniques.

Special attention will be paid to counseling approaches for use with circumstantial and developmental life crises in both school and community settings.

Prerequisites: HSC 101, HSC 102, HSC 201, or permission of Program Director.

Credits: 3 140

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

HTN 102 Histology Lecture 2 this course introduces the student to instrumentation used in the histology laboratory and mathematical concepts needed to prepare solutions, buffers, and other lab reagents.

Staining techniques for identifying nuclear and cytoplasmic structures, carbohydrates and amyloid will also be presented.

Prerequisites: HtN 101, HtN 111.

Corequisite: HtN 112.

Credits: 3 HTN 103 Histology Lecture 3 this course introduces the student to staining techniques used to identify connective tissue and muscle tissue in the histology lab. a study of microorganisms encountered in specimens for histologic examination will be presented, along with staining techniques to identify these organisms.

Pigments, minerals, and cytoplasmic granules will be differentiated and identified.

Prerequisites: HtN 101/111, HtN 102/112.

Corequisite: HtN 113 Credits: 3 HTN 104 Histology Lecture 4 this course will introduce the student to the stains used in the identification of nerve tissue in the histology lab as well as explore specialized histology techniques such as: immunohistochemistry, enzyme histology, and electron microscopy. Students will explore immunohistochemical (IHC) staining methods, identify pathological changes in histology specimens using muscle enzyme histology, cytology and specimen preparation for examination by electron microscopy (EM).

Prerequisites: HtN 101, HtN 102, HtN 103, HtN 111, HtN 112, HtN113.

Corequisites: HtN 105, HtN 114.

Credits: 3

HTN 105 HT Certification Exam Prep Seminar this course provides a review of histology theory and practice through use of the NSH Self-assessment 14module series focusing on: fixation, processing, embedding, staining, IHC, flow cytometry, ISH, EM, lab operations, gross dissection and description, cytology, and lab safety.

Prerequisites: HtN 101, HtN 102, HtN 103, HtN 111, HtN 112, HtN 113.

Corequisite: HtN 104, HtN 114.

Credits: 3 *Note: Students must register for and pay the NSH Selfassessment Series fee for this course.

HTN 111 Histology Practicum 1 the HtN 111 Histology Practicum 1 introduces students to the daily operation of a routine histology lab. the student will gain fundamental practical knowledge and experience of the theory presented in HtN 101: Histology lecture 1. Students spend 3-hours /week at a clinical site for the duration of the semester.

Prerequisite: None.

Corequisite: HtN 101.

Credits: 3 HTN 112 Histology Practicum 2 Histology Practicum 2 provides students with practical experience in the histology lab correlating to the theory presented in HtN 102: Histology lecture 2 with emphasis on instrumentation use and troubleshooting, lab math, H&E Stains and the beginning of special stains for carbohydrates and amyloid. Students spend 6 hours/week at a clinical site for the duration of the semester.

Prerequisites: HtN 101, HtN 111.

Corequisite: HtN 102.

Credits: 6 HTN 113 Histology Practicum Credits: 6 the HtN 113 Histology practicum will provide practical experience in the application of staining techniques for identification of connective tissue, collagen and elastin, reticulum fibers, muscle and basement membranes, lipids, microorganisms, fungus, pigments and minerals. Students will be provided with training by clinical instructors in the application of stain, troubleshooting techniques, and the importance of quality control in evaluating stain effectiveness. Students spend 6 hours/week at the practicum site.

Prerequisites: HtN 101, HtN 102, HtN 111, HtN 112.

Corequisite: HtN 103.

Credits: 6

HTN 114 Histology Practicum 4 the HtN 114 Histology practicum rotation introduces the student to staining techniques used in identifying nerve tissue. as the last clinical rotation in the histotechnician program, students become proficient in all areas of the histology laboratory and meet the requirements for employment as an entry-level histotechnician. In addition to routine practices, students will receive orientation in immunohistochemistry and enzyme histochemistry.

Students spend 6 hours/week at the clinical site.

Prerequisites: HtN 101, HtN 102, HtN 103, HtN 11, HtN 112, HtN 113.

Corequisites: HtN 104, HtN 105.

Credits: 6

Humanities HUM 101 Introduction to Humanities: Human Liberty this course is an introductory course in the general field of the Humanities, using human liberty as a focus of study.

Readings and selections from history, literature, philosophy and ethics, science, art and music form the basic material of the course. Students are expected to discuss, to evaluate and to write about works which are fundamental to an understanding of the meaning of human liberty within western culture.

Prerequisite: ENg 101.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective HUM 121 The Humanistic Tradition this course is designed to educate the student and promote awareness about the major art works and cultural aspects inherent in the humanities from prehistory to the Renaissance. aesthetic and formal elements, styles and ideas as experienced in these art forms are studied.

Prerequisite: ENg 101.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective HUM 122 Music Appreciation (Online) Music appreciation is designed to give the student a background in the history and appreciation of music from antiquity to the present. Major composers and their representative works, musical forms and instruments are reviewed and discussed in class. Records and professional concerts are used extensively for illustration.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

141

Academic Discourse HUM 123 Jazz History the purpose of this course is to give the student a background in the history and appreciation of jazz. Major artists and their representative works, musical forms and instruments are reviewed and discussed. Recordings are used extensively for illustration. the history of jazz will be studied by examining individual eras of jazz one at a time and also by comparing and contrasting different eras.

Prerequisite: None Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective HUM 201 Ethical Issues in Professional Life this course examines the moral issues that exist universally in professional life: the moral foundations of professional ethics, the appropriate model for the professional/client relationship, informed consent, privacy and confidentiality and the obligations of professionals to third parties and to society at large. a variety of professions are discussed to encompass the diverse career interests of students and because the practices and problems of any profession impact upon all of us at one time or another, either professionally or personally.

Prerequisite: ENg 101.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective HUM 202 Health Care Law and Ethics this course covers the primary medical, legal and ethical issues encountered in day-to-day health care practices. these issues include: licensure, confidentiality, consent, the physician/patient relationship, malpractice and litigation. a variety of secondary medical legal issues will also be addressed, such as intentional torts, public duties and responsibilities and employment laws. In addition, codes of ethics, as well as the relationship between law and ethics, are discussed.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective HUM 212 The Art of the Film For more than one hundred years, world culture has been increasingly defined and influenced by the moving picture. as in literature, plot, theme, motif, and image are developed in film to provide an audience with an art form that gives insight into the human condition. IN this course, we will explore significant cinematic achievement from the earliest Edison kinetoscopes to the critically acclaimed films of today. In addition, important technical strides, such as the transition to sound, will be discussed.

Various genres utilizing complete films and clips, as well as documentaries, will be explored. Class assignments will include essays and critiques.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective

IAD 050 Introduction to Academic Discourse I this course provides an authentic academic context for reading and writing practiced together and sequenced effectively to improve mastery of both as integrated modes of thinking and communicating. Higher order (critical thinking) cognitive functions are supported and developed through active use of these explicitly interconnected communication modes.

Readings will be appropriately leveled for a 050 course.

Writing will begin with paragraph length compositions and culminate in short essays.

Prerequisite: If a student tests into, but has not completed either IaD 050 or ENg 050 with a C or better, the student will take IaD 050. If a student has completed either RDg 050 or ENg 050 with a C or better, the student will take IaD 100. If one of the student’s placements is at the 100 level, the student will take IaD 100.

Credit: 3 IAD 100 Introduction to Academic Discourse II this course provides an authentic academic context for reading and writing practiced together and sequenced effectively to improve mastery of both as integrated modes of thinking and communicating. Higher order (critical thinking) cognitive functions are supported and developed through active use of these explicitly interconnected communication modes. Readings will be appropriately leveled for a 100 course. Writing will begin with short essays and culminate in college level academic essays.

Prerequisite: Students who have tested into, but have not completed both ENg 100 and RDg 100 with a C or better will take IaD 100.

Credit: 3

Academic Internship INT 201 Academic Internship the academic Internship course presents the student with an opportunity to apply classroom theory with periods of practical, hands-on experience in a professional work environment.

Students will continue to use their internship experience to further develop discipline skills and knowledge and outcomes that will remain relevant throughout their careers.

Internship Seminars will be offered to the students prior to their internship to prepare the student for their internship experience and topics covered in the seminars will include: identification of career goals, resume writing, career planning skills, interview skills, contemporary workplace issues and professional communication. the Internship Program will offer flexibility to the student by providing varying levels of time commitment with a minimum of 45 hours of work/study within the semester.

Student/Intern will meet their faculty advisor and the internship coordinator throughout the internship and will document their experiences through reflective journaling and assignments.

Credit: 3

142

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Interdisciplinary Studies

Medical Laboratory Science

IDS 101 Harcum Colloquium this interdisciplinary course is designed to guide students in their academic, personal, civic and cultural development and provide them with the skills to succeed in college. It also provides instruction in college survival skills, such as time, financial and stress management, and study skills, including textbook reading and test-taking. Students learn to be proactive in their education and develop critical thinking and problem-solving skills.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1

MLS 101

Introduction to Medical Laboratory Technology this course introduces the student to the many aspects of the clinical laboratory, and provides an introduction of procedures performed in each lab department: chemistry, blood bank, serology, urinalysis, microbiology, hematology, focusing on specimen collection, safety and infection control, quality control, legal/ethical considerations and application of computers in the laboratory setting.

Prerequisite/Corequisite: MtH 113.

Credits 3

IDS 103 College Orientation & Research Skills this interdisciplinary course is designed to guide students in their academic, personal, civic, and cultural development, outside and within Harcum College.

Information literacy will be introduced, assisting students in developing efficient and effective research strategies and skills necessary to conduct college level research and facilitate lifelong learning. this course is designed to prepare the student to have a successful academic and personal experience at the College.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 3

MLS 113 Basic Hematology and Clinical Microscopy this course provides a thorough background in the study of hematology focusing on the development and function of red cells, white cells and platelets. the analysis of other body fluids including urine and spinal fluid are explored.

Prerequisite: MlS 101.

Corequisite: MlS 114 Prerequisite/Corequisite: BIo 205, CHE Elective.

Credits: 3

Law and Justice LS 101 Introduction to Legal Studies this course provides an introduction to the american legal system. the course provides a brief history on the process and procedures by which the legal system was developed, how laws are created and how laws are organized. Students understand the different sources of law, the different levels of law and the interplay that occurs when different laws regulate the same matters. this course includes a field trip to the Constitution Center, Independence Hall, City Hall and the liberty Bell Pavilion.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 LS 202 Torts this course combines a general overview of the purposes and procedures of tort law, with examples and exercises on the process and procedures that paralegals employ when working on tort actions. Students work on a mock case and develop a database for all evidence and documents employed in the case. In addition, there is a discussion and demonstration of time-keeping programs.

Prerequisites: None.

Credits: 3

MLS 114 Applied Hematology and Microscopy this course provides “hands-on” application of material presented in MlS 113. Students study normal and abnormal blood cells and demonstrate proficiency in performing differential cell counts. the binocular microscope is used to examine cells in blood, urine and other body fluids.

Prerequisite: MlS 101.

Corequisite: MlS 113 Prerequisite/Corequisite: BIo 205, CHE Elective Credits: 1 MLS 130 Immunology this course covers the basic theory of immunology along with infectious disease, diseases of the immune system and the role of serological testing in diagnosis and treatment of these diseases. Students learn multiple and serial dilutions and how to use these techniques in the clinical laboratory setting.

Prerequisite/Corequisite: MtH 113 Credits: 3 MLS 140 Applied Lab Techniques I Students are introduced to laboratory methods in manual and automated specimen testing, quality control and use of universal precautions in the clinical setting. Each lab session focuses on a particular area of the clinical laboratory and includes chemistry, hematology, urinalysis, microbiology, serology and blood bank.

Prerequisite/Corequisite: MlS 101.

Credit: 1

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

143

MLS 211 Clinical Chemistry this course prepares students for their chemistry laboratory rotation as part of the hospital practicum by reviewing chemical constituents of the human body, disease states and instrumentation used in chemistry analysis. Case studies are used to identify pathologic conditions.

Prerequisites: CHE 111, MtH 113.

Credits: 3 MLS 211 Clinical Chemistry this course prepares students for the clinical chemistry practicum rotation by providing information on lab safety and Qa/QC in the clinical lab, clinical correlations and analytical procedures involving amino acids, protein, nonprotein nitrogen compounds enzymes, carbohydrates, lipids, lipoproteins, electrolytes, blood gases, trace and toxic elements, as well as areas of special chemistry in therapeutic drug monitoring and toxicology.

Prerequisites: CHE Elective, MtH 113 Credits: 3 MLS 212 Clinical Hematology this course prepares students for their hematology laboratory rotation as part of the hospital practicum by reviewing both standard and specialized hematology tests and applying test results to case studies in order to identify pathologic states of the blood cells. the process of coagulation is also explored. Students study the appropriate testing techniques to identify coagulation disorders.

Prerequisites: MlS 101, MlS 113.

Credits: 3 MLS 213 Clinical Immunohematology this course prepares students for their blood bank rotation as part of the hospital practicum by reviewing standard and specialized immunohematology procedures required to transfuse a patient successfully with blood products.

Students discuss transfusion reaction case studies.

Prerequisites: MlS 101, MlS 130.

Credits: 3 MLS 214 Clinical Microbiology this course introduces the student to the wide variety of pathological microorganisms that can affect humans and how to differentiate these pathogens from normal flora.It explores the many aspects of identification using specialized media and biochemical testing. a review of processing body fluids in the microbiology lab includes, as well as comparing antibiotics used to fight infection.

Prerequisites: BIo 205, MlS 101.

Credits: 3

144

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

MEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOGY CLINICAL ROTATION PRACTICUM COURSES: MlS 221, MlS 222, MlS 223, MlS 224, MlS 225, MlS 226, and MlS 227 comprise the Medical laboratory technology Clinical Rotation Practicum and are held at a hospital laboratory site.

Students rotate through the various departments of the laboratory and receive hands-on training under the supervision of technologists, as well as case study reviews and preparation for the Board of Certification exam.

MLS 221 Chemistry the chemistry rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of clinical chemistry laboratory procedures and their significance in the diagnosis and treatment of disease. this rotation will allow the student to gain confidence in running both manual and automated tests in the clinical chemistry laboratory.

Prerequisites: MlS 211, MlS 212, MlS 213, MlS 214, MlS 240.

Credits: 3 MLS 222 Hematology the hematology rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge and clinical experience in the application of laboratory theory and techniques as they relate to the diagnosis and treatment of hematologic disorders.

Prerequisites: MlS 211, MlS 212, MlS 213, MlS 214, MlS 240.

Credits: 3 MLS 223 Blood Bank the immunohematology (Blood Bank) rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in Blood Banking. Students will be able to utilize clinical laboratory techniques for testing, preparing, and issuing blood products. Students will be able to assess the need for patient blood product transfusion and be knowledgeable of all precautions taken to insure that patients receive the proper blood type of the product requested.

Prerequisites: MlS 211, MlS 212, MlS 213, MlS 214, MlS 240.

Credits: 3 MLS 224 Microbiology the microbiology rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge and clinical experience in the identification and isolation of microbial organisms significant in the clinical microbiology laboratory. Students will use laboratory data and determine the clinical significance of results in diagnosing and treating disease caused by microbial organisms.

Prerequisites: MlS 211, MlS 212, MlS 213, MlS 214, MlS 240.

Credits: 4

Mathematics MLS 225 Serology the immunology/serology rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in the immunology/serology laboratory. Students will assess the significance of laboratory results in diagnosing and treatment of diseases that are routinely detected in the serology/immunology laboratory.

Prerequisites: MlS 211, MlS 212, MlS 213, MlS 214, MlS 240.

Credit: 1 MLS 226 Coagulation the coagulation rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in the coagulation laboratory.

Students will perform testing, differentiate normal from abnormal results, and apply laboratory theory and techniques to the diagnosis and treatment of coagulation disorders.

Prerequisites: MlS 211, MlS 212, MlS 213, MlS 214, MlS 240.

Credit: 1 MLS 227 Urinalysis the urinalysis rotation will enhance the student’s knowledge of procedures in the urinalysis department. they will be able to perform testing, recognize normal and abnormal results, and apply laboratory theory to assess diagnosis and treatment of diseases detected by urinalysis.

Prerequisites: MlS 211, MlS 212, MlS 213, MlS 214, MlS 240.

Credit: 1 MLS 230 MLT Certification Prep Seminar this course will provide the student with the tools to prepare for success on the aSCP Mlt Board Certification Exam. the student will access pre- and post-tests in all areas of the clinical laboratory science and will receive personal instruction to overcome areas of weakness.

Prerequisite: MlS 240.

Credit: 1 MLS 240 Applied Lab Techniques II 1-0-1 Students correlate theory learned in senior level Mlt courses to tests performed in the clinical laboratory.

Manual and automated methodologies are used to perform advanced procedures in microbiology, hematology, blood bank, serology and clinical chemistry.

Prerequisites: MlS 101, MlS 140. HtN Corequisites MlS 211, 212, 213, 214.

Credit: 1

MTH 073 Fundamentals of College Math this course is designed to reintroduced to key arithmetic and basic algebraic concepts necessary for MtH 113, College Math.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 (graduation credit is not awarded for this course, and this course does not fulfill core curriculum requirements) MTH 075 Fundamentals of Business Math this course is designed to reintroduced to key arithmetic and basic algebraic concepts necessary for MtH 115, Business Math.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 (graduation credit is not awarded for this course, and this course does not fulfill core curriculum requirements) MTH 113 College Math this course covers the essentials of algebra as well as selected areas of pre-calculus algebra. topics include operations on real numbers, simplifying and evaluating variable expressions, set notation and set operations, solving linear and compound inequalities, operations on polynomials, factoring, simplifying rational expressions, solving quadratic and rational equations, properties of exponents, arithmetic of radicals, and the rectangular coordinate system.

Prerequisite: MtH 075 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test.

Credits: 3 MTH 115 Business and Financial Mathematics this course is an introduction to the application of mathematics in personal and business finance. topics include the various techniques for solving percent problems, retail cost and markup, simple and compound interest, annuities and sinking funds, mortgage and installment loan payments, amortization schedules and calculating the total interest paid on a loan.

Prerequisite: MtH 075 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test.

Credits: 3 MTH 116 Pre-Calculus Algebra this course is designed for students who need a rapid review of those algebraic topics essential for the study of calculus. these topics include real and complex numbers, sets, linear, quadratic radical and rational equations, polynomial and rational inequalities, algebra of functions, graphing and equations of parabolas and circles and exponential and logarithmic functions.

Prerequisite: MtH 113 with a grade of C or higher or satisfactory score on placement test.

Credits: 3

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

145

Music MTH 117 Pre-Calculus Trigonometry a sequel to MtH 116, this course covers those trigonometric and algebraic topics considered essential for calculus. those topics include circular and trigonometric identities, matrices, determinants, sequences and series and the binomial theorem.

Prerequisite: MtH 116 with a grade of C or higher.

Credits: 3 MTH 201 Introduction to Calculus I this course covers the differential calculus. topics include functions; limits and continuity; differentiation of polynomial, algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions; extreme values of functions and graphing. applications to business, life, social sciences and physics are discussed.

Prerequisite: MtH 116 or MtH 117 with a grade of C or higher.

Credits 4 MTH 202 Introduction to Calculus II this course covers the integral calculus. topics include definite and indefinite integrals; integration of polynomial, algebraic, exponential, logarithmic and trigonometric functions; integration by parts; substitution techniques; and improper integrals. applications to business, life, social sciences and physics are discussed.

Prerequisite: MtH 201 with a grade of C or higher.

Credits: 4

MUS 104IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Percussion this independent study course consists of private drum lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. a scheduled one-half hour lesson per week along with logged practice hours is the requirement. all levels of experience and beginners are accepted. lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. the lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1. Core arts/Humanities Elective MUS 105IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Piano this independent study course consists of private piano lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. a scheduled one-half hour lesson per week along with logged practice hours is the requirement. all levels of experience and beginners are accepted. lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. the lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1. Core arts/Humanities Elective MUS 106IS Voice Lessons this independent study course consists of private voice lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. all students are interviewed/auditioned for placement in the appropriate level of proficiency. lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. the lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester recital.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1. Core arts/Humanities Elective MUS 107IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Woodwinds this independent study course consists of private flute, clarinet or saxophone lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. a scheduled one-half hour lesson per week along with logged practice hours is the requirement. all levels of experience and beginners are accepted. lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. the lessons culminate in an end-ofthe-semester performance. Students must supply their own instruments.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1. Core arts/Humanities Elective

146

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Nursing MUS 108IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Brass this independent study course consists of private trumpet or trombone lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. a scheduled one-half hour lesson per week along with logged practice hours is the requirement. all levels of experience and beginners are accepted. lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. the lessons culminate in an end-ofthe-semester performance. Students must supply their own instruments.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1. Core arts/Humanities Elective MUS 109IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Guitar this independent study course consists of private guitar lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. a scheduled one-half hour lesson per week along with logged practice hours is the requirement. all levels of experience and beginners are accepted. lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. the lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance. Students must supply their own instruments.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1. Core arts/Humanities Elective MUS 110IS Instrumental Music Lessons on Electric Bass this independent study course consists of private bass lessons, given on a one-to-one basis. a scheduled one-half hour lesson per week along with logged practice hours is the requirement. all levels of experience and beginners are accepted. lessons are structured to provide learning experiences that increase the level of proficiency on the chosen instrument, as well as understanding of general musical concepts and performance practice. the lessons culminate in an end-of-the-semester performance. Students must supply their own instruments.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1. Core arts/Humanities Elective

NUR 100

Fundamental Concepts of Nursing Practice this course provides an introduction to nursing and the roles of the professional nurse. the concepts of patientcentered care, professionalism, teamwork, quality improvement, collaboration, safety, evidence-based practice and leadership are introduced in this course. Emphasis is placed on the knowledge and skills needed to provide safe, quality care. Students will use the nursing process to guide basic clinical decisions. the theoretical foundation for a general assessment and nursing skills is presented, and the student is given an opportunity to demonstrate these skills in a laboratory and clinical setting.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 9.

NUR 105 Nursing of Adults I this course focuses on the care of adult and older adult patients with uncomplicated physical and/or mental behavioral alterations that require medical and/or surgical intervention. Emphasis is placed on the care of an adult or older adult with alterations in selected body functions, including mental behavioral issues. Concepts of patientcentered care, teamwork and collaboration, evidence-based practice, quality improvement, safety, informatics, professionalism, and leadership are integrated throughout the course. Clinical experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe patient care to one adult and/or older adult patient per experience in a variety of settings.

Prerequisites: NuR 100 Corequisite: NuR 106 Credits: 7.

NUR 106 – Mental Health Nursing this course focuses on the care of patients across the lifespan experiencing alterations in mental behavioral health. Concepts of crisis intervention and therapeutic communication are integrated throughout the course. the promotion and/or maintenance of mental behavioral health issues of patients and families are emphasized.

Interventions, both non-pharmacological and pharmacological, are explored for patients with alterations in mental behavioral health. Students will address mental behavior health issues during maternal-child, medicalsurgical and simulation experiences. the community as a site for care and support services is addressed.

Prerequisites: NuR 100 Corequisite: NuR 105 Credits: 2.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

147

NUR 205 Nursing of Adults II this course focuses on the care of adult and older adult patients with complicated health alterations and/or mental behavioral issues. Concepts of pathophysiology, pharmacology nutrition, evidence-based practice, quality improvement, informatics and teamwork and collaboration and safety will be integrated throughout the course.

Progression of clinical skills, priority setting, time management and clinical judgement, and legal and ethical tenets are integrated throughout the course. Clinical experiences provide the student the opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe care to two patients with complicated health alterations and/or mental behavioral health alterations in a variety of settings.

Prerequisites: NuR 100, 105, 106 Corequisites: NuR 206 Credits: 5.

NUR 206 Maternal Child Nursing this course provides an integrative, family-centered approach to the care of mothers, newborns, and children.

Emphasis is placed on normal and high-risk pregnancies, normal growth and development, family dynamics, common pediatric disorders, and the promotion of healthy behaviors in patients. laboratory and simulation experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe patient care to mothers, newborns, and children.

Prerequisites: NuR 100, 105, 106 Corequisite: NuR 205 Credits: 4.

NUR 211 Nursing of Adults III this course focuses on the care of adult and older adult patients with complicated multi-system health alterations and/or mental behavioral issues. Emphasis is placed on helping patients and their families to cope with alterations in body functions. Concepts of pathophysiology, pharmacology, nutrition, informatics, evidence-based practice, and teamwork and collaboration will be integrated throughout the course. Progression of clinical skills, priority setting, time-management, clinical judgment, and tenets of legal and ethical practice are integrated throughout the course. Clinical experiences provide the student an opportunity to apply theoretical concepts and implement safe care to two or more patients in a variety of settings.

Prerequisites: NuR 100, 105, 106, 205, 206 Corequisite: NuR 216 Credits: 4.

148

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

NUR 216

Transition to Professional Nursing Practice this course facilitates the transition of the student to the role of a professional nurse. Emphasis is placed on contemporary issues and management concepts, as well as developing the skills of delegation, conict management, leadership, and NClEX preparation. legal and ethical issues are discussed with a focus on personal accountability and responsibility. Standards of practice and the signiďŹ cance of functioning according to regulations and statutes are analyzed. the student will implement a remediation plan based on identiďŹ ed areas of weakness in preparing for the NClEX exam.

Prerequisites: NuR 100, 105, 106, 205, 206 Corequisites: NuR 211 Credits: 2.

Occupational Therapy Assistant OTA 113 Functional Anatomy for the OTA this course offers an interactive presentation of the musculoskeletal structure and function in the human body. this course is an in-depth study of the human skeleton and muscles with an integrated laboratory component focusing on the functional component of these systems. the student will actively participate in learning how the muscles function to create purposeful movement. this class is a prerequisite class to ota 114. Successful completion of this class is necessary to continue with the ota course sequence.

Prerequisite: BIo 103.

Corequisite: BIo 104.

Credit: 1 OTA 114 Applied Kinesiology applied Kinesiology involves the study of human motion with a strong emphasis on pathokinesiology. the anatomy and physiology of the skeletal and neuromuscular systems are reviewed and the functional interaction of these systems in producing movement is studied in the classroom and in the laboratory. analysis of normal and abnormal motion, strength, coordination, neuromuscular activity and methods of clinical assessment and treatment application are included.

Prerequisites: BIo 103, ota 113.

Corequisite: BIo 104.

Credits: 4

OTA 121 Survey of Occupational Therapy Principles this course is designed to introduce the student to the basic principles of occupational therapy theory and practice. It describes the primary competencies and performance objectives for training as a Certified occupational therapy assistant (Cota). this course helps the student build a body of knowledge, attitudes, values and basic skills needed to enter the profession as a Cota. this course includes an off-site fieldwork component to complement academic teaching content.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 4 OTA 123 Bio-Psycho-Social Conditions this course provides a survey of medical/psychosocial conditions that impact on the functioning of human beings. the etiology, pathology, symptomatology, prognosis, and medical treatment of significant conditions will be presented. Each condition is discussed in its developmental context, i.e. age of typical occurrence and impact on life tasks at the particular stage. this course is taught in close connection with ota 122 to enable the student to correlate normal developmental life tasks with typical disruptions of function at each stage.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 OTA 124 Occupational Dysfunction in Childhood and Adolescence this course builds on the basic concepts taught in ota 114, 121, 123, and SoC 122. It has two functions: 1) to present in-depth the impact of bio-psycho-social dysfunction on an individual and his/her family throughout the period of childhood and adolescence, including the role of socio-cultural values and their impact on adaptation and 2) to address the acquisition of professional concepts, evaluation and treatment planning skills that reflect current occupational therapy practice with children and adolescents. a pediatric Fieldwork level I experience is integrated into this course to assist the student with the application of knowledge attained in the classroom.

Prerequisites: ota 121, SoC 122, ota 123, and ota 114; Corequisite: ota 125.

Credits: 4

OTA 125 Activities and Adaptations for Childhood and Adolescence this course is designed to provide the opportunity for exploration of activities of childhood and adolescence through experiential learning. Students will be introduced to selection, design and development of adaptations and the grading of activities to facilitate maximum function.

Emphasis is on problem solving and the development of clinical reasoning skills regarding the therapeutic application of activities and adaptations within the occupational therapy process.

Prerequisite: None.

Corequisite: ota 124.

Credits: 3 OTA 126 Professional Seminar I the purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork Ia. Prerequisite: None.

Corequisite: ota 121.

Credit: 1 OTA 127 Professional Seminar II the purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork IB. Prerequisite: None.

Corequisite: ota 124.

Credit: 1 OTA 224 Occupational Dysfunction in Adulthood and Geriatrics this course emphasizes the impact of dysfunction in the areas of aDl, work, and leisure in adults and older adults with a variety of mental and physical deficits and abilities.

Current professional literature will be used to provide guidelines, case stories, and experiential learning activities to facilitate optimal understanding of information within practical contexts. this course combines academic knowledge with relevant clinical observations and experiences. this course includes an off-site fieldwork component.

Prerequisite: Satisfactory completion of all 100-level ota coursework; Corequisite: ota 225.

Credits: 4

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

149

OTA 225 Activities and Adaptations for Adulthood and Geriatrics this course emphasizes experiential and hands-on learning within the classroom setting. this course is a complement to ota 224 because it allows the student to engage in activity based tasks that emphasize the ota’s role in treating the adult/older adult population with mental and/or physical dysfunction. adaptation of the tools and environment in which this population is treated and/or lives will be taught. group activities, selected craft projects, adaptation projects, presentations and competency testing will be used to facilitate learning.

Prerequisite: None.

Corequisite: ota 224.

Credits: 3 OTA 226 Clinical Skills throughout the Life Span this course is designed to help students develop the following clinical skills which relate to treatment of clients across the life span: assessment methods and related treatment techniques for motor, sensory, visual/perceptual and mental dysfunction; performance of assistive techniques to facilitate maximum occupational performance; selection and/or fabrication of environmental adaptations and technological equipment; fabrication of basic orthotics; understanding of safety precautions; performance of functional transfers and related training of clients/patients; and effective communication skills within a culturally diverse society.

Prerequisites: Satisfactory completion of all 100-level ota coursework.

Credits: 3 OTA 227 Professional Seminar III the purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork IC. Prerequisite: None.

Corequisite: ota 224.

Credit: 1

150

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

OTA 228 Professional Seminar IV the purpose of this seminar is to support the student in transferring classroom learning of first semester content to the clinical setting during Fieldwork level IIa and B. Prerequisite: None.

Corequisites: ota 231, ota 232.

Credit: 1 OTA 231 Fieldwork Experience Level IIA this course consists of a full time 8-week clinical placement. the goal is the application of academically acquired knowledge through in-depth experiences in the clinical setting. the experience provides the student with opportunities for carrying out professional responsibility under appropriate supervision and professional modeling. all level II fieldwork must be completed no later than 18 months following completion of academic coursework.

Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of all preceding ota coursework with C or better; Corequisite: ota 228.

Credits: 6 OTA 232 Fieldwork Experience, Level IIB this course consists of a second full time 8-week clinical placement. the goal is the application of academically acquired knowledge through in-depth experiences in the clinical setting. the experience provides the student with opportunities for carrying out professional responsibility under appropriate supervision and professional modeling. all level II fieldwork must be completed no later than 18 months following completion of academic coursework.

Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of all preceding ota coursework with C or better; Corequisite: ota 228.

Credits: 6

Phlebotomy PBT 210 Phlebotomy Lecture this course prepares students for their phlebotomy rotation as part of the hospital practicum by reviewing equipment used for phlebotomy, procedures and safety practices.

Students participate in venipuncture practice.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits 3

PED 112 Yoga this course introduces the students to yoga and its physical and mental benefits. Students learn a series of poses and breathing techniques to increase strength, flexibility, balance and the ability to focus.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1

PBT 201 Phlebotomy Practicum the phlebotomy practicum will reinforce the student’s knowledge of phlebotomy theory and enhance the student’s proficiency in phlebotomy technique.

Prerequisites: PBt 210.

Credit: 2

PED 113 Introduction to Weight Training this course allows the student to obtain benefits of weight training by using Harcum’s fitness center in a classstructured environment. Students learn proper lifting technique, correct breathing, names for specific muscle groups and the uses of the equipment in the Fitness Center through supervised training.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1

PBT 202 Certification Exam Prep Seminar PBt 202 will provide the student with the tools to prepare for success on the aSCP-PBt Board of Certification Exam. the student will access tests in all areas of phlebotomy and will receive personal instruction to overcome areas of weakness.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1

Physical Education PED 101 Volleyball Team this course involves the active participation of the student in an accepted team sport. Physical education is an important of the school’s curriculum, and the participation in sports promotes physical fitness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of team.

Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCaa requirements in order to participate in a team sport.

Credit: 1 PED 102 Soccer Team this course involves the active participation of the student in an accepted team sport. Physical education is an important of the school’s curriculum, and the participation in sports promotes physical fitness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of team.

Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCaa requirements in order to participate in a team sport.

Credit: 1

PED 123 Wellness this course allows the student to take an active role in the process of becoming aware of the different areas in one’s life, identifying the areas that need improvement and then making the choices that facilitate attainment of a higher level of health and well-being. this course emphasizes developing attitudes and engaging in behaviors that enhance quality of life and maximize personal potential.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 2 PED 124 Fitness for Living Students will learn fitness techniques and develop routines for better health.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1 PED 130 Basketball Team this course involves the active participation of the student in an accepted team sport. Physical education is an important of the school’s curriculum, and the participation in sports promotes physical fitness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of team.

Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCaa requirements in order to participate in a team sport.

Credit: 1

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

151

Psychology PED 131 Track Team this course involves the active participation of the student in an accepted team sport. Physical education is an important of the school’s curriculum, and the participation in sports promotes physical fitness in students, helps them to develop an understanding of rules and strategies, and teaches them to work as a member of team.

Prerequisite: Students must meet NJCaa requirements in order to participate in a team sport.

Credit: 1 PED 199 Flex Credit Students are given credit for their membership and participation at any fitness center. arrangements may also be made for students to use Harcum’s facilities while supervised.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 1

Photography PHT 103 Digital Photography Digital Photography is an elective class that encourages students to discover their own photographic vision and style. the student will learn the basics of camera handling, photographic functions, and composition through photographic assignments, critiques and practice in Photoshop.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective

152

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

PSY 111 Introductory Psychology this course introduces the student to the basic concepts of psychological processes, including: brain functioning, the role of neurotransmitters, sensation and perception, states of consciousness, learning, memory, thinking, intelligence, motivation, and emotions. the course also examines theories of personality, describes the spectrum of psychological disorders, and explores types of therapy. By the end of the course, students should be able to apply these psychological concepts to enhance their critical thinking skills.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 3. Core arts/Humanities Elective PSY 112 Psychology of Personality and Adjustment this course examines the components of a healthy personality from a variety of perspectives. the biological, genetic, and physiological contributions are assessed in depth, based on current research. In addition, more traditional theories of personality, based on the work of Sigmund Freud (defense mechanisms), Erik Erikson (egodevelopment and ego-identity) and other personality theorists will be explored. the course allows students to take and evaluate various personality-testing instruments.

Finally, the course addresses underlying issues in personality research – Is personality hard-wired in the brain at birth, or is it shaped by social and environmental factors over time? are personality traits consistent across all interactions, or is personality more situationally-based? Can personality traits be changed through therapy and/or individual effort?

Prerequisite: PSY 111.

Credit: 3. Core Social Science Elective

PSY 113 The Inclusive Classroom the purpose of this course is to help students develop attitudes and skills to meet the needs of all children in their programs. By the end of the course, students should have developed the knowledge and the problem solving skills to adapt strategies and develop original materials for an effective inclusive learning environment. Students are introduced to the history and legal background of inclusive education will be familiar with major conditions and factors affecting a child’s ability to learn, and be able to communicate effectively with the professional team, including medical/developmental specialists. this course examines the educational needs of young children who have cultural differences and explores teaching approaches to accommodate these needs in a cooperative environment, including parents, school and community interaction. the course includes experiential, hands-on learning, and promotes practical application and problem solving.

Prerequisites: None.

Credit: 3. Core Social Science or Diversity Elective PSY 154 Child Development this course traces the development of the child from conception through middle childhood, focusing on the developmental characteristics of infants, toddlers, preschoolers and school-age children, with emphasis on sensory motor, cognitive and social-emotional development.

Prerequisite: None.

Credit: 3. Core Social Science Elective PSY 156 Human Development this course traces the development of the individual from conception through the life span, focusing on the developmental characteristics of infancy, childhood, adolescence, young and middle adulthood and old age.

Emphasis is on normal development. theories considered are psychoanalytic, cognitive, behaviorist, humanist and ethological. Effects and interaction of genetics and environment or nature/nurture are emphasized.

Prerequisite: PSY 111.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science Elective PSY 158 Psychology of Disabilities this course examines the social and psychological aspects of disability from the perspective of the individual, significant others, helping professionals and society in general. Special emphasis is given to the dynamics of interactions that affect the rehabilitative process.

Prerequisite: PSY 111.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science or Diversity Elective

PSY 212 Group Dynamics 3-0-3 this course is an introduction to small-group therapy with a particular focus on group characteristics and processes such as how a group is defined; conformity, consensus and conflict in groups; types of power and influence in groups; leadership styles; phases or stages in group behavior; motivational processes in groups and communication patterns in groups.

Prerequisite: PSY 111.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science Elective PSY 213 Educational Psychology the purpose of this course is to review concepts and principles of psychology in order to apply them to educational methods. topics to be covered are child development, learning, intelligence, motivation, memory, variations in learning styles, evaluation and assessment. teaching methods from the behaviorist, humanist and cognitive view are considered.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science Elective PSY 253 Abnormal Psychology this course examines past and contemporary theories of mental health and abnormality; describes symptoms of mental disorders such as anxiety and panic disorders, phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorders, mood disorders (depression and bipolar disorder), schizophrenia, dissociative disorders and personality disorders; examines causes of each disorder and assesses methods of treatment for each disorder.

Prerequisite: PSY 111; Core Social Science or Diversity Elective Credits: 3.

PSY 260 Introduction to Clinical Psychology this course introduces the student to the foundational concepts, skills, techniques and responsibilities involved in the therapeutic relationship. the course focuses on the basic elements of the therapeutic situation, including: the role of the therapist, the role of the client, the frame of the therapeutic relationship, active listening, transference, resistance, counter-transference, and ethical issues facing the therapist. the course will include both theoretical and concrete descriptive discussions of these concepts. We will also employ case illustrations, role-playing and experiential learning in this course.

Prerequisites: PSY 111, PSY 253.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science Elective

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

153

Physical Therapist Assistant PTA 109 Functional Anatomy this course offers an interactive presentation of the musculoskeletal structure and function in the human body. this course is an in-depth study of the human skeleton and muscles with an integrated laboratory component focusing on the functional components of these systems. the student actively participates in learning how the muscles function to create purposeful movement. an average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course.

Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the Pta course sequence.

Prerequisite: None.

Corequisite: Pta 110, Pta 111.

Credits: 2 PTA 110 Introduction to Physical Therapy this course provides the student with an understanding and background of the practice of the Physical therapy and the role of the Physical therapist assistant. topics include the funding of health care, professional ethics, legal aspects, culture and disability, writing SoaP note documentation, and the role of the Pta and health care interdisciplinary team. a minimum course average of 73% is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is required to continue within the Pta sequence.

Prerequisite/Corequisite: BIo 103, Pta 109, Pta 111.

Credits: 2 PTA 111 Foundation Principles of Physical Therapy this course will introduce the student to the basic clinical skills required as part of patient care activities. topics include transfer techniques, body mechanics, wheelchair management, the use of assistive devices for ambulation, bed mobility, positioning, passive range of motion, goniometry, vital signs and normal gait, normal development. the lab sessions will introduce the students to the problem solving approach by applying their techniques and knowledge in simulated patient care scenarios. an average of 73% or better is required to pass the course. Successful completion of this course is required to continue within the Pta sequence.

Prerequisite/Corequisite: BIo 103.

Corequisites: Pta 109, Pta 110.

Credits: 3

154

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

PTA 112 Physical Therapy I/Electrophysiology Pta 112 introduces the student to the general principles of treatment using physical therapy modalities. the student will learn the theory and application of superďŹ cial heat, cold, ultrasound, massage, hydrotherapy, intermittent compression, traction, Electrical Stimulation parameters (tENS, NMES, FES, Russian Stim), sEMg, Iontophoresis, electrical current waveforms of high volt, interferential and others with inclusion of pertinent evidence based research. also students learn the theories and purpose of uV light, diathermy, and infrared. the clinical problem solving approach will be emphasized in this course and all students are expected to utilize related course information where applicable. an average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the Pta course sequence.

Prerequisites: BIo 103, Pta 109, Pta 110, Pta 111 with a grade of C or higher.

Credits: 4 PTA 114 Applied Kinesiology this course involved the study of human motion with a strong emphasis on pathokinesiology. the anatomy and physiology of the skeletal and neuromuscular systems are reviewed and the functional interaction of these systems in producing movement is studied in the classroom and the laboratory. Discussion of normal and abnormal motion, locomotion, neuromuscular activity and methods of clinical evaluation are included. a minimum of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the course sequence.

Prerequisites: BIo 103, Pta 109, Pta 110, Pta 111 with a grade of C or higher.

Credits: 4 PTA 116 Introduction to Therapeutic Exercise this course teaches the student concepts and skills based upon knowledge of anatomy, physiology and applied kinesiology, for the clinical application of healing through exercise. the course will present principles of therapeutic exercises including: RoM, stretching, strengthening, aerobic conditioning, cardiac rehab, health & wellness, post-surgery& post injury, peripheral nerve disorders, balance and vestibular exercises and pre- and post-natal exercise. an average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the Pta course sequence.

Prerequisites: BIo 103, Pta 109, Pta 110, Pta 111, with a grade of C or higher; Prerequisites/Corequisites: BIo 104, Pta 112.

Credits: 2

PTA 130 Introduction to Rehabilitation the student will learn the basic principles of rehabilitation and be able to begin to apply them to basic patient scenarios across the continuum of care. Included in this course are functional mobility training techniques, balance interventions, the use of basic neurological treatment procedures, introduction to aDl functional assessment and architectural assessment. this course also addresses the exploration of physical therapy practice in a rehab environment and the integration of professional behaviors in both classroom and observation settings. through classroom, observation and application activities the student will begin to further develop problem solving, critical thinking and professional behaviors within the scope of practice of a Pta. an average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the Pta course sequence.

Prerequisites: BIo 103, Pta 109, Pta 110, Pta 111, with a grade of C or higher.

Prerequisites/Corequisites: BIo 104, Pta 112, Pta 114.

Credits: 3 PTA 150 Clinical Affiliation I this course is the first full time four-week clinical education experience. the affiliation combines classroom knowledge and skills with on the job responsibilities and training, under the supervision of a licensed Pt or Pta Clinical instructor. During the affiliation, the student will utilize techniques and integrate knowledge learned during their first two semesters of didactic classroom and lab courses, by implementing the Physical therapist’s established plan of care. they will also gain experience interacting with patients and receive an overview of the physical therapy profession. Students receive a PaSS/FaIl grade for their clinical internship.

Prerequisites: Pta 109, Pta 110, Pta 112, Pta 114, Pta 116, Pta 130 with a grade of C or higher.

Credits: 3

PTA 212 Selected Topics in Physical Therapy this course offers specific preparation for the future Pta in the areas of orthopedics, geriatrics, pediatrics and other specified diagnostic classes (respiratory, integumentary, bariatrics). Course content includes overviews of pathologies, diagnoses and specific health care needs of the orthopedic, geriatric, pediatric and other clients as well as specific treatment interventions. the integrated lecture lab component and problem solving approach facilitates the student’s acquisition of hands on skills. an average of 73% or better is required to pass this course.

Prerequisites: Pta 109, Pta 110, Pta 111, Pta 112, Pta 114, Pta 116, Pta 130, Pta 150 with a grade of C or higher; Corequisite: Pta 231.

Credits: 2 PTA 218 Pathophysiology the student is introduced to the medical and surgical conditions most frequently encountered in Pt Departments. the basic inflammatory and healing processes and the principles of treatment to promote healing are covered. the cause, clinical signs, symptoms and pathophysiological course and treatment of each condition are covered. Emphasis throughout the course is on the role of the Pta in the treatment of each condition. the student will be presented with basic concepts of wellness as well as the aging process. an average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course.Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the Pta course sequence.

Prerequisites: BIo 103, BIo 104, Pta 109, Pta 110, Pta 111, Pta 112, Pta 114, Pta 116, Pta 130, Pta 150 with a grade of C or higher.

Credits: 4

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

155

PTA 222 Orthopedics this course will review basic anatomy and physiology of the spine and extremity joints and basic treatment principles of therapeutic exercise (RoM, stretching, manual techniques, strengthening exercises, aerobic conditioning and balance exercises). Students will be encouraged to utilize this information to create a more in depth knowledge of orthopedic pathologies and diagnoses. this course will present common orthopedic conditions and diagnoses for each joint and will utilize knowledge of current exercise protocols and treatment regimens, evidenced-based practice articles and regional practice patterns. the focus of the lab portion of this course is for the Pta student to problem-solve orthopedic treatment, exercise prescription and exercise progression for each diagnosis in the acute, sub-acute or chronic phases. a more in-depth presentation of treatment of athletes is also included. an average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course. Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue with the Pta course sequence.

Prerequisites: BIo 103, BIo 104, Pta 101, Pta 109, Pta 110, Pta 111, Pta 112, Pta 114, Pta 116, Pta 150 with a grade of C or higher.

Credits: 3 PTA 231 Rehabilitation Applications the student will learn the basic principles of rehabilitation and be able to apply them using specialized treatment techniques across the continuum of care. Included in this course are identification and correction of gait deviations, the use of orthotic and prosthetic devices and basic neurological treatment procedures, aDl functional assessment and wheelchair prescription. the student is taught the theory and implementation of rehabilitation techniques for patient’s status post: traumatic brain injury/head trauma, spinal cord injuries, orthopedic conditions, amputations, progressive neurological diseases and other related pathologies. the student will demonstrate understanding of the normal developmental sequence and be able to apply treatment interventions across the lifespan. an average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course.

Successful completion of this course is necessary to continue in the Pta course sequence.

Prerequisites: BIo 103, BIo 104, Pta 101, Pta 109, Pta 110, Pta 111, Pta 112, Pta 114, Pta 116, Pta 130, Pta 150 with a grade of C or higher.

Credits: 4

156

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

PTA 240 Clinical Seminar this course meets to aids in the integration of classroom and clinical education. Via seminar and course assignments, students will learn to apply concepts of evidence based practice. Workshops will be conducted on résumé writing, job interview techniques and the role of the Pta within the health care team. the student will participate in mandatory licensure review and preparation activities. an average of 73% or higher is required to pass this course.

Prerequisites: Pta 109, Pta 110, Pta 111, Pta 112, Pta 114, Pta 116, Pta 130, Pta 150, Pta 212, Pta 218, Pta 222, Pta 231 with a grade of C or higher and successful completion of all general education courses.

Credits: 2 PTA 250 Clinical Affiliation II this is the second required course in the continuum of supervised clinical experiences in selected health care settings. the student is working toward mastery of the skills that lead to a level of performance necessary for preparation into entry –level practice as a safe and effective clinician. this course is the first full time, 7 week clinical experience that occurs after students have completed all of their classroom education. the affiliation combines classroom knowledge and clinical skills in a variety of health care settings designed to move the student toward full utilization of clinical skills and allow the administration of treatment programs as a physical therapy professional, under the guidance and supervision of their clinical instructor.

During this clinical affiliation the student is expected to show competence in reviewing of the medical record; interviewing of the patient and family members; knowledge of a diagnosis, implementing a treatment program based on the Physical therapist’s plan of care and assessing its effectiveness, and in execution and recording of tests and measurements. the student should be able to document the results of the selected intervention; therapy goals and intervention plans; and the patient’s progress toward established outcomes. the student should demonstrate the communication skills needed to be effective in interacting with the patient, his family, team members, and the clinical instructor. In addition the student should be active in self evaluation and in seeking out the resources to meet identified deficiencies. under the supervision of the clinical instructor, the student will begin to integrate the implications of multi system involvement in a patient on problem solving about prognosis, length of stay, and selection and progression of treatment interventions. the student is expected to begin to justify his/her choice of treatment, seeking out evidence to support his/her clinical decision making.

Students should refer to their student and clinical education handbook for specific policies and procedures and regarding the clinical affiliation. Students receive a PaSS/FaIl grade for their clinical internship.

Prerequisites: Pta 109, Pta 110, Pta 111, Pta 112, Pta 114, Pta 116, Pta 130, Pta 150, Pta 212, Pta 218, Pta 222, Pta 231 with a grade of C or higher, and all required general education courses must be completed prior to Pta 250.

Credits: 6 PTA 251 Clinical Affiliation III this is the final required course in the continuum of supervised clinical experiences in selected health care settings. the student is working toward mastery of the skills that lead to a level of performance necessary for preparation into entry –level practice as a safe and effective clinician. this course is the terminal full- time, 7 week clinical experience that occurs after students have completed all of their classroom education. the affiliation combines classroom knowledge and clinical skills in a variety of health care settings designed to move the student toward full utilization of clinical skills and allow the administration of treatment programs as a physical therapy professional, under the guidance and supervision of their clinical instructor. During this clinical affiliation the student is expected to show competence in reviewing of the medical record; interviewing of the patient and family members; knowledge of a diagnosis, implementing a treatment program based on the Physical therapist’s plan of care and assessing its effectiveness, and in execution and recording of tests and measurements. the student should be able to document the results of the selected intervention; therapy goals and intervention plans; and the patient’s progress toward established outcomes. the student should demonstrate the communication skills needed to be effective in interacting with the patient, family, team members, and the clinical instructor. In addition the student should be active in self-evaluation and in seeking out the resources to meet identified deficiencies. under the supervision of the clinical instructor, the student will integrate the implications of multi system involvement in a patient by problem solving about prognosis, length of stay, and selection and progression of treatment interventions. the student is expected to justify his/her choice of treatment, seeking out evidence to support his/her clinical decision making.

Students should refer to their student and clinical education handbook for specific policies and procedures and regarding the clinical affiliation. Students receive a PaSS/FaIl grade for their clinical internship.

Prerequisites: Pta 109, Pta 110, Pta 111, Pta 112, Pta 114, Pta 116, Pta 130, Pta 150, Pta 212, Pta 218, Pta 222, Pta 231 with a grade of C or higher and successful completion of all general education courses.

Credits: 6

Radiologic Technology RAD 101

Introduction to Radiologic Sciences & Patient Care this course is designed to provide an overview of the foundations in radiography and the practitioner’s role in the health care delivery system. Principles, practices and policies of the health care organization(s) are examined and discussed in addition to the professional responsibilities of the radiographer. the course provides the basic concepts of patient care, including consideration for the physical and psychological needs of the patient and family. Patient care procedures are discussed, as well as infection control procedures using standard precautions. the role of the radiographer in patient education is identified. Students are required to complete this course before entering the clinical sites.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 RAD 102 Radiographic Procedures I Content of this course is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of the chest, abdomen and upper extremities.

Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality. laboratory experience is used to complement the didactic portion.

Prerequisite: RaD 101.

Credits: 4 RAD 103 Radiographic Exposures I Content of this course is designed to establish a basic knowledge of atomic structure and terminology. also presented are the nature and characteristics of radiation, xray production and the fundamentals of photon interactions with matter.

Prerequisite: RaD 101.

Credits: 3

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

157

RAD 104 Clinical Education I Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures. through structured sequential, competency-based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patient-centered clinical practice and professional development are discussed, examined and evaluated.

Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imaging and total quality management. levels of competency and outcomes measurement ensure the wellbeing of the patient preparatory to, during and following the radiologic procedure.

Prerequisite: RaD 101.

Credits: 2 RAD 105 Radiographic Procedures II Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of the lower extremities and spine. Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality. laboratory experience is used to complement the didactic portion.

Prerequisite: RaD 102.

Credits: 4 RAD 106 Radiographic Exposure II Content is designed to establish a knowledge base in radiographic, uoroscopic, mobile and tomographic equipment requirements and design. this class also focuses on factors that govern and inuence the production and recording of radiologic images including properties of quality assurance and control to ensure the best possible diagnosis.

Prerequisite: RaD 103.

Credits: 3 RAD 107 Clinical Education II Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures. through structured sequential, competency-based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patient-centered clinical practice and professional development are discussed, examined and evaluated.

Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imaging and total quality management. levels of competency and outcomes measurement shall ensure the well-being of the patient preparatory to, during and following the radiologic procedure.

Prerequisite: RaD 104.

Credits: 2 158

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

RAD 108 Clinical Education III Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures. through structured sequential, competency-based assignments in clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patient-centered clinical practice and professional development are discussed, examined and evaluated.

Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imagining and total quality management. levels of competency and outcomes measurement ensure the wellbeing of the patient preparatory to, during and following the radiologic procedure. as the students achieve competency, they begin performing more studies under indirect supervision.

Prerequisite: RaD 107.

Credits: 3 RAD 200 Digital Radiography and PACS Digital Radiography and PaCS is an overview and introduction to Digital Imaging and Computed Radiography at an entry level. It will provide radiography students with information assisting them in the operating of equipment used in the clinical setting and understand the image acquisition guidelines, as well as detailed exposure guidelines and quality control practices to help obtain the best radiographs possible. Image processing, production of clear radiographic images using digital technologies, and working with CR/DR quality workstations and information systems are covered as well as system architecture and the importance of HIPaa laws while accessing information systems. Students will understand why digital imaging works and how they can provide optimal Imaging techniques necessary for patient care through advanced imaging processing and manipulation functions.

Prerequisite: RaD 101.

Credit: 1 RAD 201 Radiographic Procedures III Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of mobile studies, pediatric exams and operating room studies.

Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality. the student learns to work with other health care team members for accurate image acquisition during non-routine procedures.

Prerequisite: RaD 105.

Credits: 2

RAD 202 Radiation Protection and Biology Content is designed to provide an overview of the principles of radiation protection, including the responsibilities of the radiographer for patients, personnel and the public. Radiation health and safety requirements of federal and state regulatory agencies, accreditation agencies and health care organizations are incorporated.

Prerequisite: RaD 101.

Credits: 3 RAD 203 Radiographic Pathology Content is designed and presented to introduce theories of disease causation and the pathophysiologic responses, clinical manifestations, radiographic appearance and management of alterations in body systems.

Prerequisite: RaD 101.

Credits: 2 RAD 204 Clinical Education IV Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures. through structured sequential, competency-based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patient-centered clinical practice and professional development are discussed, examined and evaluated.

Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imaging and total quality management. levels of competency and outcomes measurement ensure the wellbeing of the patient preparatory to, during and following the radiographic procedure. as the students achieve competency, they begin performing more studies under indirect supervision.

Prerequisite: RaD 108.

Credits: 3 RAD 205 Radiographic Procedures IV Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of the upper spine, skull and facial bones. gastrointestinal anatomy and imaging are also discussed. Consideration is given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality. laboratory experience is used to complement the didactic portion.

Prerequisite: Rad 201.

Credits: 3

RAD 207 Clinical Education V Content and clinical practice experiences are designed for sequential development, application, critical analysis, integration, synthesis and evaluation of concepts and theories in the performance of radiologic procedures. through structured, sequential, competency-based assignments in a clinical setting, concepts of team practice, patient-centered practice and professional development are discussed, examined and evaluated. Clinical practice experiences are designed to provide patient care and assessment, competent performance of radiologic imaging and total quality management. levels of competency and outcomes measurement ensure the well-being of the patient preparatory to, during and following the radiologic procedure. as the students achieve competency, they begin performing more studies under indirect supervision.

Prerequisite: RaD 204.

Credits: 3 RAD 208 Radiographic Procedures V this course is a continuation of RaD205, Radiographic Procedures. Content is designed to provide a knowledge base necessary to perform standard radiographic procedures of the skull and facial bones. Fundamentals of special procedures and sterile tray technique will be covered.

Consideration will be given to the production of images of optimal diagnostic quality. other imaging modalities will be discussed. attention to infection control and technique, and how other imaging procedures accompany diagnostic procedures for overall planning and treatment of the patient. laboratory experience will be used to complement the didactic portion and is a mandatory accompaniment.

Prerequisite: RaD 205.

Credits: 3 RAD 209 Registry Review Content is designed to prepare students to take the american Registry of Radiologic technology Examination. all didactic and clinical information from the 22 month program is reviewed and the students are given a number of registry type practice examinations. the course provides an overall review of the nature and characteristics of x-ray production and the fundamentals of photon interaction with matter. the principles of radiation protection, including the responsibilities of the radiographer for patients, personnel, and the public are included as well as regulatory considerations. Emphasis on patient care, monitoring post contrast administration, performance of radiographic exams and professionalism are included.

Prerequisite: successful completion of all RaD courses from RaD 101 through RaD 205.

Credits: 3

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

159

Retail Merchandising

Social Media Marketing

RET 105 Retail Strategies I this first of a two part course will introduce the student to the world of fashion retailing – retailing, marketing and financial strategies will be addressed. Basic fashion and business concepts will be covered, with a focus on retail business fundamentals.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

SMM 210 Social Media Marketing Strategy this course will explain, define, illustrate and apply the ways in which businesses can maximize their marketing efforts through the integration of social media with current marketing strategies. the course will cover the growth and future of social media; how consumers respond to and interact with social media; how businesses can develop an effective social media campaign, how to set social media marketing goals; and how to measure results of social media marketing campaigns.

Prerequisite: IaD 100, BuS 110, BuS 242, ENg 101, MtH 113 or MtH 115.

Credits: 3

RET 106 Retail Strategies II this second of a two part course will focus on the merchandising, marketing and selling of fashion. We will explore visual merchandising and display, promotion and customer service as key elements in the fashion retail strategy.

Prerequisite: REt 105.

Credits: 3 RET 115 Fashion History this course will trace the history of costume and apparel from pre-history to the modern day. Emphasis will be placed on the interplay between fashion and sociology, how fashion reflects the values of its’ day and affects the lives of the people that wear it. Students will study fashion through art, photography, movies and examining actual garments.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core Humanities Elective RET 116 Introduction to Fashion this course is an introduction to the global fashion industry.

Students will analyze the business of fashion; how it is conceived, marketed and sold. It is an overview of important resources, companies and personnel who impact the industry.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 RET 205 Cooperative Store Service Students serve an internship in the fashion industry or a fashion industry-related business under the supervision of a faculty member and on-site personnel. active participation and a significant level of responsibilities are expected in the internship setting. Reports and projects are required.

Prerequisite: REt 106, REt 116, REt 211, BuS 110, BuS 109, BuS 221, BuS 213.

Credits: 4 RET 211 Textiles this course is a study of textile materials including properties of natural and man-made fibers, yarn formulation, fabric design and production, dyeing, finishing and textile legislation.

Prerequisite/Corequisite: ENg 101.

Credits: 3

160

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

SMM 220 Consumer Behavior as consumers of goods and services, our purchasing behaviors are significantly influenced by advertising and marketing tactics. Consumer behavior relates to the actions consumers exhibit when seeking, evaluating, purchasing, “consuming” and disposing of products and services.

Consumer motivations and decisions will be evaluated based on any combination of perceived brand benefits, past usage and experiences, demographics (age/gender, etc.), lifestyles, psychographics, culture, influence by others, education, income, and perceptions.

Prerequisite: IaD 100, MtH 075, BuS 110, BuS 242, ENg 102.

Credits: 3 SMM 230 Web Design Applications this course approaches web design by illustrating foundational skills to author and publish hyper-linked documents in HtMl and other facilitative software on the Internet. Design skills will be applied towards web page construction. Desktop publishing software will be explored as alternatives in web page design, along with current web design software. Introduction to WYSIWYg web page editors. lab time outside of class will be necessary for class assignments.

Prerequisite: IaD 100, BuS 110, BuS 242, SMM 210, SMM 220, ENg 102, MtH 113 or MtH 115.

Credits: 3

Sociology SOC 109 Principles of Sociology this course introduces the basic concepts necessary to study human interactions, social structures, and institutions. the course offers a sociological analysis of culture, individual development, the family and its functions, group formations, formal institutions, deviance and social control, economic classes, and racial and ethnic group relations.

Functional and dysfunctional aspects of society are examined within the contexts of stability and change.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science or Diversity Elective SOC 110 Social Problems this course uses a variety of sociological and psychological perspectives to explore the causes of, the reality of, and possibly solutions to current social problems. Issues examined include abortion, child abuse, single parent families, divorce, drug abuse, alcoholism, aIDS, homelessness, aging, discrimination and violence.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science or Diversity Elective SOC 115 Diversity in Society this course is designed to help educate students to work in a world of diverse communities. the study of diversity is intended to help develop a better understanding and respect for patients, patient families and co-workers from diverse backgrounds, communication styles and values.

Prerequisite: SoC 109.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science or Diversity Elective SOC 117 Animals in Society Referencing the major sociological theories, this course will explore the complex social, psychological and physical bonds between humans and non-human animals created by many types of interactions. these include domestication and man's varied use of animals from food to assistant to family member.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science Elective

SOC 203 Geriatric Sociology this course explores and analyzes the current social, psychological and economic conditions facing the evergrowing population of senior citizens in the united States. topics covered include population trends, the social consequences of physiological aging, cognitive, personal and mental health changes in aging persons, the roles of love, intimacy and sexuality in the older person’s life, the importance of social support systems for older people, the range of living arrangements for aging populations; and productive roles for aging persons.

Prerequisites: PSY 111, SoC 109.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science Elective SOC 211 Minority Groups this course is an examination of the characteristics of american ethnic, racial and religious minority groups, including an examination of the effects of prejudice and the problems of these groups.

Prerequisite: SoC 109.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science or Diversity Elective SOC 275 Marriage and the Family this course is designed to study the nature and functions of marriage and the family in contemporary society. the historical and cultural evolution of family structures and functions as well as distinctions and similarities are studied. the traditional and changing roles of women in american society are given special attention, along with the role of men and childrearing practices. also discussed are problems of early marriage and intermarriage, mate selection theories and research, divorce and changing sexual norms.

Prerequisites: SoC 109, PSY 111.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science or Diversity Elective

SOC 122 Occupational Roles and Tasks through the Life Span this course explores human occupational roles throughout development from birth to death with emphasis on skills and speciďŹ c life tasks associated with each stage. Special attention will be given to: the development of performance skills and patterns over time and the inuence of context (sociocultural systems, environment, community, etc. with special emphasis on diversity) on the individual and on populations.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3. Core Social Science Elective

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

161

Sports Management

Veterinary Technology

SPM 101 Sports in Society this course introduces the social issues and controversies affecting the various aspects of the sports industry. Students are exposed to the social theories and concepts as they pertain to all levels of sport activities. Major trends, economic issues and sports and the media will also be addressed.

Prerequisite: IaD 050, ENg 050.

Credits: 3

VET 102 Introduction to Veterinary Technology this course serves as an introduction to veterinary technology as a career, and an overview of veterinary medicine. topics include medical terminology, animal breeds, legal and ethical issues, occupational health and safety, medical record keeping, restraint and physical exam, career opportunities and client relationships.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

SPM 102 Principles of Sports Management the Sports Management course provides an overview of the sport business industry and profession including professional sport entertainment, amateur sport entertainment, for-profit sport participation, sporting goods, sport tourism and sport services. the main themes of the course delve into sports in a domestic and global marketplace, the application of sport business management, sport and sponsorship, planning and managing the stadium experience, social responsibility in sport and future trends and challenges in the sports industry.

Prerequisite: IaD 100, ENg 100.

Credits: 3

VET 109

SPM 103 Facilities Management this course introduces the student to various aspects of contemporary facility management theory and practice for both indoor and outdoor sports facilities at various levels of competition. Key topics include strategic planning and financial management, space planning, maintenance and operation, sustainability, design-build cycle, emergency and security management and quality.

Prerequisite: IaD 100, ENg 101.

Credits: 3

Therapeutic Recreation TR 103 Stress Management Techniques this course examines a wide-spectrum of stress management modalities, which can be utilized by most people, as well as by specific client populations. the course employs experiential learning so that each student can apply the technique to himself or herself and to others. techniques covered include guided imagery, mindfulness meditation, relaxation postures, music, journaling, walking and others. the physiological and psychological underpinnings of each technique are discussed.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3

162

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Anatomy and Physiology of Domestic Animals I this course offers a comparative study of the anatomy and physiology of domestic animals. the first part of the course covers cellular structure and embryology. organ systems covered include: integumentary, teeth, skeletal, muscle, and avian. laboratories include the study of prosected specimens, models, illustrations, demonstrations and computer-assisted learning.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 4 VET 110

Anatomy and Physiology of Domestic Animals II this course is a continuation of VEt 109. the organ systems covered are: nervous, circulatory, respiratory, urinary, gastro-intestinal, endocrine and reproductive. laboratories include the study of prosected specimens, models, illustrations, demonstrations and computer-assisted learning.

Prerequisite: VEt 109.

Credits: 4 VET 116 Veterinary Clinical Pathology III this course is an introduction to basic parasitology for the veterinary technician. lecture and laboratory sessions emphasize identification of various parasites in domestic animals in the u.S. and routine diagnostic tests used in veterinary practice.

Prerequisites: VEt 109, VEt 110.

Credits: 4 VET 117 Veterinary Clinical Pathology I this course is an introduction to hematology and microbiology for the veterinary technician. Hematology lectures and labs stress identification of blood components in various species of domestic animals and routine diagnostic blood tests. Microbiology lectures and labs stress microorganism classification, life cycles, disease, immunity, sterilization, staining and cultivating techniques.

Prerequisite: VEt 109; Corequisite: VEt 110.

Credits: 4

VET 118 Pharmacology and Anesthesia this course offers fundamentals in drug classification used in veterinary medicine, techniques of drug application, distribution and safety standards.

Prerequisites: MtH 113 or MtH 116, VEt 109, VEt 110.

Credits: 3 VET 225 Principles of Medicine this course is an introduction to the principles of disease for the veterinary technician. Pertinent aspects of common animal diseases are discussed. Emphasis is placed on the technician’s role in the diagnosis and treatment of these diseases and in educating the public by imparting factual information on common diseases and their clinical signs. animal care is a requirement.

Prerequisites: VEt 109, VEt 110, VEt 235.

Credits: 3 VET 227 Exotic Animal Nutrition and Management this course is an introduction to the science of nutrition and the management of the exotic animal species commonly kept as pets (ferrets, reptiles, caged birds).

Handling, nursing procedures, nutrition, husbandry, normal and abnormal behaviors and common disease conditions are covered.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 3 VET 228 Surgery and Radiology this course is a fundamental course for the veterinary technician on principles and practices of surgical nursing. topics discussed include sterile technique, description and use of surgical instruments, basic operating room procedure, common surgical procedures and veterinary dentistry. Radiology topics include the physics of radiography, equipment, techniques and safety. the lab provides an opportunity to practice instrument identification and pack preparation, sterile gowning and gloving, dentistry and radiology skills.

Prerequisites: VEt 109, VEt 110.

Credits: 4

VET 235 Laboratory Animal Science this course provides a fundamental background in laboratory animal science. Emphasis is placed on the ten most commonly used laboratory animals and the technician’s responsibility with these animals. laboratory instruction consists of a hands-on approach to proper management, handling, restraint, sexing, breeding, administering injections and collecting biological specimens from the laboratory animals discussed in lecture. animal care is mandatory.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 4 VET 240 Veterinary Clinical Pathology II this course offers a theoretical basis for analysis of body chemicals, urinalysis, and serology in domestic animals.

Practical application of laboratory skills and use of diagnostic equipment are taught in the laboratory.

Prerequisites: MtH 113, VEt 109, VEt 110.

Credits: 4 VET 245 Advanced Nursing Skills this course reinforces basic nursing skills taught and practiced in VEt 225 and VEt 235 and include more advanced skills in patient monitoring, venipuncture, understanding of disease states and emergency and critical care.

Prerequisites: VEt 109, VEt 110, VEt 225, VEt 240.

Credits: 4; Must be taken in final semester.

VET 250 Veterinary Technology Senior Seminar the Senior Seminar is the capstone of the Veterinary technology Program. this 1-credit experience provides the student with all information necessary to attend clinical practicum at the university of Pennsylvania Veterinary Hospital. Students will also prepare to sit for the VtNE and apply for state licensure. Interviewing skills and resume writing, as well as case-based analysis of bloodwork and disease processes are included.

Prerequisite: None.

Corerequisite: VEt 245.

Credits: 1 (Must be taken in final semester)

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

163

Course Descriptions for Veterinary Technology Practica all Veterinary technology students are required to complete both the large-animal and small-animal practica. the small-animal practicum is completed at the Matthew J. Ryan Veterinary Hospital of the university of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia. the large-animal practicum is completed at the New Bolton Center in Kennett Square, Pa. Each practicum is 12-weeks long and may be completed only after the completion of all required coursework and if the student has a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Vet tech courses.

Small Animal Practicum all Veterinary technology students are required to complete the 12-week Small animal Practicum at the Matthew J. Ryan Veterinary Hospital of the university of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia. the courses listed below comprise the Small animal Practicum.

VET 304 Written/Oral Report and Final Exam Students choose a case with which they were involved during their practicum and write up the case study, including information from the record, research and firsthand experience. Students then present this report to their peers. Participation in seminar discussions and the final exam are averaged in with the case study grade.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credits: 3 VET 305 Wards Rotation this is a two-week course in which students participate in the care and treatment of hospitalized patients. this treatment includes basic evaluation of patient history and current therapy, skills involved with patient comfort and care, fluid therapy, record keeping, venipuncture and catheter maintenance.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credits: 2

164

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

VET 306 Intensive Care Rotation this is a two-week course in which students gain a basic understanding in the assessment, treatment and care of the critically ill patient. this course includes building on medical knowledge of disease processes and physiology; providing treatment, maintenance and comfort to critically ill animals; assessing subtle changes in patient status and becoming proficient in a variety of skills such as venipuncture, catheter placement, fluid therapy and administration of medication. Some night shifts are required.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credits: 2 VET 307 Surgery Rotation this is a two-week course in which students gain skills in the application of sterile and aseptic techniques including preparation of surgery patients, equipment and operating areas. Identification of surgical instrumentation, suture material and other surgical equipment is included. Students also gain a basic understanding of common surgical practices.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credits: 2 VET 308 Anesthesia Rotation this is a two-week course in which students gain skills involving induction, maintenance and recovery of the anesthetized patient. Included are patient evaluation and monitoring, drug calculations, drug choices and some special anesthetic considerations. Students also gain familiarity with the function and care of anesthesia machines and monitoring equipment.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credits: 2

Large Animal Practicum VET 309 Specialty Medicine Rotation this two week rotation has two components. the first component provides the student with an experience in community practice. Students will interact with clients and assist in providing wellness checkups, spay and neutering services, vaccinations, specialty referrals and more. the second component will provide students with experience in several of the specialty departments within the hospital including: oncology, dermatology, ophthalmology, the blood bank, exotics and the clinical lab. Participation in these specialties will vary based on caseload.

Prerequisite: None.

Credits: 2 VET 315 Radiology Rotation this is a two-week course in which students learn to produce diagnostic-quality radiographs for routine and some special-study procedures with the safety of both the patients and the handler in mind. Students also become knowledgeable in radiology equipment care and usage. ultrasonography and echocardiography are introduced.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credits: 2 VET 316 Emergency Service Rotation this is a two-week course in which students gain fundamental skills in handling veterinary emergencies. these skills include client communication, patient status assessment, treatment protocols for common emergencies and performance of treatments. Students work in the 24hour emergency service at the Veterinary Hospital of the university of Pennsylvania. Some night and weekend shifts are required.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credits: 2

all Veterinary technology students are required to complete the 12-week large animal Practicum at the New Bolton Center in Kennett Square, Pa. the courses listed below comprise the large animal Practicum.

VET 314 Final Exam and Case Study Final Exam: given the last week of practicum, the final exam is made up of 20% anesthesia questions and 80% general nursing, lecture and laboratory questions. the exam reflects an overview of the practicum and tests a student’s knowledge of what was learned in lectures, labs and rotations. Case Study: Students choose a patient case study to present both orally and in writing. Students are graded on their oral and written presentations, audiovisual aids and knowledge of the subject matter. Information is gathered from the patient record, research of subject, first-hand experience and from doctors and nurses in the hospital.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credits: 4 VET 320 Anesthesia Rotation this is a two-week course in which students learn and become familiar with the basics of large-animal anesthesia.

Students learn chemical restraint, pharmacology of commonly used drugs, calculations, anesthesia equipment and how to recognize problems and trends as they occur during induction, maintenance and recovery of the anesthetized patient. Some on-call shifts are required with this rotation.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credits: 2 VET 321 Operating Room Rotation this is a one-week course in which students participate and gain skills in aseptic techniques while preparing patients for surgery. Students learn routine and emergency surgical procedures, instrumentation and its uses, proper patient positioning and suture material. Students also learn and develop skills in the proper handling, packaging and sterilization of instrumentation prior to use in a sterile operating room environment. Some on-call shifts are required for this rotation.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credit: 1 C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

165

VET 322 Critical Care Rotation this is a one-week course in which students learn the nursing care required in dealing with critically ill large animals. Students learn the main causes of illness, the associated complications, how to monitor these complications and how to avoid them. Students also learn emergency procedures and triaging of patients and become familiar with the specialized emergency equipment that an intensive care unit has to offer. Students work on skills as they relate to medications, drug dosages, fluid therapy and venipuncture. Documentation and communication skills are utilized.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credit: 1

VET 325 Medicine/Surgery Nursing Rotation this is a one-week course in which students learn diagnostic procedures and participate in nursing techniques as they apply to hospitalized medicine and surgery for large-animal patients. Students learn medication and correct routes of administration, patient monitoring and fluid administration. Students are exposed to fundamentals of infectious disease control. this exposure helps them in future workplaces to deal appropriately with contagious and zoonotic diseases and nosocomial infections. Students have a great deal of interaction with fourth-year veterinary students and have access to veterinary student teaching opportunities.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credit: 1

VET 323 Patient Care Rotation this is a one-week course in which students learn to work up various emergencies as they present to a clinic after hours. Students continue to learn more nursing skills. this rotation continues to develop observation, monitoring and patient assessment skills.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credit: 1

VET 326 Field Service Rotation this is a one-week course in which students participate actively with field service veterinarians when they make farm calls away from New Bolton Center. Students learn routine vaccinations, surgical procedures, routine herd health considerations and other large-animal procedures handled by a veterinarian on a farm call.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credit: 1

VET 324 Overnight Nursing Rotation this is a one-week course where students further their practical knowledge by giving patient medications as ordered and become more responsible for patient care while working alongside a nurse. observation, monitoring and patientassessment skills are more fully utilized in this rotation.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credit: 1

166

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

VET 327 Clinical Lab and Pathology this one-week rotation requires students to spend time in both the clinical lab and the pathology lab. Students learn large animal lab procedures and specific laboratory tests commonly performed when working with large animals. In the pathology lab, students gain experience with basic postmortem methods, tissue sampling and cytology readings.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credit: 1

VET 328 Sports Medicine Rotation this is a one-week course that closely resembles a private practice. Sports medicine consists of ďŹ ve sections: outpatient, Radiology, ultrasound, Nuclear Medicine and treadmill. Students learn equine anatomical structure and how the sections of Sports Medicine are employed to assess and diagnose performance problems in equine athletes. this rotation allows a student to improve communication skills while working with clients and their animals.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credit: 1 VET 329 Large Animal Elective this one-week rotation provides the student with an opportunity to participate in one of several elective rotations. these rotations include: Food animal Rotation, Biomedical Research lab, animal Care/Herd Management or Medical Records/Pharmacy.

Prerequisites: completion of all required coursework, a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or higher and a grade point average of 2.0 or higher in all Veterinary technology coursework.

Credit: 1

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 18

167

tRuStEES, aDMINIStRatIoN, FaCultY aND StaFF

168

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Board of Trustees

President’s Cabinet

Officers

President Jon Jay Detemple, Ph.D.

theodore a. Rosen, Chairman of the Board louise Strauss, M. Ed.,Vice-Chair alexander Klein, Vice-Chair Dennis Boyle, Treasurer Karl thallner, Jr., Secretary Jon Jay Detemple, Ph.D., President

Members Denise Mcgregor armbrister, M.B.a.

Beatrice C. Durham Blackman ’55, M.S. Samuel P. Cimino, D.D.S. Daniel Hirschfeld, M.B.a.

David Jacobson, C.P.a.

Colena Johnson-Kemp, D.V.M. Marvin B. levitties R. Ivan lugo, D.M.D., M.B.a.

Dennis S. Marlo J. Michael McNamara, M.B.a.

Vice President of College Advancement Susan E. Barrett, Ed.D. Vice President of Finance & Operations Patricia Benson, Ed.D, C.P.a.

Executive Director of Enrollment Management Rachel Bowen, B.a.

Executive Director of Strategic Planning & Institutional Research timothy Ely, M.Ed. Vice President for Academic Affairs & Legal Affairs Julia Ingersoll, J.D. Dean of Student Life urick lewis, M.S.C.C. Director of Communications and Marketing gale Martin, M.a., M.M. Executive Director of Partnership Sites Evelyn Santana, M.B.a.

Executive Director of Human Resources & Compliance Officer Claudine Vita, B.S.

Carolyn Saligman, Ph.D. Susan F. Zeller-Kent ’72

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

169

Administration Linda Alderman – Administrative Assistant, Student Records Kathy Anthony – Director of Counseling Services M.S.S., Bryn Mawr College, B.a, Indiana university of Pennsylvania

Richard Cooper – Director of Disability Services Ph.D., university of Pittsburgh; MaE, Interamerican university; B.a., St. Fidelis College Barbara Coppola – Administrative Assistant, Financial Aid

Anders Back – Director of Internal Communications & Publications M.S., university of Pennsylvania; B.a., antioch College

Raymond Curry – Coordinator, Upward Bound B.S., lincoln university

Quadera Ball – Recruitment & Retention Specialist, Upward Bound

Jon Jay DeTemple – President Ph.D., M.B.a., Syracuse university; B.S., Cornell university

Susan Barrett – Vice-President, College Advancement Ed.D., Widener university; M.S. Ed., M.l.a., university of Pennsylvania; B.a., laSalle university

JJ DeTemple II – Assistant Athletic Director B.S., university of New Mexico

Patricia Benson – Vice-President of Finance & Operations Ed.D., Wilmington university; M.B.a., laSalle university; B.S., Hampton university Owen Binczewski – Assistant Director, Educational Success Center B.S., St. Joseph’s university Vaidra Boston-Johnson – General Manager, Sodexo Dining Services B.S., Delaware State university Karey Bowen – Enrollment Coordinator, Admissions Rachel Bowen – Executive Director of Enrollment Management B.a., DeSales university Miriam Burstein – Circulation/Reserve Coordinator, Library M.S., Drexel university; B.a., university of Pennsylvania Michael Caroto – Music Program Coordinator, Harcum Music School Ann Childs – Cashier, Student Accounts Brittany Clark –Women’s Basketball Coach B.S., College of Coastal georgia; a.S., Harcum College

Joseph Donahue – Director of Technology Services Danyele Dove – Director of Career & Transfer Services M.S.W., B.a., university of Maryland Timothy Ely- Executive Director of Strategic Planning & Institutional Research M.a., Pennsylvania State university; B.a., West Chester university Margaret Esposto – Assistant, Campus Store Emily Fahy – Counselor, Career & Transfer Services B.a., Elizabethtown College Samantha Farlow – Head Women’s Soccer Coach B.S., temple university Deanna Foley – Financial Aid Counselor Ebony Fowlkes – Assistant Director, Residence Life B.S., Rosemont College Mary Friday – Manager, Veterinary Services a.S., Harcum College Robyn Gleason – Assistant Director, Disability Services B.S.W., Cabrini College Alex Graver – Head Men’s Soccer Coach Theresa Groody – Director of Continuing & Professional Studies, Adjunct Faculty, EFDA M.Ed., arcadia university; B.S., gwynedd-Mercy College; a.S., Manor College Sergey Harlamov – Facilities

170

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Daniel Hodas – Media Services Assistant B.a., Castleton State College Julia Ingersoll – Vice-President for Academic Affairs & Legal Affairs J.D., Villanova university; B.S., Boston university

Joe McCourt – Officer, Campus Safety Devin McDonald – Coordinator, Partnership Programs B.a., Eastern university; a.S., Harcum College

Jermaine Jordan – Officer, Campus Safety

Catherine McGowan – Director of Library Services M.S.l.S., Drexel university; B.a., Villanova university

Nikolay Karpalo – Facilities Manager a.S., aSa College of advanced technology; a.S., Kiev technical College

Beth McMichael – Associate Registrar, Student Records M.S., Drexel university; B.S., lock Haven university

Drew Kelly – Athletic Director, Men’s Basketball Coach M.a., the College of New Jersey; B.a., Villanova university

Elizabeth McWilliams– Administrative Assistant, Admissions

Meg Kelly – Assistant Registrar, Student Records B.S., Villanova university Tracie Kennedy – Director, General Studies M.Ed, Widener university; B.a., gettysburg College Stephen Kleponis – Director of Business Services B.S., university of Phoenix; a.S., Community College of Philadelphia Won Lee – Assistant Director, Center for International Programs/ English Language Academy; Associate Professor M.S., B.a., temple university Urick Lewis – Dean of Student Life M.S.C.C., Philadelphia Biblical university; B.a., the Pennsylvania State university Chet Makowski – Director, Harcum Music School Samantha Mandery – Counselor, Financial Aid B.a., Widener university Priscilla Marino – Admissions Counselor B.S., Millersville university

Marjorie Meyer –Administrative Assistant, Physical Therapist Assistant Program B.S., Hofstra university Joann Mirigliano – Support Services Manager, Admissions Chaka Moore – Residential Coordinator, Student Life M.l.D., the Pennsylvania State university; B.a., Cheyney university John Mosemann - Administrative Assistant, Academic Affairs Carla Muse – Campus Store Manager B.S., Millersville university Alice Pakhtigian- Reference Librarian, Library M.l.I.S., Drexel university; M.o.l., Cairn university; B.a., arcadia university Joanne Patterson – Administrative Assistant, Nursing B.S., Widener university Charles Peters – Coordinator, Mail Services B.F.a., Pennsylvania State university Laurie Plaza – Director of Campus Activities B.a., Eastern university

Carol Martin – Administrative Assistant, Office of Vice-President of Academic Affairs & Legal Affairs

Kenneth Prescott – Officer, Campus Safety

Gale Martin – Director of Communications & Marketing M.a., Wilkes university; M.M., Pennsylvania State university

Kelly Quigley – Manager, IT Services

Estella Pressley – Administrative Assistant, Upward Bound Loren Rainey – Officer, Campus Safety Maria Ramirez – Administrative Assistant, Student Life Shawn Riley – Supervisor, Facilities Steven Rodriguez – Officer, Campus Safety Montea Roundtree – Officer, Campus Safety

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

171

Clara Salloom – Librarian, Library Services M.l.S., Drexel university; B.a., St. Joseph College

Douglas Thibault – Assistant Director, Athletics B.a., Boise State university

Melissa Samango – Director of Alumni Relations and Individual Giving B.S., Elmira College

David Trapp – IT Specialist M.a., Bowling green State university

Rick SanFilippo – Director of Campus Safety B.a., Philadelphia university

Jameel Tucker – Director, Residence Life M.S., Florida International university; B.S. Edinboro university

Evelyn Santana – Executive Director, Partnership Sites B.a., Cedar Crest College

Barry Uzzell – Head Track & Field Coach

Michael Santiago – IT Specialist, Strategic Planning & Institutional Research Clair Sauer – Special Assistant to the Executive Director of Continuing and Professional Studies M.Ed., B.S., West Chester university Geraldine Scutti – Patient Care Coordinator, Cohen Dental Clinic Amy Shumoski – Web Manager B.a., Eastern university Theresa Sims – Clinic Manager, Dental Programs

LaShonda Thomas – Director of Student Accounts

Jerry Viel - Accountant, Finance Office Claudine Vita – Executive Director of Human Resources & Compliance Officer B.S., St. Joseph’s university Alan Waldt – Accounts Payable Clerk, Finance Office Elizabeth Walker – Director of Upward Bound B.a., Bard College Margaret Wallace – Executive Assistant to the President, President’s Office B.a., lynchburg university

Michelle Shonleber – Associate Director, Financial Aid B.S., Cabrini College

Bernadette Walsh - Director of Foundations & Grants, College Advancement J.D., Cleveland-Marshall College of law; l.l.M, temple university; B.a., Notre Dame College

Pam Singleton – Administrative Liaison, Partnership Site Specialist, Early Childhood Education M.Ed., B.S., Cheyney university

Melissa Walsh – Director of Financial Aid M.a., Indiana university of Pennsylvania; B.a., Slippery Rock university

Brandon Smalls – Assistant Basketball Coach B.S., M.S., South Carolina State university; a.S., Harcum College;

David Weaver – Director of Academic Preparedness Assessment M.a., B.a., West Chester university

Daniel Stabb – Director, Center for International Programs B.a., Widener university

Shawn White – Officer, Campus Safety

Salin Siripakarn – Controller, Finance Office M.S., thammasat university

Michael Staton – Officer, Campus Safety a.a.S., luzerne County Community College Maurice Sumter - Assistant Men's Basketball Coach Anupong Surangsi - Help Desk Specialist, IT Services Roxanne Sutton – Catalog Librarian M.l.I.S., university of Western ontario; B.a., Carleton university Marcus Swinson – Assistant Program Director, Business Program B.S., temple university Monica Taitt – Student Accounts Associate a.S., Barbados Community College

172

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Marifa Winfree – Administrative Assistant, Business Office B.S., utica College Valjean Wright – Perkins Coordinator M.a., M.Ed. temple university; B.a. albright College.

Barbara Yalof – Tech Support, Academic Affairs Ph.D., M.Ed., B.a., temple university Koyuki Yip – Assistant Vice President of Academic Support Services M.S.S., Bryn Mawr College; B.a., Skidmore College Leslie Yuan – Advisor, Career and Transfer Services

Faculty Dolores Alabrodzinski – Associate Professor, Assistant Program, Director, Nursing M.S.N., Villanova university; B.S.N., trenton State College Phil Arkow – Adjunct Faculty, Continuing Studies B.S. university of Pennsylvania Dennis Arms – Instructor, Early Childhood Education M. Ed., Kutztown university, B.a., Rosemont College Kathleen Aumendo – Laboratory Coordinator, Faculty Assistant, Nursing B.S.N, laSalle university Marybeth Blasetti – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., thomas Jefferson university; Dental Hygiene Certificate, university of Pennsylvania Kate Boelter – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., gwynedd-Mercy College; a.S., Montgomery County Community College Alina Boesteanu, Ph.D. – Adjunct Instructor, Medical Laboratory Technology Clinical Immunology Instructor Sylvia Britt – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.a., ohio State university Donna Broderick – Program Director, Associate Professor, Medical Laboratory Technology; MT (ASCP), CLS (NCA), Accreditation Liaison Officer, Department of Regional Accreditation M.S., St. Joseph’s university; B.S., Rosemont College Mary Buttery – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene M.Ed., Widener university; B.S.D.H., old Dominion university Jean Byrnes-Ziegler – Program Director, Dental Hygiene; Professor, Dental Hygiene M.S., university of Pennsylvania; B.S., university of Rhode Island Dossie Cavallucci – Program Director, Dental Assisting/EFDA; Professor, EFDA M.S., university of St. Francis; B.S., West Chester university; a.S., Harcum College

Carole Champlin – Program Director, Social Sciences; Associate Professor Elizabeth Cratin – Associate Professor, Nursing M.S.N., Widener university; B.S.N., Villanova university; CCRN-Certified Critical Care Nurse Julian Crooks – Program Coordinator, Continuing Studies in Art & Design M.S., university of the arts; B.a., Rhode Island School of Design Winifred Curtis – Program Director, Fashion Design and Fashion Merchandising; Associate Professor M.S., Drexel university; B.S., Seton Hill College Kathleen Davis – Assistant Professor, Dental Hygiene M.S., university of St. Francis; B.S., Pennsylvania College of technology; a.S., Montgomery County Community College Jordan Diehl – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.a., ursinus College; a.S. Montgomery County Community College Rosalie DiFerdinand – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., thomas Jefferson university; Certificate in Dental Hygiene, university of Pennsylvania Susan Doebling – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Assisting/Hygiene M.S., St. Joseph’s university; B.S., West Chester university; a.S., Harcum College Mary Ellen Doran – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene a.S., Harcum College Zoe Ann Durkin, M.S. HT (ASCP) – Education Coordinator, Histotechnician Program M.S., Cambridge College; a.a., Centenary College; H.t., Hospital of the university of Pennsylvania Adele Emhof – Adjunct Faculty, Dental Hygiene B.a., the Pennsylvania State university; a.S., Harcum College

Sekela Coles – Adjunct Instructor, Business Ph.D., Walden university; M.B.a., Pennsylvania State university; B.a., lincoln university

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

173

Roxann Frain, MSN, CRNP – Assistant Professor, Nursing BSN., Immaculata university; MSN., CRNP., gwynedd Mercy university

Kathleen Hofmann – Instructor, Dental Assisting and EFDA Clinical Coordinator a.S., Harcum College

Gabriella Ferreira, B.S., PTA – Instructor, Physical Therapist Assistant Program B.S., Drexel university; a.S., Pta, Harcum College

Lori Hudson – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., thomas Jefferson university

Thomas Ferry – Adjunct Instructor, General Studies B.a., West Chester university Donna Firn – Medical Coding and Billing Coordinator a.a.S., Delaware County Community College Karen Gatewood, MLS (ASCP) CM – Assistant Program Director, Medical Laboratory Technology.

M.Ed., Weidner university B.S., old Dominion university Michael Gerg, DOT, OTR/L, CHT, CEES, CWCE – Program Director, Occupational Therapy Assistant Dot., M.S., temple university; B.S., Pennsylvania State university Phillip Giarraputo – Supervising Dentist, Dental Hygiene D.M.D., university of Pennsylvania; B.a., College of Emporia Jan Greenlee – Associate Professor, Dental Hygiene M.S., old Dominion university; B.a., Bucknell university; a.S., temple university Theresa Groody – Director of Professional Studies M.Ed., arcadia university; B.H.S., gwynedd-Mercy College; a.S., Manor Junior College Heather M. Haggerty – Assistant Professor/Academic Fieldwork Coordinator, Occupational Therapy Assistant Mot, temple university; B.S., Pennsylvania State university Ashley Herr-Perrin – Program Director, Accelerated Human Resources Program l.C.S.W., M.S.W., temple university Alexandra Hilosky – Professor of General Sciences Ed.D., temple university; M.S., West Chester university; B.S., Cabrini College

174

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Joseph Karpinski – Associate Professor, General Studies; Chemical Hygiene Officer M.S., lehigh university Elaine Johnson, HT (ASCP) – Adjunct Instructor, Histotechnician Program Jaime Kemeza – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., Pennsylvania College of technology; a.S., Harcum College Jacqueline Klaczak Kopack, PT, D.P.T. – Program Director, Physical Therapist Assistant; Professor, Allied Health Sciences D.P.t., temple university; M.S., university of the Sciences Alberta Landis – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene M.Ed., West Chester university; B.S., West Chester university; a.S. temple university Ruth Lathe – Adjunct Faculty, Nursing M.S.N., B.S.N., West Chester university Richard Lombardo – Adjunct Instructor, Business Ph.D., Capella university; M.B.a., B.a., Eastern university Jillian Lydon – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.F.a., university of the arts; a.S., Harcum College Shaun Madary – Assistant Program Director, Physical Therapist Assistant B.a., temple university; a.S., lehigh County Community College Kimberly Malm – Adjunct Instructor, Fashion Drawing & Design M.F.a., university of Pennsylvania; B.a., lafayette College

Kristy Matulevich, MLS (ASCP) CM – Clinical Coordinator/Instructor Introduction to MLT, Clinical Chemistry, Student Labs Instructor B.S., the Pennsylvania State university Karen McCaney – Clinical Coordinator/Instructor, Radiologic Technology MSHE, Kaplan university; B.S., Drexel university Gina Milani, CVT – Lab Instructor, Veterinary Technology a.S., Harcum College Karen Naylor – Associate Professor, Dental Hygiene MPH, B.S., West Chester university; a.S. Harcum College Sally Slawek Nikolaou – Adjunct Faculty, Dental Hygiene B.S., Philadelphia university; a.S., Harcum College Heather Noll - Instructor, PTA Program D.P.t., Slippery Rock university Patricia O’Connell – Associate Professor, Veterinary Technology M.a.; Beaver College, B.a., Immaculata university Sarah Ostrander – Adjunct Faculty, Dental Hygiene B.S., university of Bridgeport; a.S., Harcum College Stephen Paul – Associate Professor, General Studies Jo-Anne Perkinson – Associate Professor, General Studies M.a., West Chester university, B.a., Clark university

Maureen Reese Clinical Instructor, Dental Assisting/EFDA Joann Pyne, RDH – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., thomas Jefferson university; a.S., Montgomery County Community College Linward Robinson – Program Director, Animal Center Management, Associate Professor M.B.a., university of Phoenix; B.S., Delaware Valley College Veronica Rolle, MSN, RN – Assistant Professor of Nursing MSN., temple university; BSN., Immaculata university Frances Schuda – Associate Professor, Program Director, Nursing M.S.N., Widener university; B.S.N., Pennsylvania State university; CWoCN (Certified Wound ostomy Continence Nurse) Geraldine Scutti – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., West Chester university; a.S., Harcum College Anne (Nancy) Sicoransa – Associate Professor, Nursing M.S.N., Widener university; B.S.N., laSalle university; CNS Clinical Nurse Specialist in adult Health Eileen Simpson – Faculty Assistant, Nursing; Coordinator of Clinical Education B.S.N., Rowan university Jock Sommese – Adjunct Instructor, Business D.B.a., Wilmington university; M.B.a., Drexel university; B.a., Villanova university

Stephen Pipitone – Director of Online Education, Professor M.Ed., West Chester university; B.S., Villanova university

Johanna Sorgini, C.V.T. – Instructor, Veterinary Technology

Alicia Preston – Assistant Program Director, Veterinary Technology B.S., university of Phoenix; a.S., Harcum College

Julie Taddeo – Program Director, Allied Health Science BS, gwynedd Mercy university

Rebecca Suppi – Instructor, Phlebotomy PBt (aSCP), a.S., Robert Morris College

Michael Prushan – Program Director, Business M.B.a., B.S., Drexel university

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

175

Heidi Techner, MS, IDEC – Allied ASID Program Director, Interior Design M.S., Drexel university; B.F.a., Carnegie-Mellon university Joanne Thames – Program Director, Early Childhood Education, Assistant Professor Ed.D., Widener university; M.Ed., Widener university; B.S., West Chester university Janee Thompson, RDHAdjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S., the Pennsylvania State university; a.S., Harcum College William Towns – Adjunct Instructor, Business M.S., Drexel university, B.S., Boston university Kari Tumminia – Adjunct Instructor, Business M.a., Eastern university; B.S., art Institute of Philadelphia Dionne Tyler, HT (ASCP) – Practicum Instructor, Histotechnican Program M.B.a., M.H.a., university of Phoenix Joanne Villante – Instructor, Dental Assisting/EFDA a.S., Manor College Thomas Viola – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene C.C.P., R.Ph, B.S. Pharm, St. John’s university (NY) Staci Wiemelt – Instructor, Veterinary Technology V.M.D., university of Pennsylvania, B.S., Westmont College Kathleen Koar Wisniewski – Program Director, Veterinary Technician, Associate Professor, Allied Health Sciences M.S. Ed., university of Pennsylvania; B.a., Muhlenberg College; a.S., Harcum College Tanya Williams – Adjunct Instructor, Dental Hygiene B.S. Pennsylvania College of technology; a.S., Harcum College

176

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Michael Wolf – Adjunct Instructor, General Studies M.a., university of Pennsylvania; B.a., Yale university Craig Wooters – Professor, Veterinary Technology V.M.D., university of Pennsylvania School of Veterinary Medicine; M.S., B.S., university of Delaware Peter Zuber, MS, PT – Instructor, Physical Therapist Assistant Program M.S., Duke university

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

177

aDVISoRY BoaRDS

178

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Business Program Advisory Board Donna allie President, Team Clean Bernie Dagenais President/CEO, Main Line Chamber of Commerce Danyele Dove Director, Career & Transfer Services, Harcum College tom Esack Vice President, Robert Half and Associates James Fusco Marketing and Finance teacher, Technical College High School Mustafa Rashed President/CEO, Bellevue Media Group Dean Schwartz Lawyer, Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP; Trustee, Harcum College David Weaver Director, Academic Preparedness, Harcum College

Dental Program Advisory Board Susan Chialastri, D.M.D. Committee Chair Samuel Cimino, D.D.S. Liaison to Board of Trustees Sandra Fink, C.D.a.

Debbie Fleming, R.D.H. Jaclyn gleber, R.D.H., Ph.D. Calvin Hoops, EFDa, CDHC Diane Irwin, EFDa lana Kim, D.M.D. lisa Kong, R.D.H. Dental Hygiene Representative Kathleen McKeown ’99, C.D.a.

Dental Assisting Alumni Representative gail Malone, R.D.H.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

179

Early Childhood Education – NAEYC Advisory Board

Fashion Merchandising/ Fashion Design Advisory Board

Joanne thames ECE Program Director, Harcum College

Winifred Curtis Program Director, Fashion Design and Merchandising

Brian Helgenberg ’13 ta’ Mora Jackson Adjunct Faculty, ECE; DVAEYC Quality Improvement Coordinator

Devon ackridge ’11

Wanda Miles Adjunct Faculty, ECE; Federal Head Start Program Specialist

Yasmine Ba Store Manager

Novella Pope ECE Student

Eileen Fisher

loretta Robinson Adjunct Faculty, ECE; Faculty advisor for HAEYC, 2nd grade teacher

Elisa Bloom

Pam Singleton Administrative Liaison/Off-Site Specialist, ECE Program Jasmine Williams former HAEYC President 2013-15; ECE Graduate

Camille avent Instructor, Harcum College

Julian Crooks Assistant Program Director, Fashion Programs, Associate Professor, Harcum College Kate Cleary ’12 Manager of Product Development, options in time, Inc. Danyele Dove Director, Career & Transfer Services, Harcum College Jeanne lawler Frank ’82 President Options in Time, Inc. Julia Ingersoll Vice-President, Academic Affairs & Legal Affairs, Harcum College Janice lewis Moore College of Art and Design Kimberly Malm Instructor, Harcum College ora Nusbaum ’09

180

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Histotechnician Advisory Board allison Eck, Htl (aSCP) Lead Histology Tech, Doylestown Hospital Karlene Brintzenhoff, Mt (aSCP) Safety/Education Development Specialist, Health Network Labs Maria Batter, H (aSCP) Education Coordinator, Crozer Keystone Health System

Medical Laboratory Technician Advisory Board Sheila angstadt, WHCgPa Clinical MLT Instructor annemarie Brewer, MlS (aSCP) SH Supervisor Immunology; Clinical MLTInstructor; Bryn Mawr Hospital/Main Line Health System

linda Hinsdale, Ht (aSCP) Assistant Histology Supervisor, Main Line Health

Rowena Burrows Lankenau On-Site Manager, Bryn Mawr Hospital/Main Line Health System

Barbara Moore, MlS (aSCP) Laboratory Administrative Director, Cape Regional Medical Center

Janet Damron, MlS (aSCP) Lead Tech – Blood Bank; Clinical MLT Instructor; Bryn Mawr Hospital/Main Line Health System

Susan Breckenridge, Htl(aSCP) Histology Supervisor, Cape Regional Medical Center

geralyn Fattore, MlS (aSCP) Lab Manager, Nazareth Hospital

Dionne tyler, Ht (aSCP) Histology Supervisor, Temple University Hospital

olarae giger, Ph.D. Supervisor-Micro, Bryn Mawr Hospital/Main Line Health System

lisa Warnock, Htl(aSCP) Manager Anatomic Pathology, Main Line Health Susan Paturzo, Htl(aSCP) Pathology Supervisor, Thomas Jefferson University Hospital Melissa alloway, Ht(aSCP) Histology Supervisor, Crozer Keystone Health System Delaware County Memorial Hospital

Interior Design Advisory Board teenie Bracken ’12, RN, NNP Interior Designer; Ewing Cole Healthcare Designer/Clinical Consultant Margaret Chojnacki ’12 Interior Designer Mann-Hughes Architecture, P.C. Ellen Farber ’12 Commintz, Chief Strategy Officer; Ellen Farber Interior Design annette Morris ’07 Sterling Kitchen and Bath, Senior Designer Adjunct Faculty, Harcum College alexis Pew ’10 Interior Designer, Kaminski + Pew James C. Miller Associate AIA, Adjunct Faculty, Harcum College

Dave Hinkle Supervisor-Hematology; Clinical MLT Instructor Einstein Medical Center Jennifer lore Supervisor-Chemistry, Clinical MLT Instructor, Einstein Medical Center Sue lukiewski Lab Manager, Kindred Hospital Kelly McPherson Rapid Response Lab Supervisor, Bryn Mawr Hospital/Main Line Health System Eileen Riddell, MlS (aSCP) SBB Supervisor – Blood Bank, Lankenau Medical Center/Main Line Health System Donald Seyfert ’16 Chem/Hematology Tech, Thomas Jefferson University Hospital Derrick Smith Supervisor-Chemistry, Lankenau Medical Center/Main Line Health System Suzanne Staton, MlS (aSCP) Supervisor- Lab Stat, Lankenau Medical Center/Main Line Health System Maureen Weiss Clinical MLT Instructor, Aria Health

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 18

181

Occupational Therapy Assistant Advisory Board

Phlebotomy Technician Advisory Board

Becky austill-Clausen, MS, otR/l, Faota President, Austill’s Rehabilitation Services, Inc.

Hans angenor Phlebotomy Instructor, Thomas Jefferson University Hospital

Hillary Carter

terry Baldridge Phlebotomy Supervisor, Nazareth Hospital

John Jay Detemple President, Harcum College

Dawn Conley Clinical Phlebotomy Instructor, Abington Hospital/Jefferson Health

Diane Durham Vice-President, Education and Staff Development, Genesis Rehabilitation Services

Robin gholston Clinical Phlebotomy Instructor, Bryn Mawr Hospital/ Main Line Health

Julia Ingersoll Vice-President of Academic Affairs & Legal Affairs, Harcum College Kerstin Potter Harcum College OTA Program Director (retired) Miles Pustinsky ’96, Cota/l Cara Reinert ’14, Cota/l Fern Silverman, Ed.D., otR/l Program Director, Salus University MOT Program Wendy Wachter-Schutz, otR/l Assistant Professor, Philadelphia University

theresa groody Director of Continuing and Professional Studies, Harcum College audrey Holdsman ’16 Phlebotomist, Doylestown Hospital Barbara Roberts-Baker Phlebotomy Supervisor, Christiana Hospital Maria Silvestro Bryn Mawr Hospital/ Main Line Health Erin tretter Lab Manager, Bryn Mawr Hospital/ Main Line Health Dahrnel tucker Clinical Phlebotomy Instructor, Christiana Hospital Herbert Williams Phlebotomy Supervisor, Bryn Mawr Hospital/ Main Line Health Physical therapist Assistant Advisory Board Phil Benito, Pt Premier Orthopedics Stephanie Briddess, Pta, Springfield Healthplex Kathy Burns, Pt Bayada Rehab Susan Condi, ot Bayada Rehab Sheila Dyer ’12 Melmark

182

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Physical Therapist Assistant Advisory Board

Radiologic Technology Advisory Board

Scott Errickson genesis Rehab

the Radiological technology advisory Board is composed of representatives from each of the program’s clinical sites.

Jennifer Felten, Pta, genesis anita Frattura, Pta ’98 Genesis Rehab Services theresa Johnson, Pta Delaware County Memorial Hospital Eva lulius, Pta ’97 MRCP Donna Matiko, Pta Capital Health Systems Bonnie McDowell, Pta Riddle Memorial Hospital Fran Mcgarvey, Pt Nancy Mcguire, Pt Bayada Rehab Joe Murphy, Pt SOAR Physical Therapy tiffany Prince, Pt Good Shepherd Penn Partners Ellen Rosenberg, ot Inglis House Mindy Schmidt, Pta ’09 Novacare Rehab Samantha Simpkins, Pta Michael Smith, Pta Temple University Health System Steve thum, Pta ’96 Premier Rehab Scott Voshell, Pt Riddle Memorial Hospital

Veterinary Technology Program Advisory Board Dana Clarke, VMD, DaCVECC PennVet Philadelphia, PA Jamie DeFazio’00, CVt New Bolton Center Kennett Sq, PA Kevin Freed, CVt West Chester Veterinary Medical Center Reid groman, DVM, DaCVIM, DaCVECC Veterinary Specialty Center of Delaware New Castle, DE Joe Hyduke, VMD Malvern Veterinary Hospital Malvern, PA Jennifer Macomber ’97, CVt Practicum Supervisor New Bolton Center abby Polek ’04, Ba, CVt Managing Editor American Board of Medical Specialties Sherrita Ridgely, DVM, PhD Christie Rogero Coordinator, Pets for Life Philadelphia Humane Society of the United States Elisa Rogers ’95, CVt, VtS-ECC Emergency Services Nursing Supervisor PennVet Judith Vietri Community Member tricia Walsh ’86 ’11, CVt, VtS-ECC Bristol Myers Squibb

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 18

183

CaMPuS tElEPHoNE DIRECtoRY

184

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

College Main Telephone Number:

610-525-4100 *When calling from off-campus, dial “610-526” with the extension listed below (unless otherwise indicated). academic affairs accounts Payable admissions allied Health Science Program alumni Relations & annual giving animal Center Management Program athletic Director Basketball, Men’s Basketball, Women’s Campus Store Student accounts Business Programs Campus Safety Center for International Studies College advancement Continuing Education Counseling Center Dental assistant Program Dental Hygiene Program Developmental Studies Dining Services Disability Services VP of Finance& operations Early Childhood Education Program Educational Success Center English language academy Facilities Fashion Design Program Fashion Merchandising Program Financial aid Foundation Relations Health Center Human Resources Human Services Program Interior Design Program It Support law & Justice Program general Studies Program library Mailroom

6054 6019 6050 6662 6060 6131 6669 6669 6159 6041 6016 1861 6099 6118 6060 6100 6045 6109 6110 6193 525-6262 6185 6142 6035 6103 6118 6181 6051 6051 6098 6002 6090 6012 6065 6095 1867 6072 6067 6085 6044

Medical laboratory technology Program Men’s Soccer Harcum Music School Nursing Program occupational therapy assistant Program Physical therapist assistant Program President’s office Public Relations and Marketing Radiologic technology Program Soccer, Women’s Student Records Residence life Sports Management Program Student activities Student life track & Field upward Bound Veterinary technology Program Volleyball, Women’s Campus Fax Numbers academic affairs admissions athletics Bursar’s office Business office College advancement Continuing Education Dental Programs English language academy Facilities Financial aid Health Center Human Resources library President’s office Registrar Student life upward Bound

6662 6179 6114 6123 6115 6059 6001 6143 6130 6199 6010 6092 1861 6038 6032 6194 6189 6033 6173 6031 6147 6176 1654 6126 520-3598 6082 6182 6118 6125 6168 6134 6011 6086 6009 1649 6093 6171

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 18

185

DIRECtIoNS to HaRCuM CollEgE Boston

95

New York

Pittsburgh

Philadelphia

76 Baltimore

Washington, D.C.

95

Bucks County Montgomery County & the Main Line

Chester County

Philadelphia New Jersey Delaware County

RE R AWA D EL

186

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Philadelphia International Airport

IVER

PIKE URN T Y SE JER NEW

DIRECTIONS No matter where you live, Harcum is easy to get to by plane, car, bus or train. Harcum College is in Bryn Mawr, Pa, approximately 5.8 miles from City line ave. (Route 1), 12 miles west of Center City Philadelphia, 9 miles east of Paoli and less than 3 hours driving time from New York City and Washington, D.C.

By Air From Philadelphia International airport the Bennett airport limousine Service or Main line limo leaves hourly for Bryn Mawr, a distance of approximately 13 miles. For information on ground transportation to and from the airport, call 215-937-6958.

SEPta’s airport train connects the airport with 30th Street Station in Philadelphia, where a connection can be made to the SEPta Paoli-thorndale line to Bryn Mawr. the Bryn Mawr station adjoins the Harcum campus. For schedules, go to www.septa.org.

By Automobile From East and Central Philadelphia Follow I-76/Schuylkill Expressway west to Exit 339, City avenue. Stay on City avenue, and turn right at the sixth light onto Conshohocken State Road, which curves around left (just after the post office) and becomes Montgomery avenue. Continue on Montgomery avenue for approximately 4.5 miles to Harcum. the campus begins at the corner of Pennswood and Montgomery avenues. go to the next traffic light at Morris avenue, get in the left lane and look for Melville Hall, a large stone building with white pillars on your left. turn left onto Morris avenue, and make an immediate left into the Melville Hall entrance between the two white gateposts.

(Watch for oncoming traffic. Do not enter the SEPta parking lot that adjoins the Melville entrance.)

Distance from City line avenue to the campus is 5.8 miles. limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall. If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Programs Center.

From the West Follow Pennsylvania turnpike to Exit 326 (Valley Forge).

Drive straight ahead after leaving toll booths and follow I76/Schuylkill Expressway east to Exit 331a (I-476 South).

Follow I-476 (Blue Route) south to Exit 13 (St. Davids/Villanova). at the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East. Continue east on Route 30/lancaster avenue for 2.7 miles to Bryn Mawr.

turn left (at the corner with the Sunoco gas station and Starbucks Coffee) onto Morris avenue and proceed under railroad tracks. look for Melville Hall, a large stone building on your right. Make the second right turn into the Melville Hall entrance between the two white gateposts. Do not enter the first right turn into the SEPta parking lot. the admissions office in Melville Hall is on the left of the driveway. limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall. If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Programs Center.

From the South Follow Route I-95 North to I-476 North. take I-476 (Blue Route) north (approximately 14 miles) to Exit 13 (St. David’s/Villanova). at the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East. Continue east on Route 30/ lancaster avenue for 2.7 miles to Bryn Mawr.

From Northeastern Pennsylvania Follow Northeast Extension (Rte 476) of Pennsylvania turnpike south to end, Exit 20. Follow signs to I-476 South. Follow I-476 (Blue Route) to Exit 13 (St. David’s/ Villanova). at the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East.

Continue east on Route 30/lancaster avenue for 2.7 miles to Bryn Mawr. turn left (at corner with the Sunoco gas station and Starbucks Coffee) onto Morris avenue and proceed under railroad. look for Melville Hall, a large stone building on your right. Make the second right into the Melville Hall entrance between the two white gateposts.

Do not enter the first right turn into the SEPta parking lot. the admissions office in Melville Hall is on the left of the driveway. limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall. If this is full, visitors’ parking is available straight ahead on the right, at the end of the driveway, by turning right past the Cohen Dental Programs Center.

From the North via New Jersey Turnpike Follow New Jersey turnpike to Pennsylvania turnpike/ I-276 West. Follow I-276 west to Exit 333 (Norristown/Plymouth Meeting/I-476 South). Follow I476 (Blue Route) south to Exit 13 (St. David’s/Villanova). at the bottom of the exit ramp turn right onto Route 30 East.

Continue east on Route 30/lancaster avenue for 2.7 miles to Bryn Mawr. turn left (at corner with the Sunoco gas station and Starbucks Coffee) onto Morris avenue and proceed under railroad. look for Melville Hall, a large stone building on your right. Make the second right into the Melville Hall entrance between the two white gateposts. Do not enter the first right turn into the SEPta parking lot the admissions office in Melville Hall is on the left of the driveway. limited visitor parking is available behind Melville Hall.

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 1 8

187

INDEX academic affairs academic Calendar

39 3

Course Descriptions

117

Course Exemption

59

academic Conduct and Violations

61

Course load

53

academic Honors

58

Course Withdrawal

53

academic Policies

53

Damage Deposit

32

academic Probation

57

Dean’s list

58

academic Standing

57

Dental assisting Review

46

accelerated Progress

59

Dental assisting Courses

128

accreditation

11

Dental assisting Certificate

69

170

Dental Education Courses

129

administration admissions

23

Dental Hygiene

advanced Placement

59

Dental Hygiene Courses

132

Directions to Harcum

187

advisory Boards allied Health Science allied Health Science Courses

179 67 118

73

Disability Support Services

15

Dismissal

57

alumni Services

19

Distance learning

59

animal Center Management

68

Dropping/adding Courses

53

appeals academic

58

Early Childhood Education

109

appeals Financial

37

Education Courses

134

English Courses

136

art Courses articulation agreements associate’s Degree

120 28 8

English language academy (Ela)

39

Enrollment Management

23 11

athletics

21

Equal opportunity Statement

attendance

58

Expanded Function Dental assistant (EFDa)

auditing Courses

56

Faculty

Biology Courses

121

Fashion Design

103

Board of trustees

169

Fashion Design Courses

138

Business administration Courses

122

Financial aid

Business Programs

102

Financial Planning

Campus Store

19

Career Services Center for International Programs Chemistry Courses

70 173

35 35

gender Studies

139

18

general Science Courses

139

28

general Studies

112

125

goals

5

Child Care

19

grade appeal

58

Classification of Students

53

grading System

54

Closing due to Inclement Weather

59

graduation Requirements

61

Commencement

61

Health Services

18

Histotechnician

76

Commuting Students Computer Information Science Courses

14 125

History of the College

6

Continuing Studies

43

Honor Societies

14

Counseling Services

18

Honors list

58

188

H a RC u M C o l l E g E

Humanities

141

Programs of Study

63 152

Human Services

113

Psychology Courses

Human Services Courses

140

Radiologic technology

Independent Study

56

94

Radiologic technology Courses

157

Index

188

Re-admission

26

Interdisciplinary Studies

143

Refund Policy (Continuing Studies)

51

Interior Design

104

Residence life

13

Interior Design Courses

129

Residential Design Certificate

49

International Baccalaureate

59

Retail Merchandising

103

International Students

28

Retail Merchandising Courses

160

law & Justice

114

Right to Modify

11

law & Justice Courses

126

Right to Return

61

general Studies

112

College Closing

59

library

40

Security Reports

19

limited load

57

Service learning

15

loans

33

Sociology

161

Sports Management

107

Sports Management Courses

162

Staff

170

location Mailboxes Mathematics Medical Billing Medical laboratory technology Medical laboratory technology Courses Mission Statement Music Nursing Nursing Courses occupational therapy assistant occupational therapy assistant Courses

7 19 145 43

Student activities

14

78

Student life

13

Student Clubs/organizations

14

143 5

Student government association (Sga)

14

146

Student Profile

13

80

Student Records

61

147 84 148

Student Support Services

39

telephone Directory

185

title IX Statement

21

Phlebotomy technician

83

transcripts

61

Phlebotomy Certificate

47

transfer Credit

25

Phone Numbers

185

transfer Policy

25

Photography

152

transfer Services

18

Physical Education

151

transfer Student Policy

25

88

tRIo upward Bound

15

tuition

31

Physical therapist assistant Physical therapist assistant Courses

154

Plagiarism *See academic Conduct and Violations

tutoring

39

Veterinary technology

97

Portfolio Credit

56

Veterinary technology Courses

Post office

19

Visas

11

Withdrawal from Harcum College

54

President’s Cabinet President’s list

169

162

58

C ata l o g 2 0 1 7 - 2 0 18

189

750 Montgomery avenue Bryn Mawr, Pa 19010-3476 610-525-4100 • www.harcum.edu

750 Montgomery Avenue Bryn Mawr, PA 19010-3476 610-525-4100 • www.harcum.edu